20 Practice Sets Workbook IBPS-CWE - …...2017/08/20 · Practice Set - 1 3 30. A person travels...

Office Assistant (Multipurpose)Preliminary Exam

20 Practice Sets WorkbookIBPS-CWE

• HeadOffice: B-32, Shivalik Main Road, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017

• SalesOffice: B-48, Shivalik Main Road, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017

Tel.:011-26691021 / 26691713

TypesetbyDishaDTPTeam

CompiledandEditedbyDishaExpertTerm

DISHA PUBLICATIONALL RIGHTS RESERVED

© Copyright Publisher

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without prior permission of the publisher. The author and the

publisher do not take any legal responsibility for any errors or misrepresentations that might have crept in. We have

tried and made our best efforts to provide accurate up-to-date information in this book.

ForfurtherinformationaboutthebooksfromDISHA,

Log on to www.dishapublication.com or email to [email protected]

CONTENT

S Practice Set - 1 with Solutions 1-10




















NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15) : What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions?

1. 16% of 450 ÷ ? % of 250 = 4.8(a) 12 (b) 6(c) 4 (d) 10(e) None of these

2. ? 11 1521- =

(a) 2500 (b) (28)2

(c) 28 (d) 50(e) None of these

3. 700 70 0.5 ?¸ ¸ =(a) 10 (b) 2.5(c) 1.5 (d) 20(e) None of these

4. 12.8 4.5 2.2 ?´ ´ =(a) 168.72 (b) 126.72(c) 128.27 (d) 162.72(e) None of these

5. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )4 6 2 ?5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 25´ ´ ´ ´ ´ ´ ´ ¸ =

(a) 10 (b) 17(c) 19 (d) 12(e) None of these

6. 4 ? 4062 5´ = ¸(a) 203.1 (b) 213.1(c) 205.1 (d) 215.1(e) None of these

7.1 3 2

5 2 1 ?5 5 5

+ + =

(a)475

(b)385

(c)2

65

(d)1

95

(e) None of these8. 13% of 258 – ? = 10

(a) 23.45 (b) 24.53(c) 23.54 (d) 24.35(e) None of these

9.4 3 52 ?5 4 8

´ ¸ =

(a)12

435

(b)12

135

(c)11235

(d)13325

(e) None of these10. 5437 – 3153 + 2284 = ? × 50

(a) 96.66 (b) 91.36(c) 96.13 (d) 93. 16(e) None of these

11.117 117 117 98 98 98 ?117 117 117 98 98 98

´ ´ - ´ ´=

´ + ´ + ´(a) 215 (b) 311 (c) 19 (d) 29(e) None of these

Time : 45 Minutes Max. Marks : 80

PRACTICE SET

• This Preliminary Exam practice set consists of two sections. Numerical Ability (Qs. 1-40) and Reasoning(Qs. 41-80).

• All the questions are compulsory.• Each question has five options, of which only one is correct. The candidates are advised to read all the

options thoroughly.• There is negative marking equivalent to 1/4th of the mark allotted to the specific question for wrong

answer.

I N S T R U C T I O N S

1

Practice Set - 12

12. If 4

,3

=ab

then 3 2

?3 2

+=

-a ba b

(a) 6 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) –1(e) None of these

13.? 72

196 56=

(a) 18 (b) 14 (c) 324 (d) 212(e) None of these

14.17.28 ?

2003.6 0.2

¸=

´(a) 120 (b) 1.20 (c) 12 (d) 0.12(e) None of these

15.2 2

2 2(3.537 0.948) (3.537 0.948) ?

(3.537) (.948)- + +

=+

(a) 4.485 (b) 2.589 (c) 4 (d) 2(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20) : What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following number series?

16. 2 16 112 672 3360 13440 ?(a) 3430 (b) 3340(c) 40320 (d) 43240(e) None of these

17. 4 9 19 ? 79 159 319(a) 59 (b) 39(c) 49 (d) 29(e) None of these

18. 4000 2000 1000 500 250 125 ?(a) 80 (b) 65(c) 62.5 (d) 83.5(e) None of these

19. 588 563 540 519 ? 483 468(a) 500 (b) 496(c) 494 (d) 490(e) None of these

20. 121 ? 81 64 49 36 25(a) 92 (b) 114(c) 98 (d) 100(e) None of these

21. The sum of 15% of a positive number and 10% of the samenumber is 70. What is twice of that number?(a) 440 (b) 280(c) 560 (d) 140(e) None of these

22. Vikram scored 72 per cent marks in five subjects together,viz. Hindi, Science, Maths, English and Sanskrit together,where in the maximum marks of each subject were 100. Howmany marks did Vikram score in Science if he scored 80marks in Hindi, 70 marks in Sanskrit, 76 marks in Maths and65 marks in English?(a) 72 (b) 69(c) 59 (d) 71(e) None of these

23. The respective ratio between Pooja’s, Prarthana’s andFalguni’s monthly income is 53:70: 57. If Prarthana’s annualincome is ̀ 4,20,000, what is the sum of Pooja’s and Falguni’sannual incomes? (In some cases monthly income and insome cases annual income is used.)(a) ` 5,92,500 (b) ` 6,83,500(c) ` 6,60,000 (d) ` 7,79,200(e) None of these

24. Manhar sold an item for ̀ 8,400 and incurred a loss of 25%.At what price should he have sold the item to have gaineda profit of 40%?(a) ` 15,680(b) ` 16,220(c) ` 14,540(d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

25. What will come in place of both the question marks (?) inthe following question?

( )( )

2.3

1.7? 2

8 ?=

(a) 8 (b) 1(c) 4 (d) 16(e) 2

26. A box contains 4 blue, 6 green and 5 red balls. If two ballsare drawn at random, what is the probability that no ball isred in color?

(a)3

10 (b)15

(c)37

(d)4

11

(e)29

27. A truck covers a distance of 360 km in 8 hours. A car coversthe same distance in 6 hours. What is the respective ratiobetween the speed of the truck and the car?(a) 3 : 5 (b) 3 : 4(c) 1 : 2 (d) 4 : 5(e) None of these

28. In order to pass in an exam a student is required to get 975marks out of the aggregate marks. Priya got 870 marks andwas declared failed by 7 per cent. What are the maximumaggregate marks a student can get in the examination?(a) 1500 (b) 1000(c) 1200 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

29. A group of men were assigned a work. After half of the workcompleted, double the number of men joined the originalgroup. Now the work gets completed 6 days earlier than thescheduled number of days. What is the total number ofdays the initial group of men would have taken to completethe work?(a) 18 days (b) 16 days(c) 12 days (d) 15 days(e) None of these

Practice Set - 1 330. A person travels from A to B at 30 km/hr and back from B to

A at 34 km/hr. If the total time taken for the journey is 48minutes, find the total distance travelled by the man.(a) 27.5 km (b) 25.5 km(c) 20 km (d) 30.25 km(e) 36 km

31. On children’s day sweets were to be equally distributedamongst 200 children. But on that particular day 40 childrenremained absent; hence each child got 2 sweets extra. Howmany sweets were distributed?(a) 3000 (b) 1500(c) 2000 (d) 1600(e) Cannot be determined

32. The sum of the present ages of A and B is 66. The ratio ofages of A after 4 years and B 6 years ago is 5 : 3. What is B'spresent age(in years)?(a) 32 (b) 37(c) 42 (d) 30(e) 36

33. What is the difference between the compound interest andsimple interest accrued on an amount of ̀ 12,000 at the endof three years at the rate of 12%?(a) ` 539.136 (b) ` 602.242(c) ` 495.248 (d) ` 488.322(e) None of these

34. The area of a rectangle is equal to the area of a circle withcircumference equal to 220 metres. What is the length ofthe rectangle if its breadth is 50 metres?(a) 56 metres (b) 83 metres(c) 77 metres (d) 69 metres(e) None of these

35. Radhika got two successive discounts of 20% each onarticle marked at ̀ 30,000. She spent ̀ 2,800 on its repairsand then sold the same for ` 26,000. What is her profitpercent in the whole transaction?(a) 103/10 % (b) 82/5 %(c) 10 % (d) 5 %(e) 200/11 %

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the following graph carefullyand answer the questions that follow.Three different products (in Thousands) produced by a companyin five different years

35

Prod

ucts

(in

thou

sand

s)

30

25

20

15

10

5

02005 2006 2007 2008 2009

YearsCompact Disks (CD’s)

Pen Drives Key Boards

36. What was the total number of all the products produced bythe company in the year 2006 and 2008 together ?(a) 105000 (b) 107 lacs(c) 105700 (d) 10570(e) None of these

37. What was the average number of Pen-drives produced bythe company over all the years together ?(a) 1700 (b) 16500(c) 17000 (d) 85000(e) None of these

38. What is the difference between the total number of Pen-drives and CDs produced by the company together in theyear 2008 and the number of Key boards produced by thecompany in the year 2006 ?(a) 40000 (b) 4000(c) 35000 (d) 3500(e) None of these

39. What was the respective ratio between the number of Keyboards produced by the company in the year 2006, 2007and 2009 ?(a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 : 2(c) 2 : 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 2 : 1(e) None of these

40. What was the respective ratio between the number of CDsproduced by the company in the year 2009 and the numberof Keyboards produced by the company in the year 2005 ?(a) 9 : 10 (b) 11 : 10(c) 10 : 9 (d) 10 : 11(e) None of these

REASONING

41. Nishu starting from a fixed point goes 15 km towards Northand then after turning to his right he goes 15 km. Then hegoes 10, 15 and 15 metres after turning to his left each time.How far is he from his starting point?(a) 5 metres (b) 10 metres(c) 20 metres (d) 15 metres(e) Can not be determined

42. In a class of 90, where girls are twice that of boys, Shridarranked fourteenth from the top, if there are 10 girls ahead ofShridar, how many boys are after him in rank?(a) 23 (b) 26(c) 25 (d) 22(e) None of the above

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 43-45) : These questions are based on thefollowing information.Six students P, Q, R, S, T and V are the top six rankers of the class.No two persons got the same rank. The student who got thehighest marks is given rank 1 and the student who got the leastmarks is given rank 6. Q got less marks than both R and U. P gotmore marks than T but less than S. Q got the second least rankand U got the second highest rank, R got less marks than P.43. ______ got the 3rd rank.

(a) S (b) P(c) R (d) T(e) Cannot be determined

Practice Set - 1444. ________ got the 6th rank.

(a) T (b) P(c) R (d) S(e) Cannot be determined

45. In a certain code, a number 13479 is written as AQFJL and2568 is written as DMPN. How is 396824 written in thatcode?(a) QLPNMJ (b) QLPNMF(c) QLPMNF (d) QLPNDE(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-48) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions:

In a certain code, 'he was singing good' is written as 'la pa ho ta','good was the aim' is written as 'zo ho ji la', 'singing at thestadium' is written as 'ma ta ku ji' and 'was this a stadium' iswritten as 'ku bi ho vi'.46. Which of the following represents 'the aim stadium'?

(a) ma pa ji (b) ku zo pa(c) ku ji zo (d) ji zo ma(e) ji la ku

47. Which of the following may be the code for 'she wassinging'?(a) ro ta zo (b) ta ji ku(c) ho bo ji (d) ho ta bo(e) ho ma ta

48. What is the code for 'at'?(a) ku (b) ji(c) ma (d) zo(e) Cannot be determined

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 49-53) : In each of the following questionsthere are three items. These three items may or may not be relatedwith one another. Each group of items may fit into one of thediagrams (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e). You have to decide in whichof the following diagrams and groups of items may fit. Thenumber of that diagram is the answer.

Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows.Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either I or II follows.Give answer (d) if neither I nor II follows.Give answer (e) if both I and II follow.

49. Statements:All leaders are good team workers.All good team workers are good orators.Conclusions:I. Some good team workers are leaders.II. All good orators are leaders.

50. Statements:All terrorists are human.All humans are bad.Conclusions:I. All terrorists are bad.II. No human can be a terrorist.

51. Statements:Some teachers are followers.Some followers are famous.Conclusions:I. Some teachers are famous.II. Some followers are teachers.

52. Statements:Some books are pens.No pen is pencil.Conclusions:I. Some books are pencils.II. No book is pencil.

53. Statements:Some dedicated souls are anglesAll social workers are angles.Conclusions:I. Some dedicated souls are social workersII. Some social workers are dedicated souls

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 54-55) : Study the information given belowand answer the questions following it:Mohan is son of Arun’s father’s sister. Prakash is son of Reva,who is mother of Vikash and grandmother of Arun. Pranab isfather of Neela and grandfather of Mohan. Reva is wife of Pranab.54. How is Mohan related to Reva ?

(a) Grandson (b) Son(c) Nephew (d) Data inadaequate(e) None of these

55. How is Vikash’s wife related to Neela ?(a) Sister (b) Niece(c) Sister-in-law (d) Data inadaequate(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : Read the following informationcarefully to answer the questions that follow.

There are six teachers A, B, C, D, E and F in a school. Each of theteachers teaches two subjects, one compulsory subject and theother optional subject. D’s optional subject is History while threeothers have it as compulsory subject. E and F have Physics asone of their subjects. F’s compulsory subject is Mathematicswhich is an optional subject of both C and E. History and Englishare A’s subjects but in terms of compulsory and optional subjects,they are reverse of those of D’s. Chemistry is an optional subjectof any one of them. There is only one female teacher in the schoolwho has English as her compulsory subject.56. What is C’s compulsory subject ?

(a) History (b) Physics(c) Chemistry (d) English(e) None of these

57. Who is a female member in the group ?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) D(e) None of these

58. Who among the following has same optional subjects asthat of the compulsory subject of F ?(a) D (b) B(c) A (d) C(e) None of these

Practice Set - 1 559. Disregarding which is compulsory and which is the optional

subject, who has the same two subjects combination as F ?(a) A (b) B(c) E (d) D(e) None of these

60. Which of the following groups of teachers has History asthe compulsory subject ?(a) A, C and D (b) B, C and D(c) C and D (d) A, B and C(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : In each of the questions below agroup of letters are given followed by four groups of digits/symbol combinations numbered (a) (b), (c) and (d). Letters areto be coded as per the codes and conditions given below. Youhave to find out which of the combinations (a), (b) , (c) and (d)is correct and indicate your answer accordingly. If none of thefour represents the correct code, mark (e) i.e. ‘None of these’ asyour answer.

Letter B H S N T O A K R I E U G Digit/ Symbol Code 6 8 1 # 5 2 $ 3 9 @ 4 7 %

Conditions :(i) If the first as well as last letter is vowel, both are to be coded

as ‘O’.(ii) If the first letter is a vowel and the last letter is consonant,

both are to be coded as ‘Z’.(iii) If the first letter is a consonant and the last letter is vowel,

both are to be coded as ‘*’.61. ONSIRT

(a) 2#1@95 (b) Z#@195(c) Z#1@9Z (d) Z#1@95(e) None of these

62. KIUBSR(a) O@76129 (b) O@7610(c) 3@7691 (d) 3@6719(e) None of these

63. BKAEUG(a) 03$470 (b) 63$470(c) 03$47% (d) 63$47%(e) None of these

64. STOKGA(a) 1523%$ (b) 1523%*(c) *523%* (d) *523%$(e) None of these

65. ORHSNU(a) O98#17 (b) O981#O(c) 298#10 (d) 2981#7(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70) : In the following questions, thesymbols @, #, $, % and © are used with the following meaningas illustrated below:‘P $ Q’ means ‘P is not greater than Q’‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor equal to Q’.‘P % Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor equal to Q’.‘P © Q’ means ‘P is not smaller than Q’.‘P # Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor smaller than Q’.

Now in each of the following questions assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the three conclusions I, IIand III given below them is/are definitely true.66. Statements : M @ R, R © K, J % K

Conclusions : I. M @ JII. J % RIII. K % M

(a) Only I follows (b) Only I and II follow(c) Only II and III follow (d) All follow(e) None of these

67. Statements : D © N, N # V, W $ VConclusions : I. D # W

II. W % DIII. V # D

(a) Only III follows(b) Only either I or II follows(c) Only either II or III follows(d) Only either I or III follows(e) None of these

68. Statements : H % B, M © B, K # MConclusions : I. K @ H

II. B # KIII. K @ B

(a) All follow(b) Only I follows(c) Only either II or III follows(d) Only either II or III and I follow(e) None of these

69. Statement : V © M, N $ V, J @ NConclusions : I. J @ M

II. M @ NIII. V @ J

(a) Only II follows(b) Only I follows(c) Only either I or II follows(d) Only III follows(e) None of these

70. Statements : A@ B, B E, F % EÓConclusions : I. A @ F

II. F % BIII. E % A

(a) Only I follows (b) Only I and II follow(c) Only I and III follow (d) I, II and III follow(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions.A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting in around a circle and are facingthe centre. G is the second to the left of C, who is to the immediateleft of F. A is third to the left of E. B is between D and E.71. Which of the following is false?

(a) A is fourth to the right of E.(b) G is to immediate right of D(c) F is third to the right of D(d) B is to immediate left of D(e) None of these

Practice Set - 16

1 (b) 11 (c) 21 (c) 31 (d) 41 (b) 51 (b) 61 (c) 71 (c)2 (e) 12 (b) 22 (b) 32 (d) 42 (b) 52 (c) 62 (e) 72 (b)3 (d) 13 (c) 23 (c) 33 (a) 43 (b) 53 (d) 63 (d) 73 (d)4 (b) 14 (d) 24 (a) 34 (c) 44 (a) 54 (a) 64 (c) 74 (e)5 (b) 15 (d) 25 (e) 35 (e) 45 (b) 55 (c) 65 (b) 75 (a)6 (a) 16 (c) 26 (c) 36 (a) 46 (c) 56 (a) 66 (d) 76 (b)7 (d) 17 (b) 27 (b) 37 (b) 47 (d) 57 (d) 67 (b) 77 (b)8 (c) 18 (c) 28 (a) 38 (a) 48 (c) 58 (d) 68 (d) 78 (e)9 (d) 19 (a) 29 (a) 39 (d) 49 (a) 59 (c) 69 (e) 79 (a)

10 (b) 20 (d) 30 (b) 40 (a) 50 (a) 60 (d) 70 (d) 80 (d)

Answer Key

72. Which of the following is true?(a) C is fourth to the left of B(b) A is to immediate right of G(c) D is second to the left of E(d) B is second to the right of G(e) None of these

73. Which of the following pair has the first person sitting tothe immediate left of the second person?(a) B E (b) C A(c) G D (d) D G(e) None of these

74. Which of the following has the middle person sitting betweenthe remaining two ?(a) FCE (b) EFB(c) DEB (d) GDA(e) None of these

75. Which of the following is the position of F?(a) Fourth to the right of D(b) To the immediate left of C(c) Between A and E(d) To the immediate right of A(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Q. 76-80): Study the following arrangementcarefully and answer the questions given below:

F 4 @ H 2 E % M P 5 W 9 @ I Q R 6 U H 3 Z 7 A T B 8 V # G $ YD

76. How many such consonants are there in the abovearrangement, each of the which is immediately preceded bya number but not immediately followed by a number?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

77. Which of the following is the 10th to the right of the 19thfrom the right end of the above arrangement?(a) M (b) T(c) # (d) 2(e) None of these

78. If all the symbols are dropped from the above arrangement,which of the following will be the 14th from the left end?(a) R (b) Q(c) U (d) 3(e) None of these

79. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in thefollowing series based on the above arrangement?HEM, 59I, RU3, ?(a) 7AB (b) 7AT(c) 78 (d) ABV(e) None of these

80. How many such symbols are there in the above arrangment,each of which is immediately preceded by a number andimmediately followed by a letter?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

Practice Set - 1 7

1. (b) 16% of 450 ̧ ?% of 250 = 4.8

Þ16 ?450 250 4.8100 100

´ ¸ ´ =

Þ 72 2.5 ? 4.8¸ ´ =

Þ72

2.5 ?4.8

´ =

72? 6

4.8 2.5\ = =

´

2. (e) ? 11 1521- =Þ ? 11 39- =

Þ ? 39 11 50= + =

2? (50) 2500\ = =

3. (d)1 1? 700 70 0.5 700 2070 0.5

= ¸ ¸ = ´ ´ =

4. (b) ? 12.8 4.5 2.2 126.72= ´ ´ =

5. (b) ? 4 6 2(25) (5 5 5 5 5 5) (5 5) (5)= ´ ´ ´ ´ ´ ´ ´ ¸

4 6 1(25 25 25) (25) (25)= ´ ´ ´ ¸

3 4 6 1 12 6 1(25 ) (25) 25 (25) (25) (25)= ´ ¸ = ´ ¸

12 6 1 17(25) (25)+ -= =

\ ? = 17

6. (a) 14 ? 4062 5 4062 812.45

´ = ¸ = ´ =

\ 812.4? 203.1

4= =

7. (d)1 3 2 26 13 7? 5 2 15 5 5 5 5 5

= + + = + +

26 13 7 46 19

5 5 5+ +

= = =

8. (c) 13% of 258 – ? = 10\ ? = 13% of 258 – 10

= 25813 10 33.54 10 23.54

100´ - = - =

9. (d)4 3 5 4 11 5

? 25 4 8 5 4 8

= ´ ¸ = ´ ¸

4 11 8 88 1335 4 5 25 25

= ´ ´ = =

10. (b) ? × 50 = 5437 – 3153 + 2284 = 7721 – 3153 = 4568

\ 4568? 91.36

50= =

11. (c) Given Expression = 3 3

2 2( ) ,

( )-

+ +

a ba ab b

where a = 117, b = 98

= 2 2

2 2( )( ) ( )

( )- + +

= -+ +

a b a ab b a ba ab b

= (117 – 98) = 19.

12. (b) Dividing numerator as well as denominator by b, weget:

43 2 3 23 2 4 23 343 2 4 23 2 3 23

× + ´ ++ += = = =

- -× - ´ -

aa b b

aa bb

13. (c) Let 72 9 .

196 56 7= =

x

Then , 9 9 81 .

196 7 7 49= ´ =

x So,

81 196 324.49´

= =x

14. (d) Let 17.28

2003.6 0.2

x¸=

´. Then,

17.28200 3.6 0.2= ´ ´

x

\ 17.28 1728 0.12

200 3.6 0.2 200 36 2= = =

´ ´ ´ ´x

15. (d) Given Expression = 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2( ) ( ) 2( ) 2

( ) ( )- + + +

= =+ +

a b a b a ba b a b

16. (c) Given series.

2 16

×8 ×7 ×6 ×5 ×4 ×3

112 672 3360 13440 40320

\ ? = 4032017. (b) Given series.

4 9

×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1

19 39 79 159 319

\ ? = 3918. (c) Given series

4000 2000

¸ 2 ¸ 2 ¸ 2 ¸ 2 ¸ 2 ¸ 2

1000 500 250 125 62.5

\ ? = 62.519. (a) Given series.

588 563

– 25 – 23 – 21 – 19 – 17 – 15

540 519 500 483 468

\ ? = 500

HINTS & EXPLANATIONS

Practice Set - 1828. (a) Minimum marks to pass = 975

Priya failed by 975 – 870 = 105 marks

\ Maximum marks = 105

100 15007

´ =

29. (a) Let initially x men are there to complete work in 2ydays.Now after half of work completed, i.e. after 'y' days,double men as before joined the group.This means now there are 3x men working.So after y daysM1 × D1 = M2 × D2x × y = 3x × (y – 6) Þ y = 9So total days x men would have taken = 2y = 18 days

30. (b) When we are given total time for 2 journeys of equaldistance,One way distance = (multiplication of speeds/addition

of speeds) × total timeSo here distance from A to B= [(30 × 34)/(30 + 34)] × 48/60 = 51/4So total distance travelled = 2 × (51/4) = 51/2 = 25.5 km

31. (d) Let x sweets is distributed to each childrenAccording to question,(200 40) ( 2) 200- ´ + = ´x x

Þ ( ) ( )160 2 200´ + =x x Þ 160 320 200+ =x xÞ 200 160 320- =x x Þ 40 320=x

\320 840

= =x

\ Total no. of sweets 200 200 8 1600= ´ = ´ =x32. (d) Let the present ages of A & B be x years and y years

respectively.x + y = 66 …(i)(x + 4)/(y – 6) = 5/3 …(ii)Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get x = 36, y = 30So, the present age of B is 30 years.

33. (a) S.I. principal× time×rate=100

12000 3 12100

´ ´= = ̀ 4320

C.I. = P timerate1+ –1

100

é ùæ öê úç ÷è øê úë û

31212000 1 1100

é ùæ ö= + -ê úç ÷è øê úë û

32812000 125

é ùæ ö= -ê úç ÷è øê úë û

21952 632712000 1 12000

15625 15625é ù= - = ´ê úë û

= ̀ 4859.136\ Required difference = 4859.136 – 4320 = ̀ 539.136

20. (d) Given series.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

121 100 81 64 49 36 25

(11) (10) (9) (8) (7) (6) (5)

\ ? = 10021. (c) Let the positive no. be x.

According to question, 15% of x + 10% of x = 70

Þ15 10 70

100 100´ + ´ =x x

Þ15 10 70100 100

+ =x x

Þ25 70100

=x

\ 70 100 28025´

= =x

\ Double of given no. = 280 × 2 = 56022. (b) Total number obtained by Vikram

72 72(100 5) 500 360100 100

= ´ ´ = ´ =

\ Number in science= 360 – (80 + 70 + 76 + 65) = 360 – 291 = 69

23. (c) Monthly income of Prarthana 4, 20,000

12= = ` 35]000

Monthly income of Pooja and Falguni

53 57 11035,000 35,00070 70+

= ´ = ´ = ` 55]000\ Annual income of Pooja and Falguni

= 55,000 × 12 = ` 6]60]000

24. (a) Cost price of item 1008400100 25

= ´-

= 100840075

´ = ̀ 11200

SP of item

100 40 14011200 11200100 100

+= ´ = ´ = ` 15680

25. (e)2.3

1.7(?) 2

8 (?)=

Þ 2.3 1.7(?) 16+ = Þ 4 4(?) 16 (2)= =\ ? = 2

26. (c) Total balls = 15Not red ball means 2 balls from blue or green color i.e.any of (4 + 6) = 10 ballsSo required probability = 10C2 / 15C2 = 3/7

27. (b) Speed of truck distance 360= = 45km/hr

time 8=

Speed of car distance 360= = =60km/hr

time 6\ Required Ratio = 45 : 60 = 3 : 4

Practice Set - 1 9

34. (c) Radius of circle circumference 220× 7(r) = 352 2× 22

= =p

m.

area of circle = 2 222 22r (35) 35 357 7

p = ´ = ´ ´

= 3850 m2 = area of rectangle

\ Length of rectangle area of rectangle

width=

3850= = 77m50

35. (e) Successive discounts of 20% and 20% makes overalldiscount of(–20) + (–20) + (–20)( –20)/100 = –40 + 4 = –36%So she buys the article for[(100-36)/100] × 30000 = ̀ 19, 200Radhika spends 2800 on repairs, so total CP= 2800 + 19200 = ̀ 22,000SP = ̀ 26,000So profit% = (4000/22000) × 100 = 200/11 %

36. (a) Required number of all products= (10 + 5 + 15 + 25 + 30 + 20) thousand= 105000

37. (b) Average number of produced pen-drives

15 5 15 30 17.55

+ + + +æ ö= ç ÷è ø

thousand = 16500

38. (a) Required difference= (30 + 25 – 15) thousand = 40000

39. (d) Required ratio = 15 : 30 : 15 = 1 : 2 : 140. (a) Required ratio = 22.5 : 25 = 225 : 250 = 9 : 10

41. (b)

15km

15km

5km

10 km

10 km

15 km

Starting point

15 km

W

Right

Right

Right

RightLeft

Left

Left

Left

E

S

N

So, he is 10 metres from his starting point.

42. (b) No of boys = x; No of girls = 2x;x + 2x = 90 Þ 3x = 90x (Boys) = 30 ; 2x (Girls) = 60Number of student behind Shridar = 90 – 14 = 76No of girls behind Shridar = 60 – 10 = 50No of boys behind Shridar = 76 – 50 = 26

43. (b) Given that,Q < R and Ualso T > P > S and R > PQ got the second least rank and U got the secondhighest rank.So, T should have got least and S should have gotthe highest ranks.T Q U S

Since R > P the final arrangement is as follows.

Student T Q R P U S

Rank 6 5 4 3 2 1

44. (a) T45. (b)46. (c) The - ji from 2nd and 3rd code, aim and zo only present

in 2nd code.From 3rd and 4th code, stadium - ku

47. (d) From 1st and 4th, was - ho,from 1st and 3rd - singing - tabo and she not present anywhere.

48. (c) From 3rd, at - ma49. (a) Conclusion I is the conversion of first statement, hence

I follows. But II does not follow because A + A = A i.e.All leaders are good orators but not vice versa.

50. (a) A + A = A; i.e. All terrorists are human.51. (b) I does not follow. But II follows because it is conversion

of the first statement.

(54-55) :

( )(–)

( )

Pranab Reva( ) ( )

Neela Prakash Vikash

Mohan Arun

+

+

Û+ -

¯ ¯ ¯

¯

(Qs. 56 - 60)The given information is summarised in a table as follows :

Compulsory Optional A History English B History Chemistry C History Mathematics D (Female) English History E Physics Mathematics F Mathematics Physics

SubjectsTeachers

Practice Set - 11056. (a) History is the compulsory subject of C.57. (d) D is a female member in the group.58. (d) The compulsory subject of F (Mathematics) is the

optional subject of C.59. (c) E has physics and Mathematics as his two subjects.60. (d) A, B and C all have History as the compulsory subjects.

61. (c)Letter O N S I R TCode Z # 1 @ 9 Z

Condition (ii) is applied.

62. (e)Letter K I U B S RCode 3 @ 7 6 1 9

63. (d)Letter B K A E U GCode 6 3 $ 4 7 %

64. (c)Letter S T O K G ACode * 5 2 3 % *

Condition (iii) is applied.

65. (b)Letter O R H S N UCode O 9 8 1 # O

Condition (i) is applied.66. (d) M > R ...(i)

R K³ ...(ii)J < K ...(iii)Combining (i), (ii) and (iii), we getM R K J> ³ > Þ M > J (conclusion I)

R > J (conclusion II)M > K (conclusion III)

Hence, conclusion I (M > J), conclusion II (J < R) andconclusion III (K < M) are true.

67. (b) D N³ ...(i)N = V ...(ii)W V£ ...(iii)Combining (i) and (ii), we getD N V D V.³ = Þ ³ Hence, conclusion III (V = D)is not necessary true.Again, combining all (i), (ii) and (iii), we getD N V W D W.³ = ³ Þ ³Hence, neither conclusion I (D = W) nor conclusion II(W < D) is true. But both conclusion I (D = W) andconclusion II (W < D) together make a complementarypair. Hence, either conclusion I or conclusion II is true.

68. (d) H B) is true. But, bothconclusion I and conclusion II together make a

complementary pair. Hence, either conclusion II(B = K) or conclusion III (K > B) is true.Again, combining all (i), (ii) and (iii), we getK M B H K H= ³ > Þ > (conclusion I). Hence,conclusion I (K > H) is true.

69. (e) V M³ ...(i)N < V ...(ii)J > N ...(iii)From (i) and (ii), no specific relation between M and Ncan be established. Hence, conclusion II (M > N) isnot necessarily true.Again, from all (i), (ii) and (iii), no specific relationbetween J and M can be established. Hence,conclusion I (J > M) is not necessarily true. Again,from (ii) and (iii), no specific relation between V and Jcan be established. Hence, conclusion III (V > J) is notnecessarily true.

70. (d) A B> ....(i)

B E³ ....(ii)

F E< ....(iii)Combining (i), (ii) and (iii), we getA B E F> ³ >Hence, Conclusion I (A > F)

Conclusion II (F < B)and Conclusion III (E < A) are true.

71. (c) F is third to the right of D.

E

A

C

FB

D

G

72 (b) A is to immediate right of G73 (d) DG74 (e) None of these75 (a) Fourth to the right of D76. (b) Required consonant in the arrangement = 8 Ú #77. (b) From right 19th element is Q and from Q, rightward

10th element is T.78. (e) After eliminating all symbols arrangement will be F 4 H

2 E M P 5 W 9 I Q R 6 U H 3 Z 7 A T B 8 V G Y D. 14thelement from leftward is '6'.

79. (a) H E M 5 9 I R U 3 7 A B

+ 2 + 2 + 2 + 2+ 2 + 2 + 2 + 2

+ 2 + 2 + 2

80. (d) Required symbol in thearrangement = 4 @ H, 9 @ 1, 7 A

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions?1. 48% of 525 + ? % of 350 = 399

(a) 42 (b) 46 (c) 28(d) 26 (e) None of these

2.37 of

45 of

58 of 490 = ?


3. ? + 172 = 335(a) 46 (b) 42 (c) 1764(d) 2116 (e) None of these

4. 125% of 560 + 22% of 450 = ?(a) 799 (b) 700 (c) 782(d) 749 (e) None of these

5. 2 228 5 15 6 ?

7 256 (13)´ - ´ =

+ +

(a)27

115 (b)22

117 (c)25

117

(d)22

115 (e) None of these

6. 18.76 + 222.24 + 3242.15 = ?(a) 3384.15 (b) 3483.15 (c) 3283.25(d) 3383.25 (e) None of these

7. 784 ÷ 16 ÷ 7 = ?(a) 49 (b) 14 (c) 21(d) 7 (e) None of these

8.32 of 455 +

58 of 456 = ?


9. 1.05% of 2500 + 2.5% of 440 = ?(a) 37.50 (b) 37.25 (c) 370.25(d) 372.50 (e) None of these

10. 4900 ÷ 28 × 444 ÷ 12 = ?(a) 6575 (b) 6475 (c) 6455(d) 6745 (e) None of these

11. (272 32)(124 176) ?17 15 –15- -

=´

(a) 0 (b) 2.25 (c) 300 (d) 240(e) None of these

12. 50 ?1? 122

=

(a)252

(b)425

(c) 4 (d) 25

(e) None of these

13. 112 576 256 ?12 8196

´ ´ =


14. ?550

2.25=

(a) 825 (b) 82.5 (c) 3666.66 (d) 2(e) None of these

PRACTICE SET 2





answer.


Practice Set - 212

15.5 35 3

-+

= ?

(a) 4 15+ (b) 4 15-

(c)12

(d) 1

(e) None of these16. A and B started a business by investing `10,000 and

` 12,000 respectively. After 4 months they withdrew theirhalf money and after another 4 months they again withdrewtheir half of money of previous investment. If at the end ofyear, A got ` 10,500 as share of his profit, then what is thetotal profit made at the end of year?(a) ` 23,800 (b) ` 22,600(c) ` 22,000 (d) ` 23,100(e) None of these

17. A train running at the speed of 60 km/hr crosses a 200 mlong platform in 27 s. What is the length of the train?(a) 250 m (b) 200 m (c) 240 m(d) 450 m (e) None of these

18. 10 men can complete a piece of work in 8 days. In how manydays can 16 men complete that work?(a) 4 days (b) 5 days (c) 6 days(d) 3 days (e) None of these

19. If the numerator of a certain fraction is increased by 100%and the denominator is increased by 200%; the new fraction

thus formed is 421

. What is the original fraction?

(a)27

(b)37

(c)25

(d)47

(e) None of these

20. The ratio of the ages of A and B seven years ago was 3 : 4respectively. The ratio of their ages nine years from nowwill be 7 : 8 respectively. What is B’s age at present?(a) 16 years (b) 19 years (c) 28 years(d) 23 years (e) None of these

21. The perimeter of a square is thrice the perimeter of arectangle. If the perimeter of the square is 84 cm and thelength of the rectangle is 8 cm, what is the difference betweenthe breadth of the rectangle and the side of the square?(a) 15 cm (b) 19 cm (c) 10 cm(d) 8 cm (e) None of these

22. The sum of money invested at compound interest amountsto ` 4680 in 2 years and to ̀ 5616 in 3 years. What was theamount of sum invested?(a) ` 3450 (b) ` 3000(c) ` 3250 (d) ` 4100(e) ` 3500

23. A committee of 4 members is to be made from 5 men and 5women. What is the probability that the committee willcontain more men than women?(a) 22/49 (b) 11/42(c) 11/34 (d) 5/42(e) 6/13

24. How many kg of wheat costing ̀ 10 per kg must be mixedwith 16 kg of wheat costing ̀ 15 per kg, so that there may begain of 30% by selling the mixture at ̀ 15.6 per kg?

(a) 28 (b) 25(c) 24 (d) 18(e) 20

25. In a class of 96 students, ratio of number of boys to girls is5 : 3. Among the boys, ratio of number of sports persons tonon-sports persons is 7 : 5. If the ratio of total sports personsto total non-sports persons in class is 2 : 1, find the ratio ofnumber of girls of sports persons to non-sports persons.(a) 22 : 13 (b) 13 : 5(c) 21 : 10 (d) 14 : 9(e) 29 : 7

26. Find the HCF of 2 6 4 8, , ,3 15 5 21

(a)2

105 (b)6

121

(c)5

123(d)

1210

(e) None of these27. Find the least number which when divided by 3, 5, 10 and 12

leaves a remainder 4 but leaves no remainder when samenumber is divided by 23.(a) 188 (b) 184(c) 160 (d) 163(e) 124

28. An article is sold at a discount of 4% making a profit of20%. What would have been the profit percent if the articlewas sold without discount?(a) 22% (b) 25%(c) 28% (d) 20%(e) 32%

29. A truck covers a distance of 256 km at the speed of 32 km/hr. What is the average speed of a car which travels adistance of 160 km more than the truck in the same time?(a) 46 km/hr (b) 52 km/hr (c) 49 km/hr(d) 64 km/hr (e) None of these

30. In an examination, the maximum aggregate marks is 1020. Inorder to pass the exam a student is required to obtain 663marks out of the aggregate marks. Shreya obtained 612marks. By what percent did Shreya fail the exam?(a) 5% (b) 8% (c) 7%(d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : What should come in place ofquestion mark (?) in the following number series?31. 8 52 ? 1287 4504.5 11261.25 16891.875


32. 3 42 504 ? 40320 241920 967680(a) 6048 (b) 5544 (c) 4536(d) 5040 (e) None of these

33 403 400 394 382 358 310 ?(a) 244 (b) 210 (c) 214(d) 256 (e) None of these

34. 7 8 4 13 –3 22 ?(a) –7 (b) –10 (c) –12(d) –14 (e) None of these

Practice Set - 2 1335. 250000 62500 12500 3125 625 ? 31.25

(a) 156.25 (b) 172.25 (c) 125(d) 150 (e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : These questions are based on thefollowing data. Study it carefully and answer the questions thatfollow.

In a school having 400 students, boys and girls are in theratio of 3 : 5. The students speak Hindi, English or both thelanguages. 12% of the boys speak only Hindi. 22% of the girlsspeak only English. 24% of the total students speak only Hindiand the number of boys speaking both the languages is six timesthe number of boys speaking only Hindi.36. How many boys speak Hindi?


37. How many girls speak only Hindi?(a) 55 (b) 117(c) 96 (d) 78(e) None of these

38. How many students speak English?(a) 304 (b) 79(c) 225 (d) 117(e) None of these

39. The number of girls speaking only Hindi is what per cent ofthe total number of students speaking only Hindi?(a) 38.2% (b) 71.8%(c) 31.2% (d) 78%(e) None of these

40. What is the ratio of the number of boys to the number ofgirls speaking both the languages?(a) 23 : 25 (b) 12 : 25(c) 12 : 13 (d) 25 : 13(e) None of these

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : Read the following informationcarefully to answer the following questions.'A $ B' means 'A is mother of B''A # B' means 'A is father of B''A @ B' means 'A is husband of B''A % B' means 'A is daughter of B'41. S @ Q $ P # W indicates what relationship of S with W?

(a) Paternal Grandmother (b) Maternal Grandmother(c) Paternal Grandfather (d) Maternal Grandfather(e) None of these

42. Which of the following expression indicates 'J is the sisterof H'?(a) H $ A @ P # J (b) J % A @ P $ H(c) J $ A @ P # H (d) H % A @ P $ J(e) None of these

43. How many pairs of letters are there in the wordMETALCASTING, each of which have as many lettersbetween then in the word as they have between then in theEnglish alphabet?

(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

44. In a row of 40 girls, when Komal was shifted to her left by 4places her number from the left end of the row became 10.What was the number of Swati from the right end of the rowof Swati was three places to the right of Komal's originalposition?(a) 22 (b) 23(c) 24 (d) 25(e) 26

45. A man starts from point P and goes 5 km east, then he turnsto his left and goes 5 km, next he turns to his right and walks9 km, next to his left and goes 2 km. now he takes a left turnand finally stops at point Q after moving 13 km. Find thedistance between P and Q (in km), and the direction he isnow as seen from point P.(a) 20 , South-West (b) 7, North(c) 50 , North-East (d) 80 , North(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-48): Study the following informationcarefully to answer the questions that follow

There are six people - A, B, C, D, E and F, each of them are havingdifferent weights. A is heavier than F but lighter than B. E isheavier than C but lighter than A. B is lighter than D, and Cis not the lightest. The second lightest person weighs 64kilograms while the second heaviest person weighs 82kilograms.

46. Who among the following may be of 70 kilograms?(a) D (b) A(c) E (d) F(e) A or E

47. How many persons are heavier than C?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

48. Which of the following may represent the weight of D?(a) 72 kg (b) 80 kg(c) 74 kg (d) 84 kg(e) 75 kg

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 49-53): Study the information given belowand answer the given questions:There are five friends - A, B, C, D, and E. Two of them like sittingon sofa, while the other three like sitting on chair, table and bed.The one who like sitting on sofa and who like sitting on bed likethe color green. The other three like the colors red, blue andblack. Two of these five persons like Pepsi as soft drink while theremaining three like the soft drinks Fanta, Limca and Sprite.The one who likes sitting on bed is the oldest in age while the onewho likes sitting on double seated sofa is the youngest, the otherwho likes sitting on sofa likes sitting on a single seat sofa and liesbetween the one who like sitting on chair and the one who likessitting on bed age wise. D likes sitting on single seat sofa andlikes color green while E likes drinking Fanta and likes color black.The one who likes sitting on chair likes drinking Limca and likescolor red. B likes Sprite while A likes Pepsi and likes sitting ondouble seated sofa.

Practice Set - 21449. On which of the following does B like to sit?

(a) Sofa (b) Chair(c) Table (d) Bed(e) Data inadequate

50. On which of the following does E like to sit?(a) Sofa (b) Chair(c) Table (d) Bed(e) Data inadequate

51. Age wise, who among the following lies between E and D?(a) The one who likes sitting on sofa(b) The one who likes drinking Fanta(c) The one who like color green(d) A(e) None of these

52. Which of the following statements is true based on thegiven information?(a) E likes the color red(b) C likes sitting on bed(c) D likes the color red(d) D likes drinking Pepsi(e) All of the above are false

53. Which of the following combinations is correct?(a) Fanta-Black-E-Chair(b) Pepsi-Blue-B-Bed(c) Sprite-Red-E-Bed(d) Limca-Red-A-Chair(e) Pepsi-Green-D-Single Sofa

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 54-56) : Study the information given belowcarefully to answer the following questions.

In a certain code language the following lines written as:'lop eop aop fop' means 'Traders are above laws''fop cop bop gop' means 'Developers were above profitable''aop bop uop qop' means 'Developers stopped following traders''cop jop eop uop' means 'Following maps were laws'54. 'Developers are following laws' would be correctly written as

(a) 'bop cop uop eop' (b) 'lop bop eop uop'(c) 'oup cop lop aop' (d) 'gop cop uop qop'(e) None of these

55. 'qop gop cop eop' would correctly mean(a) profitable laws were stopped(b) developers stopped following laws(c) traders were above profitable(d) were laws profitable traders(e) None of the above

56. 'aop qop bop' would correctly mean(a) following were above(b) traders stopped developers(c) developers are laws(d) traders above stopped(e) laws are stopped

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 57-61) : In each of the questions below aregiven four statements followed by three conclusions numberedI, II and III. You have to take the given statements to be true evenif they seem to be at variance from commonly known facts. Readall the conclusions and then decide which of the givenconclusions logically follows from the given statementsdisregarding commonly known facts.

57. Statements: All petals are flowers. Some flowers are buds.Some buds are leaves. All leaves are plants.

Conclusions: I. Some petals are not buds.II. Some flowers are plants.III. No flower is plant.(a) Only I follows (b) Either II or III follows(c) I and II follow (d) Only III follows(e) None of the above

58. Statements: Some pens are keys. Some keys are locks. Alllocks are cards. No card is paperConclusions:I. No lock is paper.II. Some cards are keys.III. Some keys are not paper.(a) I and II follow (b) Only I follows(c) Only II follows (d) All follows(e) None follows

59. Statements: Some pearls are gems. All gems are diamonds.No diamond is stone. Some stones are corals.Conclusions:I. Some stones are pearls.II. Some corals being diamond is a possibility.III. No stone is pearl.(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Either I or III follows (d) I and II follow(e) None of these

60. Statements: Some apartments are flats. Some flats arebuildings. All buildings are bungalows. All bungalows aregardens.Conclusions:I. All apartments being building is a possibilityII. All bungalows are not buildings.III. No flat is garden.(a) None follows (b) Only I follows(c) Either I or III follows (d) II and III follow(e) Only II follows

61. Statements: All chairs are tables. All tables are bottles. Somebottles are jars. No jar is bucket.Conclusions:I. Some tables being jar is a possibility.II. Some bottles are chairs.III. Some bottles are not bucket.(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follow(c) All follow (d) Only II follows(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 62-66) : In these questions the symbols @. #,$, % and « are used with different meanings as follow.

'A @ B ' means 'A is not smaller then B'.'A # B ' means 'A is neither smaller than nor equal to B'.'A $ B' means 'A is neither greater than nor smaller than B'.'A % B' means 'A is not greater than B'.'A « B' means 'A is neither greater than nor equal to B'.In each questions, four statements showing relationships havebeen given, which are followed by three conclusions I, II and III.Assuming that the given statements are true, find out whichconclusion (s) is/are definitely true?62. Statements: V $ Y, Y @ Z, Z % X, X # T

Conclusions:I. T # Z II. X # YIII. Z « Y(a) None follows (b) Only I follows(c) II and III follow (d) I and III follow(e) Only III follows

Practice Set - 2 1563. Statements: R @ J, J % F, F « E, E % M

Conclusions:I. M # J II. F % MIII. M « R(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) I and II follow(e) All follow

64. Statements: H#R, R@L, L « W, W%FConclusions:I. H # J II. F # LIII. H $ F(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follow(c) II and III follow (d) Either I or II follows(e) All follow

65. Statements: M # K, M $ F, F % Q, Q « HConclusions:I. H # KII. Q # KIII. Q @ M(a) I and II follow (b) Either I or II follows(c) All follow (d) II and III follow(e) None of the above

66. Statements: D « Q, Q $ L, L # T, T % HConclusions:I. D « LII. L @ HIII. H # L(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follow(c) Either II or III follows (d) All follow(e) None follow

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 67-71) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the following questions.

P ,Q ,R ,S ,T ,U and V are sitting on a wall facing East.R is on theimmediate right of S.Q is at an extreme end and has T as hisneighbour. V is between T and U.S is sitting between R and U.S issitting third from the south end.67. Who is sitting to the right of T ?

(a) P (b) R(c) S (d) U(e) V

68. Which of the following pairs of people are sitting at theextreme ends ?(a) PQ (b) PT(c) RQ (d) UQ(e) None of these

69. Name the person who should change place with R suchthat he gets the third place from the North end ?(a) T (b) U(c) V (d) S(e) None of these

70. Immediately between which of the following pairs of peopleis S sitting ?(a) PR (b) PU(c) RT (d) RU(e) None of these

71. Who is sitting between S and P ?(a) V (b) Q(c) R (d) S(e) U

DIRECTIONS(Qs. 72-75) Read the following informationcarefully and answer the following questions.A ,B ,C ,D ,E ,F ,G and H are sitting around a circular table withequal distance between them, facing the centre but not necessarilyin the same order. A sits second to the right of G. Only 2 personssitting between A and H.C sit second to the left of H. Only 3persons sit between H and F.B sits on the immediate left of D.72. Who among the following sits second to the right of F ?

(a) B (b) C(c) D (d) G(e) None of these

73. If all the persons are made to sit in alphabetical order inclockwise direction, starting from A , the positions of howmany, excluding A would remain unchanged ?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None of these

74. Which of the following statement is true with respect to E ?(a) E is an immediate neighbour of B(b) Only one person sitting between E and F(c) Only 3 persons sitting between E and G(d) A sits third to the right of E(e) All the given statements are true

75. Who among the following represent the immediateneighbour of G ?(a) E, D (b) H, C(c) H, D (d) D, F(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : Study the following arrangementcarefully and answer the questions given below.B 4 @ D A Ó 7 9 F % 2 R 5 H 6 E N $ 1 U W 3 P T 8 d V # Y I76. Which of the following is the twelfth to the left of the twenty-

first from the left end of the above arrangement?(a) R (b) 1(c) 5 (d) $(e) None of these

77. If all the numbers from the above arrangement are droppedwhich of the following will be the fifteenth from the right end?(a) W (b) 6(c) (d) 4(e) None of these

78. How many such consonants are there in the abovearrangement, each of which is immediately preceded by asymbol and immediately followed by a vowel?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

79. In which of the following combinations the first elements inbetween the second and the third elements in the abovearrangement?(a) 2 % F (b) 9 Ó 7(c) 5 H 6 (d) T P 3(e) E N

80. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir positions in the above arrangement and so from agroup. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?(a) 5 6 2 (b) W P U(c) Ó 9 D (d) d # T(e) U 3 $

Practice Set - 216

1. (a) 48 % of 525 + ? % of 350 = 399

Þ 48 ?

525 350 399100 100

´ + ´ =

Þ 25200 + ? × 350 = 399 × 100Þ ? × 350 = 39900 – 25200 = 14700

Þ ? = 14700

42350

=

2. (b)3 4 5

? of of of 4907 5 8

=

Þ3 4 5? × × ×4907 5 8

=

Þ ? = 35 × 3 = 105

3. (d) 2? 17 335+ =

Þ ? 289 335+ =

Þ ? 335 289 46= - =Þ ? = 46 × 46 = 2116

4. (a) ? = 125% of 560 +22% of 450

Þ125 22

? 560 450100 100

= ´ + ´

Þ70000 9900?100 100

= +

Þ ? = 700 + 99 = 799

5. (c) 2 228 5 15 6?

7 256 (13)´ - ´

=+ +

Þ140 90

?49 16 169

-=

+ +

Þ50 25?234 117

= =

6. (b) ? = 18.76 + 222.24 + 3242.15Þ ? = 3483.15

7. (d) ? = 784 ¸ 16 ¸ 7

Þ784

? 716

= ¸

Þ ? = 49 ¸ 7 = 7

8. (c)3 5? of 455 of 4567 8

= +

Þ3 5? ×455 ×4567 8

= +

Þ ? = 195 + 285Þ ? = 480

9. (b) ? = 1.05% of 2500 + 2.5% of 440

Þ1.05 2.5? 2500 440100 100

= ´ + ´

Þ2625 1100?100 100

= +

Þ3725? 37.25100

= =

10. (b) ? = 4900 ¸ 28 × 444 ¸ 12Þ ? = 175 × 37Þ ? = 6475

11. (c) Given Expression = 240 300 300

240´

=

12. (d) Let 50252

=æ öç ÷è ø

xx

or 2 2550 625.

2= ´ =x

\ 625 25.= =x

13. (d) Given Expression = 112 24 16 3214 12 8

æ ö =´ ´ç ÷è ø

14. (a) Let 550.2.25

=x

Then, 5501.5

=x

\ 550 15(550 1.5) 825

10´æ ö= ´ = =ç ÷è ø

x


1 (a) 11 (c) 21 (a) 31 (b) 41 (c) 51 (e) 61 (c) 71 (c)2 (b) 12 (d) 22 (c) 32 (d) 42 (b) 52 (c) 62 (a) 72 (c)3 (d) 13 (d) 23 (b) 33 (c) 43 (c) 53 (a) 63 (a) 73 (a)4 (a) 14 (a) 24 (c) 34 (d) 44 (c) 54 (b) 64 (b) 74 (c)5 (c) 15 (b) 25 (e) 35 (a) 45 (c) 55 (a) 65 (e) 75 (d)6 (b) 16 (d) 26 (a) 36 (b) 46 (e) 56 (b) 66 (e) 76 (e)7 (d) 17 (a) 27 (b) 37 (a) 47 (e) 57 (b) 67 (e) 77 (e)8 (c) 18 (b) 28 (b) 38 (e) 48 (d) 58 (d) 68 (a) 78 (b)9 (b) 19 (a) 29 (b) 39 (c) 49 (d) 59 (e) 69 (c) 79 (e)

10 (b) 20 (d) 30 (a) 40 (c) 50 (c) 60 (a) 70 (d) 80 (b)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 2 17

15. (b)2( 5 3) ( 5 3) ( 5 3) ( 5 3)

(5 3)( 5 3) ( 5 3) ( 5 3)- - - -

= ´ =-+ + -

5 3 2 15 2(4 15)(4 15)

2 2+ - -

= = = -

16. (d) A's investment : B's investment =(10,000 × 4 + 5,000 × 4 + 2,500 × 4) :)(12,000 × 4 + 6,000

× 4 + 3,000 × 4)100 + 50 + 25 : 120 + 60 + 3020 + 10 + 5 : 24 + 12 + 635 : 42Let the total profit made be ̀ x.

So (35/77) × x = ̀ 10,500Therefore, x = 23,100

17. (a) Let length of the train be x m

Speed of the train be 60 km/h = 5 50

6018 3

´ = m/s

Then, 200 27503

x +=

Þ3( 200)

2750

x +=

Þ 3x + 600 = 1350Þ 3x = 1350 – 600Þ 3x = 750

Þ 750 250

3x = = m

18. (b) Suppose 16 men can complete the same work in x daysThen, Men days

1016

8x

16 : 10 : : 8 : xÞ 16 × x = 10 × 8

Þ 10 85

16x

´= = days

19. (a) Let the original fraction xy

=

\ 200 4300 21

xy

´=

´ Þ 4 3 221 2 7

xy

= ´ =

20. (d) Let the present age of A = x and B = y yearsAccording to first condition

7 3 4 28 3 21 4 3 77 4

x x y x yy

-= Þ - = - Þ - =

- ........ (i)

According to second condition

9 7 8 72 7 639 8

x x yy

+= Þ + = +

+

Þ 7y – 8x = 9 ......... (ii)

Solving (i) and (ii), we getx = 19 years, y = 23 years

21. (a) Perimeter of the square = 84 cmPerimeter of the rectangle = 28 cmPerimeter of the rectangle = 2(1 + b)or, 2(8 + b) = 28 cmor, b = 14 – 8 = 6 cm\ Breadth of the rectangle = 6 cm

Side of the square =844

= 21 cm

Difference = 21 – 6 =15 cm22. (c) SI on 3380 for 1 yr = 5616 – 4680 = 936

So rate = (100 × 936/4680 × 1) = 20So, P (1 + 20/100)2 = 4680Therefore, P = ` 3250

23. (b) Case 1: all 4 men, no womanProbability = 5C4/ 10C4 = 1/42Case 2: 3 men, 1 womanProbability = 5C3 × 5C1 / 10C4 = 5/21Adding both the cases, required probability= 1/42 + 5/21 = 11/42

24. (c) With 30% gain,SP = ̀ 15.6, CP = (100/130)×15.6 = ̀ 12By rule of alligation:1st wheat (x kg)…………..2nd wheat (16 kg)10………………..15,…………..123……………23 : 2So x/16 = 3/2So x= 24 kg

25. (e) Boys in class = (5/8) × 96 = 60,So girls = 96 – 60 = 36Sports persons among boys = (7/12) × 60 = 35,So non-sports persons = 60 – 35 = 25Total sports person in class = 2/(2 + 1) × 96 = 64,So non-sports persons = 96 – 64 = 32So Sports persons among girls = 64 – 35 = 29, non-sports = 32 – 25 = 7Therefore, ratio = 29 : 7

26. (a) HCF = HCF of numerators/LCM of denominatorsSo HCF = (HCF of 2,6,4,8)/(LCM of 3,15, 5, 21) = 2/105

27. (b) LCM(3, 5, 10, 12) = 60So the number = 60x + 4, where x is any integerThis number leaves no remainder when divided by 23,so x = 3 to get (60x + 4) fully divided by 23So number = 60 × 3 + 4 = 184

28. (b) Let MP = ̀ 100At 4% discount SP = ` 96Now profit = 20%So CP = (100/120) × 96 = 80No discount given means SP = MP = 100So Profit% when no discount= [(100 – 80)/80] ×100 = 25 %

29. (b) Time taken by the truck = 256 8 hr32

=

Practice Set - 218Distance covered by the car = (256 + 160) = 416 kmTime = 8 hr

\ Speed of the car = 416 52 km / hr8

=

30. (a) Required percentage = 663 612

100 5%1020

-´ =

31. (b) 8 × 6.5 = 52

52 × 5.5 = 286286 × 4.5 = 1287.

32. (d) 3 × 14 = 4242 × 12 = 504

504 × 10 = 50405040 × 8 = 40320.

33. (c) 403 – 3 = 400400 – 6 = 394394 – 12 = 382382 – 24 = 358358 – 48 = 310

310 – 96 = 214 .

34. (d) 7 8 4 13 –3 22 –14+5 –9

–3 –7 –1135. (a) 250000 ¸ 4 = 62500

62500 ¸ 5 = 1250012500 ¸ 4 = 31253125 ¸ 5 = 625

625 ¸ 4 = 156.25156.25 ¸ 5 = 31.25.

(36-40) : Eng Hindi Both TotalBoys 24 18 108 150Girls 55 78 117 250Total 79 96 225 400

36. (b) 18 + 108 = 126

38. (a) 79 + 225 = 304

39. (e) 78 100 81.25%96

´ =

40. (c) Ratio = 108 12117 13

=

41. (c) S and Q are husband wife. Q is the mother of P and P isthe father of W.So, S is father of P and P is father of W. Hence, S - paternalgrandfather of W

42. (b) J and H are children of A and P, and J being the daughteris a female, so J is sister of H.

43. (e) M E T A L C A S T I N G

44. (c) When Sunaina's place is changed to 4 places to herleft, her position is 10 from the left end, this means thatSunaina's original position should be 14 from the left.So this means Kirti's position from left is 17. After Kirtithere are (40-17) 23 girls are sitting in the row.So when we see from right side, Kirti is sitting after 23girls, i.e. at number 24 from the right

45. (c)

Q 13 km

2 km9 km

5 km

5 kmP O

PQ = 2 2OP QO+

= 27 12+

= 50 km46. (e) The order from heaviest to lightest is – D, B, A, E, C, F

B is 82 kgs, C is 64 kgs.So in between 64 and 82, A or E lies

47. (e) E, A, B, and D48. (d) D is heavier than B, and B is 82, so D's weight should

be greater than 82 kg. Only 84 > 82(49 - 53)

49. (d) Drinks Colors Person Furniture Sprite Green B Bed Pepsi Green D Single Sofa Limca Red C Chair Fanta Black E Table Pepsi Blue A Double Sofa

(54-56):lop eop aop fop - Traders are above laws ® (i)fop cop bop gop - Developers were above profitable ® (ii)aop bop uop qop - Developers stopped following traders ® (iii)cop job cop uop - Following maps were laws ® (iv)From (i) and (ii), fop - aboveFrom (i) and (iii), aop - tradersFrom (ii) and (iii), bop - developersFrom (ii) and (iv), cop - wereFrom (iii) and (iv), uop - followingFrom (i) and (iv), eop - lawsTherefore, remaining codes arelop - are [from (i)]gop - profitable [from (ii)]qop - stopped [from (iii)]jop - maps [from (iv)]54. (b) Developers are following laws = bop lop uop eop

= lop bop eop uop55. (a) qop gop cop eop = Stopped profitable were laws

= profitable laws were stopped.56. (b) aop qop bop = traders stopped developers.

Practice Set - 2 1957. (b) According to question,

Petals

FlowersBuds Leaves

Plants

OR

Flowers

Petals

Buds

Leaves

Plants

Conclusions I. false

II. false

orIII. false

ùúû

Hence, only either II or III follows.58. (d) According to question

Pens Keys Locks

Cards

Paper

OR

Paper

Pens Keys

Locks

Cards

Conclusions I. True II. True III. True

Hence, All conclusions follow.59. (e) According to question,

Pearls gems

Diamonds

Stone Corals

OR

Pearls gems

Diamonds

Stone Corals

Conclusion I. FalseII. True orIII.False

ùúúúû

Hence, only conclusions II and either I or III follow.60. (a) According to question,

Apartments

Flats

Building

Bungalow

Garden

OR

Apartments

Flats

Building

BungalowGarden

Conclusions I. True, II. False, III. FalseHence, only conclusion I follows.

61. (c) According to question,

Chair

Tables

Bottles

Jar Bucket

OR

Practice Set - 220

Chair

TablesBottles

Jar

Bucket

Conclusions, I. True, II. True, III. True.Hence, All I, II and III follow.

Solutions. (Q. No. 62 to 66)

# @% $

62. (a) V$Y V Y

Y@ Z Y ZZ % X Z < XX #T X TFrom all above statements,V Y Z X TConclusions I. T # Z T > Z (False)II. X # Y X > Y (False)III. Z Y Z < Y (False)None follows.

63. (a) R @ J R JJ % F J FF E F ME % M E < MFrom all above statements, R J F < E MConclusions I: M # J M > J (True)II. F % M F M (False)III. M R M < R (False)Only (I) follows.

64. (b) H # R H > RR @ L R LL W L < WW % F W FFrom all above statements, H > R L < W FConclusions I. H # L H > L (True)II. F # L F > L (True)III. H $ F H = F (False)

65. (e) M # J M > FM $ F M = KF % Q F QQ H Q < HFrom all above statements,K < M = F Q < HConclusions. I. H # K H > K(True)II. Q # K Q > K (True)

III. Q @ M Q M (True)So, all follow.

66. (e) D Q D > QQ $ L Q LL # T L > TT % H T HFrom all above statements,D > Q L > T FConclusions I. D L D < L (True)II. F @ H L > H (False)III. H # F H > F (False)Only (I) and either (II) or (III) follow.

(67 - 71) :67. (a) Q

TVU EastSRP

68. (a) PQ69. (c) V70. (d) RU71. (c) R72. (b) C(73 - 75) :

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

73. (a) one74. (c) Only 3 persons sitting between E and G75. (d) D, F76. (e) Twelfth to the left of twenty first from the left means

9th from the left = F.77. (e) According to question, the arrangements are as

follows

B @ D A F % R H E N $ U W P T d V # Y

15th from right

So, R is 15th from right.

78. (b) Symbol VowelConsonant

@ D A79. (e) Star mark ( ) is between E and N.

80. (b) 2 – 4

2 – 3

2 – 4

2 – 4

2 – 4

5 6 2

W P U

9 D

# T

W 3 $So, WPU does not belong to group.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10) : What will come in place of the questionmark (?) in the following equations?

1.117 117 117 98 98 98 ?117 117 117 98 98 98

´ ´ - ´ ´=

´ + ´ + ´(a) 215 (b) 311 (c) 19 (d) 29(e) None of these

2. If 4 ,3

=ab

then 3 2 ?3 2

+=

-a ba b

(a) 6 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) –1(e) None of these

3.? 72

196 56=


4.17.28 ?

2003.6 0.2

¸=

´(a) 120 (b) 1.20 (c) 12 (d) 0.12(e) None of these

5.2 2

2 2(3.537 0.948) (3.537 0.948) ?

(3.537) (0.948)- + +

=+

(a) 4.485 (b) 2.589 (c) 4 (d) 2(e) None of these

6.(272 32)(124 176) ?

17 15 –15- +

=´

(a) 0 (b) 2.25 (c) 300 (d) 240(e) None of these

7.50 ?

1? 122

=

(a)252

(b)425

(c) 4 (d) 25

(e) None of these

8.112 576 256 ?

12 8196´ ´ =


9.?

5502.25

=

(a) 825 (b) 82.5 (c) 3666.66 (d) 2(e) None of these

10.5 35 3

-+

= ?

(a) 4 15+ (b) 4 15-

(c)12

(d) 1

(e) None of theseDIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15): Find out the approximate value whichshould come in place of the question mark in the followingquestions. (You are not expected to find the exact value.)

11. 45689 ?=(a) 180 (b) 415 (c) 150 (d) 210(e) 300

PRACTICE SET 3





answer.


Practice Set - 322

12.2(10008.99) 3589 0.4987 ?

10009.001´ ´ =

(a) 3000 (b) 300000(c) 3000000 (d) 5000(e) 9000000

13. 399.9 + 206 × 11.009 = ?(a) 2800 (b) 6666(c) 4666 (d) 2400(e) 2670

14.2 7 17 6 ?5 8 19 5

+ ´ ¸ =

(a) 1 (b)12

(c)122

(d)34

(e)9

1115. (299.99999)3 = ?

(a) 27000000 (b) 9000000000(c) 180000 (d) 2.7 × 109

(e) 270000016. Ram went to a shop to buy 50 kg of rice. He bought two

varieties of rice which cost him ̀ 4.50 per kg and ̀ 5 per kg.He spent a total of ` 240. What was the quantity of thecheaper rice purchased by him ?(a) 20 kg (b) 25 kg(c) 30 kg (d) 40 kg(e) None of these

17. A man has ` 640 in the denominations of one rupee, fiverupee and ten rupee notes. The number of each type ofnotes are equal. What is the total number of notes he has ?(a) 60 (b) 150(c) 90 (d) 120(e) None of these

18. How many 3 digits numbers are there which end with digit 6(repetition not allowed)?(a) 72 (b) 52(c) 80 (d) 64(e) 66

19. A, B and C invested ̀ 3000, ̀ 3500 and ̀ 4000 in a business.After 8 months they all added ̀ 500 to their investments. Inwhat respective ratio they will get the profits after a year?(a) 7 : 10 : 15 (b) 14 : 23 : 12(c) 18 : 22 : 25 (d) 11 : 2 : 7(e) 8 : 13 : 15

20. The speed of the stream is 6 km/hr and speed of the boat instill water is 9 km/hr. If a boat takes 70 hrs to traveldownstream from point A to B and coming back to point Cmidway between A and B, the what is the total distancetravelled by the boat?(a) 550 km (b) 300 km(c) 450 km (d) 480 km(e) 420 km

21. The total surface area of a cylinder is 748 cm2. Find thevolume of this cylinder if the height of cylinder and radiusof its base are in the ratio 10 : 7.

(a) 1390 cm3 (b) 1290 cm3

(c) 1250 cm3 (d) 1540 cm3

(e) 1680 cm3

22. If the sum of a few numbers is 450 and their mean is 50 andif another number 100 is included, the mean would become(a) 55 (b) 60(c) 75 (d) 150(e) None of these

23. In a mixture of 60 litres, the ratio of milk and water is 2 : 1.What amount of water must be added to make the ratio ofmilk and water as 1 : 2?(a) 42 Litres (b) 56 Litres(c) 60 Litres (d) 77 Litres(e) None of these

24. 19 persons went to a hotel for a combined dinner party. 13 ofthem spent ` 79 each on their dinner and the rest spent` 4 more than the average expenditure of all the 19. Whatwas the total money spent by them?(a) 1878 (b) 1760(c) 1536 (d) 1492(e) None of these

25. 20 men when work for 20 days and 6 hours a day completethree-fifth of a work. For the remaining work they arereplaced by some number of women who complete theremaining work in 10 days working 8 hours each day. Findthe number of women required to complete remaining workif efficiency of a man is twice that of woman.(a) 20 (b) 12(c) 35 (d) 25(e) 30

26. In an examination a candidate has to get 35% of total marksto pass. In one paper he gets 62 out of 150 and in the second35 out of 150. How many marks should he get out of 200marks in the third paper to pass ?(a) 61 (b) 68(c) 70 (d) 78(e) None of these

27. The difference between the simple interest and compundinterest obtained on a principal amount at 5% per annumafter 2 yrs is ̀ 35. What is the principal amount?(a) ` 41, 000/- (b) ` 13, 000/-(c) ` 31, 000/- (d) ` 14, 000/-(e) None of these

28. Two-third of a consignment was sold at a profit of 5% andthe remainder at a loss of 2% if the total profit was `400,what was the value of the consignment ?(a) `13,000/- (b) `17,000/-(c) `15,000/- (d) `40,000/-(e) None of these

29. The sum of the number of boys and girls in a school is 150.If the number of boys is x, then the number of girls becomesx% of the total number of students. How many boys arethere in the school ?(a) 51 (b) 65(c) 60 (d) 95(e) None of these

30. The ratio of B's present age and A's age 2 years hence is 5 : 6.If twice B's present age is 10 more than A's age 8 years after,what is the ratio of present ages of A and B?(a) 11 : 7 (b) 20 : 17(c) 10 : 7 (d) 11 : 10(e) 12 : 7

Practice Set - 3 23

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35): In each of these questions, a numberseries is given. In each series, only one number is wrong. Findout the wrong number.

31. 3601 3602 1803 604 154 36 12(a) 3602 (b) 1803 (c) 604 (d) 154(e) 36

32. 4 12 42 196 1005 6066 42511(a) 12 (b) 42 (c) 1005 (d) 196(e) 6066

33. 2 8 12 20 30 42 56(a) 8 (b) 42 (c) 30 (d) 20(e) 12

34. 32 16 24 65 210 945 5197.5(a) 945 (b) 16 (c) 24 (d) 210(e) 65

35. 7 13 25 49 97 194 385(a) 13 (b) 49 (c) 97 (d) 194(e) 25

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40): Study the following table carefullyand answer the questions given below.Number (in thousands) of Workers in the Given Six Shifts of

Various Factories

Factories® Shifts¯

L M N O P

7:00 am-11 : 00 am 7.5 8.0 7.8 7.59 8.32 11:00 am-3 : 00 pm 6.38 7.0 7.16 6.5 7.5 3:00 pm-7 : 00 am 6.5 7.28 6.35 6.15 7.24

7:00 pm-11 : 00 pm 7.8 5.25 6.0 6.0 6.5 11:00 pm-3 : 00 am 5.5 5.0 5.10 5.5 5.7 3:00 am-11 : 00 am 4.2 3.0 4.12 3.5 2.15

36. The total number of workers from Factory 0 is approximatelywhat percent of the total number of workers from Factory L?(a) 89 (b) 80(c) 96 (d) 78(e) 93

37. What is the average number of workers working in variousshifts in Factory P?(a) 6045 (b) 6200(c) 6235 (d) 6150(e) None of these

38. What is the difference in the total number of workers workingin various shifts in Factory M and the total number of workersworking in various shifts in Factory 0?(a) 290 (b) 275(c) 295 (d) 270(e) None of these

39. What is the ratio of the total number of workers from factoriesL and M working in the shift of 11:00 pm-3:00 am and thetotal number of workers working in the same shifts inFactories 0 and P?(a) 13 : 14 (b) 15 : 16(c) 13 : 15 (d) 15 : 17(e) None of these

40. What is the total of the average number of workers workingin the shift of 7 : 00 am - 11 : 00 am in all the factories and theaverage number of workers working in the shift of 7 : 00 pm- 11 : 00 pm in all the factories ?


REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45): In each question below are giventwo/three statements followed by two conclusions numbered Iand II. You have to take the given statements to be true even ifthey seem to be at variance with commonly known facts. Readall the conclusions and then decide which of the givenconclusions logically follows from the given statements,disregarding commonly known facts. Give answer(a) if only conclusion I follows.(b) if only conclusion II follows.(c) if either conclusion I or conclusion II follows.(d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows.(e) if both conclusion I and conclusion II follow.41. Statements : No house is an apartment.

Some bungalows are apartments.Conclusions : I. No house is a bungalow.

II. All bungalows are houses.42. Statements : Some gases are liquids.

All liquids are water.Conclusions : I. All gases being water is a possibility.

II. All such gases which are not water cannever be liquids.

43. Statements : All minutes are seconds.All seconds are hours.No second is a day.

Conclusions : I. No day is an hour.II. At least some hours are minutes.

(44-45): Statements: Some teachers are professors.Some lecturers are teachers.

44. Conclusions : I. All teachers as well as professors beinglecturers is a possibility.II. All those teachers who are lecturers arealso professors.

45. Conclusions : I. No professor is a lecturer.II. All lecturers being professors is apossibility.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions :

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circle facing thecentre but not necessarily in the same order.

• B sits second to left of H's husband. No female is animmediate neighbour of B.

• D's daughter sits second to right of F. F is the sister ofG. F is not an immediate neighbour of H's husband.

• Only one person sits between A and F. A is the fatherof G. H's brother D sits to the immediate left of H'smother. Only one person sits between H's mother andE.

• Only one person sits between H and G. G is the motherof C. G is not an immediate neighbour of E.

46. What is position of A with respect to his mother-in-law ?(a) Immediate left (b) Third to the right(c) Third to the left (d) Second to the right(e) Fourth to the left

Practice Set - 32447. Who amongst the following is D's daughter ?

(a) B (b) C(c) E (d) G(e) H

48. What is the position of A with respect to his grandchild ?(a) Immediate right (b) Third to the right(c) Third to the left (d) Second to the left(e) Fourth to the left

49. How many people sit between G and her uncle ?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) More than four

50. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based onthe given information and so form a group. Which is theone that does not belong to that group ?(a) F (b) C(c) E (d) H(e) G

51. A school bus driver starts from the school, drives 2 kmtowards North, takes a left turn and drives for 5 km. He thentakes a left turn and drives for 8 km before taking a left turnagain and driving for 5 km. The driver finally takes a left turnand drives 1 km before stopping. How far and towards whichdirection should the driver drive to reach the school again?(a) 3 km towards North (b) 7 km towards East(c) 6 km towards South (d) 6 km towards West(e) 5 km towards North

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 52-54) : These questions are based on thefollowing information.Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are comparing their weights andeach of them is having a different weight. D is heavier than onlytwo persons. E is the only person heavier than F and lighter thanD. C's weight is less than only B's weight. The third heaviestweight is 100kgs and the fifth heaviest weight is 60kgs.52. What is the possible weight of D?

(a) 60 kgs (b) 100 kgs(c) 105 kgs (d) 4 : 75 kgs(e) Data inadequate

53. Who is the third heaviest?(a) D (b) E(c) A (d) B(e) Data inadequate

54. If the heaviest weight is 30kgs more than A's weight, thenwhat is the possible weight of C?(a) 130 (b) 100(c) 115 (d) 90(e) Data inadequate

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 55-59): In the following questions, thesymbols d, ¬, %, # and @ are used with the following meaningas illustrated below.

‘P % Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor equal to Q’.‘P d Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor equal to Q’.‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is not greater than Q’.‘P ¬ Q’ means ‘P is not smaller than Q’.‘P # Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor smaller than Q’.Now, in each of the follwoing questions assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the four conclusions I,II, III and IV given below them is/are definitely true and giveyour answer.

55. Statement: R ¬ T, T d M, M % K, K @ VConclusionsI. V d M II. V d TIII. M % R IV. K d R(a) I and II are true (b) I and III are true(c) II and IV are true (d) I, III and IV are true(e) None of these

56. Statement: H d J, J # N, N @ R, R d WConclusionsI. W % N II. W % HIII. R # J IV. R d J(a) Only I is true (b) Only II is true(c) Only III is true (d) Only IV is true(e) Either III or IV is true

57. Statement: B @ D, D d F, F % M, M ¬ N.ConclusionsI. B % F II. M d DIII. N % F IV. N % F(a) None is true (b) Only I is true(c) Only II is true (d) Only III is true(e) Only IV is true

58. Statement: F # Z, Z @ H, H % N, N d BConclusionsI. F @ H II. N % ZIII. B % H IV. B % Z(a) I and III are true (b) II, III and IV are true(c) I and II are true (d) I, II and III are true(e) None of the above

59. Statement : M % K, K ¬ W, W d V, V @ NConclusionsI. N ¬ K II. M % WIII. K d V IV. V % M(a) None is true (b) Only I is true(c) Only II is true (d) Only III is true(e) Only IV is true

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 60-64): Study the following information toanswer the given questions.In a certain code, 'always create new ideas' is written as 'ba ri shagi', 'ideas and new thoughts' is written as 'fa gi ma ri', 'createthoughts and insights' is written as 'ma jo ba fa', and 'new andbetter solutions' is written as 'ki ri to fa'.60. What is the code for 'ideas'?

(a) sha (b) ba(c) gi (d) ma(e) Cannot be determined

61. What does 'fa' stand for?(a) thoughts (b) insights(c) new (d) and(e) solutions

62. 'fa lo ba' could be a code for which of the following?(a) thoughts and action (b) create and innovate(c) ideas and thoughts (d) create new solutions(e) always better ideas

63. What is code for 'new'?(a) ki (b) ri(c) to (d) fa(e) ba

Practice Set - 3 2564. Which of the following may represent 'insights always

better'?(a) jo ki to (b) ki to ri(c) sha jo ri (d) to sha jo(e) sha to ba

65. Pointing to a man in a photograph, Reena said, “His brother’sfather is the only son of my grandfather.” How is Reenarelated to the man in photograph?(a) Mother (b) Grand Daughter(c) Sister (d) Daughter(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70): Study the following information toanswer the given questions:

Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing sixpeople each such that they are equidistant from each other. Inrow 1: P, Q, R, S, T and V are seated and all of them are facingSouth. In row 2: A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and all of them arefacing North. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, eachmember seated in a row faces another member of the other row.

S sits third to the right of Q. Either S or Q sits at an extremeend of the line. The one who faces Q sits second to the right of E.Two people sit between Band F. Neither B nor F sits at an extremeend of the line. The immediate neighbour of B faces the personwho sits third to the left of P. R and T are immediate neighbours.C sits second to the left of A. T does not face the immediateneighbour of D.66. Who amongst the following sit at the extreme ends of the

rows?(a) S, D (b) Q, A(c) V, C (d) P, D(e) Q, F

67. Who amongst the following faces S?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) D(e) F

68. How many persons are seated between V and R?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None of these

69. P is related to A in the same way as S is related to B based onthe given arrangement. Which of the following is T relatedto, following the same pattern?(a) C (b) D(c) E (d) F(e) Cannot be determined

70. Which of the following is true regarding T?(a) F faces T.(b) V is an immediate neighbour of T.(c) F faces the one who is second to the right of T.(d) T sits at one of the extreme ends of the line.(e) Q sits second to the right of T.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75): Read below information and answerthese questions on the basic of following set of numbers.

937 483 465 572 68471. If in each number the order of digits is reversed and then the

numbers are arranged in descending order, which numberwill be second?(a) 937 (b) 483(c) 765 (d) 572(e) 684

72. If in each number ‘1’ is added to the last digit and then theposition of second and the third digits are interchangedwhich number will be the largest?(a) 483 (b) 937 (c) 572 (d) 765(e) 684

73. If in each number the first two digits are replaced by theirsum, which number will be the largest?(a) 937 (b) 483 (c) 765 (d) 572(e) 684

74. If in each number the positions of first and the second digitsare interchanged, which number will be the smallest?(a) 937 (b) 483 (c) 765 (d) 572(e) 684

75. If ‘I’ is added to the second digit and then the first andsecond digits are interchanged which number will be third?(a) 937 (b) 483 (c) 765 (d) 572(e) 684

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.(a) If the data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer the

question.(b) If the data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer the

question.(c) If the data either in statement I alone or statement II alone

are sufficient to answer the question.(d) If the data given in both I and II together are not sufficient

to answer the question.(e) If the data in both the statements I and II together are

necessary to answer the question.76. Who has got highest marks among A, B, C, D and E?>

I. D has got greater marks than A and less than C. AlsoB has got greater marks than A and less than E.

II. E has got less marks than C and greater than B and D.A has got the lowest marks.

77. Who is sitting in between A and B in a circular arrangementof 5 people?I. B is sitting 2nd to the right of C and is immediate

neighbor of D.II. D is immediate neighbor of C.

78. How many children does Anuradha have?I. Preeti is the only sister of Ravi who is grandson of

Bhuvan. Anuradha is daughter-in-law of Madhu andsister-in-law of Radhika.

II. Manish is married to Anuradha and is son of Bhuvan.Ritu, sister of Anuradha is married to Suraj. Ravi is theonly brother of Preeti.

79. A man walks 10m in front and 10m to the right.Then everytime turning to his left,he walks 5,15 and 15m.How far is henow from his starting point?(a) 5m (b) 10m(c) 15m (d) 20m(e) Cannot be determined

80. Rohit walked 30m towards East, took a right turn and walked40m.Then he tooh a left turn and walked 30m.In whichdirection is he now from the starting point?(a) North east (b) South(c) South east (d) West(e) Cannot be determined

Practice Set - 326


2 2( ) ,

( )-

+ +

a ba ab b

where a = 117, b = 98

= 2 2

2 2( )( ) ( )

( )- + +

= -+ +

a b a ab b a ba ab b

= (117 – 98) = 19.

2. (b) Dividing numerator as well as denominator by b, we get:

43 2 3 23 2 4 23 343 2 4 23 2 3 23

aa b b

aa bb

´ + ´ ++ += = = =

- -´ - ´ -

3. (c) Let 72 9

196 56 7= =

x

Then , 9 9 81

.196 7 7 49

= ´ =x

So, 81 196

324.49´

= =x

4. (d) Let 17.28

2003.6 0.2

x¸=

´. Then,

17.28200 3.6 0.2= ´ ´

x

\ 17.28 1728

0.12200 3.6 0.2 200 36 2

= = =´ ´ ´ ´

x

5. (d) Given Expression = 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2( ) ( ) 2( ) 2

( ) ( )- + + +

= =+ +

a b a b a ba b a b


300240´

=

7. (d) Let 50252

=æ öç ÷è ø

xx

or 2 2550 6252

= ´ =x

\ 625 25= =x

8. (d) Given Expression = 112 24 16 3214 12 8

æ ö =´ ´ç ÷è ø

9. (a) Let 550.2.25

=x

Then, 5501.5

=x

\ 550 15(550 1.5) 825

10´æ ö= ´ = =ç ÷è ø

x

10. (b)2( 5 3) ( 5 3) ( 5 3) ( 5 3)

(5 3)( 5 3) ( 5 3) ( 5 3)- - - -

= ´ =-+ + -

5 3 2 15 2(4 15)(4 15)

2 2+ - -

= = = -

11. (d) ? 45689 213.75 210= = »

12. (b)2(10008.99)? 3589 0.4987

10009.001= ´ ´

= 2(10009) 3600 0.50´ == 10009 × 60 × 0.50 » 300000

13. (e) ? = 399.9 + 206 × 11.009 = 400 + (200 + 6) × 11 = 400 + 2200 + 66 = 2670

14. (a)2 7 17 6 2 7 17 5?5 8 19 5 5 8 19 6

= + ´ ¸ = + ´ ´

= 2 595

0.40 0.65 1.055 912

+ = + » » 1

15. (a) ? = (299.99999)3 » (300)3 = 2700000016. (a) Let one variety of rice be x kg.

Another quantity = (50 – x) kgAccording to question x × 4.50 + (50 – x) 5 = 2404.5x + 250 – 5x = 2400.5x = 10x = 20Hence, the quantity of cheaper rice was 20 kg.

17. (d) Let the number of each type of notes be x. Accordingto question 1 × x + 5 × x + 10 × x = 64016x = 640x = 40Total number of notes = 40 + 40 + 40 = 120

1 (c) 11 (d) 21 (d) 31 (d) 41 (d) 51 (e) 61 (d) 71 (c)2 (b) 12 (b) 22 (a) 32 (b) 42 (a) 52 (d) 62 (b) 72 (b)3 (c) 13 (e) 23 (c) 33 (a) 43 (b) 53 (a) 63 (b) 73 (e)4 (d) 14 (a) 24 (c) 34 (e) 44 (a) 54 (c) 64 (d) 74 (a)5 (d) 15 (a) 25 (a) 35 (d) 45 (b) 55 (b) 65 (c) 75 (d)6 (c) 16 (a) 26 (d) 36 (e) 46 (d) 56 (e) 66 (d) 76 (b)7 (d) 17 (d) 27 (d) 37 (c) 47 (c) 57 (a) 67 (a) 77 (d)8 (d) 18 (d) 28 (c) 38 (a) 48 (b) 58 (c) 68 (b) 78 (d)9 (a) 19 (c) 29 (c) 39 (b) 49 (a) 59 (d) 69 (b) 79 (a)

10 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (d) 50 (b) 60 (c) 70 (c) 80 (c)

Answer Key


Practice Set - 3 2718. (d) Repetition not allowed:

For a number to be a 3 digit number, 1st digit should befrom 1 to 9, excluding 6 which is at the 3rd digit's place.For 2nd digit, there are only 8 choices after including 0and excluding the digit taken as the 1st digit and 6 atthe 3rd digit's place.For 3rd digit, only 1 choice is there which is 6.So total 3 digit numbers that can be formed which endwith digit 6 = 8 × 8 × 1 = 64

19. (c) A : B : C3000 × 8 + 3500 × 4 : 3500 × 8 + 4000 × 4 : 4000 × 8 +4500 × 430 × 8 + 35 × 4 : 35 × 8 + 40 × 4 : 40 × 8 + 45 × 430 × 2 + 35 : 35 × 2 + 40 : 40 × 2 + 456 × 2 + 6 : 7 × 2 + 8 : 8 × 2 + 912 + 6 : 14 + 8 : 16 + 918 : 22 : 25

20. (c) Downstream speed = 9 + 6 = 15 km/hrUpstream speed = 9-6 = 3 km/hrLet the distance from A to B is x km.downstream distance = x, upstream distance is half ofx because boat goes half way upstream, thenx/15 + (x/2)/3 = 70So x = 300Therefore, distance covered by boat = 300 + 300/2 =300 + 150 = 450 km

21. (d) Height = 10x, radius = 7xTotal surface area = 2 × (22/7) × (7x) × (7x+10x) = 748So x = 1Height = 10 cm, radius = 7 cmVolume = (22/7) × (7)2 ×10 = 1540 cm3

22. (a)Sum of all numbers50

number of observations=

45050Number of observations

=

450Number of observations = 950

=

450 100 550New mean = 5510 10+

= =

23. (c) Milk = 2 60 403

l´ =

Water = 1 60 203

l´ =

Let ‘x’ be the amount to be added to milk and water.

40 x 120 x 2

+=

+80 + 2x = 20 + x60 = x

24. (c) Let average of all persons = x\ (13 × 79) + 6(x + 4) = 19 × x

13 × 79 + 6x + 24 = 19x

13 × 79 + 24 = 13x

x = 13 79 24 80.85

13´ + =

Total money spent = 153625. (a) 1 man = 2 women

Let x men have to complete remaining (2/5th) work in10 days working 8 hrs each day.So, M1 × D1 × H1 × W2 = M2 × D2 × H2 × W120 × 10 × 6 × (2/5) = x × 10 × 8 × (3/5)So, x = 10 menSince, 1 man = 2 women, so 10 men = 20 women

26. (d) Total marks = 150 + 150 + 200 = 50035% of 500 = 175175 = 62 + 35 + xx = 78

27. (d) Principal = 2

2difference (100)

r´

35 100 10025

´ ´=

= ` 1400028. (c) Let value of consignment was ` x

rd23

æ öç ÷è ø

consignment costs 23x

Selling price of rd2

3æ öç ÷è ø

consignment

= 2 5 23 100 3

+ ´x x

= 7

10x

S.P of rd1

3æ öç ÷è ø

consignment = 2 49–

3 100 3 150x x x´ =

Total S.P = 49 7 49 105 154150 10 150 150

x x x x x++ = =

Profit = S.P – C.P

400 = 154 4–150 150

x xx =

400 150 150004

x ´= =

Value of consignment was ` 15,00029. (c) If number of boys is x, then number of girls is (150–x)

(150 – x ) = x % of 150

150 – x = 3150

100 2x x

´ =

Þ 5 1502x

=

Þ 150 2 60

5x ´

= =

Number of boys is 60

Practice Set - 32830. (d) Let A and B be the present ages of A and B respectively.

B/(A+2) = 5/6, so 6B - 5A = 10 …(i)Also 2B = (A+8) +10, so 2B – A = 18 …(ii)Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get A = 22, B = 20Hence, the required ratio is 22/20 or 11:10.

31. (d)

3602 1803 604155

36 12154

÷ 1 + 1 ÷ 2 + 2 ÷ 3 + 3 ÷ 4 + 4

3601

÷ 5 + 5 ÷ 6 + 6154 is written in place of 155.

32. (b)

4512 42 196 6066 4251110054

42 is written in place of 45.33. (a)

68 12 20 42 56302

+ 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 148 is written in place of 6.

34. (e)

6016 24 65 945 5197.521032

× 0.5 × 1.5 × 2.5 × 3.5 × 4.5 × 5.565 is written in place of 60.

35. (d)

19313 25 49 194 385977

+ 6 + 12 + 24 + 48 + 96 + 192194 is written in place of 193

36. (e) Required percent

(7.59 6.5 6.15 6.0 5.5 3.5)(7.5 6.38 6.5 7.8 5.5 4.2)

+ + + + +=

+ + + + +

35.24 100 93.03% 93%37.88

= ´ = »

37. (c) Required average

(8.32 7.5 7.24 6.5 5.7 2.15)6

+ + + + + +

37.416

= = 6.235 thousand = 6235

38. (a) Required difference (in thousand)= (8.0 + 7.0 + 7.28 + 5.25 + 5 + 3)– (7.59 + 6.5 + 6.15 + 6 + 5.5 + 3.5)= 35.53 – 35.24 = 0.29 thousand = 290

39. (b) Required ratio

(5.5 5) 10.5 1515 :16

(5.5 5.7) 11.2 16+

= = = =+

40. (d) Required total

(7.5 8 7.8 7.59 8.32)

5+ + + +

= +(7.8 5.25 6 6 6.5)

5+ + + +

(39.21 31.55)5+= = 14.152 thousand

= 14152

41. (d) House Appar-tment

Bun-glows

OR

House Appar-tment

Bun-glows

Conclusion I : FalseConclusion II : False

42. (a) Gases LiquidsWater

OR

Gases Liquids

Water

Conclusion I : TrueConclusion II : False

43. (b)

HoursSeconds

Day

OR

HoursSeconds

Day

Conclusion I : FalseConclusion II : True

Practice Set - 3 29(44-45)

Professors

Teac

hers

Lecturers

OR

Professors

TeachersLecturers OR Profes

sors

Teachers,Lecturers

44. (a) Conclusion I : TrueConclusion II : False

45. (b) Conclusion I : FalseConclusion II : True.

(46-50) :

C (Male)

E (D's Daughter)

H (Female)F

(Female)

G(Female)

A(H's Husband)

D(Male)

(H's mother)B

46. (d) A's wife is H. H's mother is B. Therefore, B is the mother-in-law of A, A is second to the right of B.

47. (c) E is the daughter of D.48. (b) A is the father of F and G. G is the mother of C. Therefore,

C is the grandchild of A. A is third to the right of C.49. (a) D is brother-in-law of A. A is father of F and G. Therefore,

D is material uncle of G. There is only one personbetween G and D is clockwise direction.

50. (b) Except C, all others are females.51. (e) According to questions.

AB = 2 km; BC = 5 km; CD = 8 kmDE = 5 km; EF = 1 km; BC = DE = 5 kmCD = BE = 8 kmBE = EF + AF + AB

C B

D E

2 km

8 km

5 km

5 km

F1 km

AStartingpoint

leftleft

left left

\ AF = BE – (EF + AB) = 8 – (1 + 2) = 8 – 3 = 5 km

\ Required distance = AF = 5 km and requireddirection is North

(52-54) :52. (d) From the information, D is heavier than only two

persons and E is the only person taller than F andshorter than D. So we can say that D is the fourthheaviest, E is the fifth heaviest and F is the sixthheaviest. Also it is given that C’s weight is less thanonly B’s weight. So we can say that B is the heaviestand C is the second heaviest, then A is the thirdheaviest.\ The final arrangement is as follows:

Heaviest 2n d heaviest

3rd heaviest

4th heaviest

5th heaviest

6th heaviest

B C A D E F 100 kg 60 kg

The possible weight of D is > 60 and < 100 i.e; 75 kgs.(55-59): P % Q Þ P < Q

P d Q Þ P > QP @ Q Þ P £ QP ¬ Q Þ P ³ QP # Q Þ P = Q

55. (b) R ¬ T Þ R ³ T; T d M Þ T > M; M % K ÞM < KK @ V Þ K £ VSo, R ³ T > M < K ³ VConclusionsI. V d M Þ V > M (True)II. V d T Þ V > T (False)III. M % R Þ M < R (True)IV. K d R Þ K > R (False)Only I and III are true.

56. (e) H d J Þ H > J; J # N Þ J = N; N @ R Þ N £ R,R d W Þ R > WSo, H > J = N £ R > WConclusionsI. W % N Þ W < N (False)II. W % H Þ W < H (False)III. R # J Þ R = JIV. R d J Þ R > JOnly either III or IV is true.

57. (a) B @ D Þ B £ D; D d F Þ D > F; F % M ÞF < M, M ¬ N Þ M ³ NSo, B £ D > F < M ³ NConclusionsI. B % F Þ B < F (False)II. M d D Þ M > D (False)III. N % F Þ N < F (False)IV. D d N Þ D > N (False)So, none of the given conclusions is correct.

58. (c) F # Z Þ F = Z; Z @ H Þ Z £ H; H % N ÞH < N, N d B Þ N > BSo, F = Z £ H < N > B

Practice Set - 330ConclusionsI. F @ H Þ F £ H (True)II. N % Z Þ N > Z (True)III. B % H Þ B < H (False)IV. B % Z Þ B < Z (False)Only I and II are true.

59. (d) M % K Þ M < K; K ¬ W Þ K ³ W; W d V Þ W> V, V @ N Þ V £ NSo, M < K ³ W > V £ NConclusionsI. N ¬ K Þ N ³ K (False)II. M % W Þ M < W (False)III. K d V Þ K > V (True)IV. V % M Þ V < M (False)Only III is true.

(60-64) :‘always create new ideas Þ ‘be risha gi’ ...(i)‘ideas and new thoughts Þ ‘fa gi ma ri ...(ii)create thoughts and insight Þ ‘ma jo ba fa’ ...(iii)‘new and better solutions’ Þ ‘ki ri to fa’ ...(iv)using (i) & (iv)new Þ riusing (i), (ii) and (iv)ideas Þ giand Þ fathoughts Þ mausing (i) & (iii)create Þ bealways Þ shainsights Þ jobetter solutions Þ ki to

65. (c) Grand Fatheronly son

Reena’s Father

Reena

Man’s Father

Man — BrotherFrom above two diagram, it is clearly under stood thatReena’s father and Man’s father is the same. And Reenais sister to that man.

(66-70) :Row 1. ¯ P V S T R QRow 2. C F A E B D

71 (c) 937 Þ 739, 483 Þ 384,765 Þ 567, 572 Þ 275,684 Þ 486739 > 567 > 486 ..... 765

72. (b) 937 Þ 738 Þ 983483 Þ 484 Þ 448765 Þ 766 Þ 766572 Þ 573 Þ 537684 Þ 685 Þ 658Largest number Þ 983 Þ 937

73. (e) 937 Þ 127, 483 Þ 123,765 Þ 135572 Þ 122, 684 Þ144Highest number Þ144 Þ 684

74. (a) 937 Þ 397, 483 Þ 843,765 Þ 675, 572 Þ 752684 Þ 864Smallest number Þ 397 Þ 937Trick : Smallest number will have the least middle digit.

75. (d) 937 Þ 947 Þ 497483 Þ 493 Þ 943765 Þ 775 Þ 775572 Þ 582 Þ 852684 Þ 694 Þ 964Third number Þ 852 Þ 572

76. (b) If the data in statement II alone is sufficient to answerthe question.1st alone does not answer.

77. (d) If the data given in both I and II together are notsufficient to answer the question.Since it is not known that who is facing outside orinside circle, cannot be determined by any statementor both.

78 (d) If the data given in both I and II together are notsufficient to answer the question.Since it is not known that Bhuvan and Madhu havehow many children, it cannot be said that Preeti andRavi are children of Anuradha and Manish.

79. (a) 5m

15m

End 15m

Start

10m

10m

5m

N

W

S

E

Start = 10; End = 5mDistance from starting point = 10 – 5 = 5 m

80. (c) South east

NStartW

EndES 30m

30m

40m

NNW NE

SW SE

W

S

E

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10): What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions?

1.137 137 137 133 133 133 ?137 137 137 133 133 133

´ + ´ + ´=

´ ´ - ´ ´(a) 4 (b) 270

(c)14

(d)1

270(e) None of these

2. If 3 81n = , then n = ?(a) 2 (b) 4(c) 6 (d) 8(e) None of these

3. ( ) ( ) 25 7 7 4 7 8 7 (19) ?é ù+ + + - =ë û

(a) 143 (b) 72 7

(c) 134 (d) 70 7(e) None of these

4. (4444 ÷ 40) + (645 ÷ 25) + (3991÷ 26) = ?(a) 280.4 (b) 290.4(c) 295.4 (d) 285.4(e) None of these

5..23 .023

?.0023 23

-=

¸(a) 0.207 (b) 207(c) 2070 (d) 0.0207(e) None of these

6.(7 7 7) 7

?5 5 5 5

+ + ¸=

+ + ¸

(a) 1 (b)15

(c)1511

(d)3

11

(e) None of these

7. 33124 2601´ – (83)2 = (?)2 + (37)2


8.17 51 1 35 4 11 2 ?37 52 7 4

´ ´ + =

(a) 303.75 (b) 305.75

(c) 303 14 (d) 305

14

(e) None of these

9.32 48 ?8 12

+=

+


PRACTICE SET 4





answer.


Practice Set - 432

10.1

?9 8

=-

(a)1

(3 2 2)2

- (b)1

3 2 2+

(c) 3 2 2- (d) 3 2 2+(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15) : Find out the approximate value whichshould replace the question mark (?) in the following questions.(You are not expected to find out the exact value).11. 196.1 × 196.1 × 196.1 × 4.01 × 4.01 × 4.001 × 4.999 × 4.999

= 196.13 × 4 × ?(a) 100 (b) 16(c) 10 (d) 64(e) 32

12.2 1 3 6 ?7 8 7 14

´ + ¸ =

(a)2

56 (b)3

56(c) 1 (d) 2.5

(e)5060

13. 10.12.01 + 2.93.001 = ?(a) 130 (b) 160(c) 115 (d) 147(e) None of these

14. 1999.9997 4.76 ?= ´(a) 11 (b) 45(c) 49 (d) 6(e) 9

15. 23% of 4011 + 17 of 5555 = ?

(a) 7000 (b) 1900(c) 9022 (d) 1700(e) 1450

16. In a 225 meter long yard 26 trees are planted at equal distance,one tree being at each end of the yard.What is the distance between two consecutive trees ?(a) 10 meters (b) 8 meters(c) 12 meters (d) 9 meters(e) None of these

17. A rectangular park has dimensions 100 m × 40 m. A circularlawn is in the middle of park. If the area of rectangular parkleaving the circular lawn is 1536 m2, what is the circumfer-ence of the circular lawn?(a) 182 m (b) 140 m(c) 176 m (d) 148 m(e) 132 m

18. The number whose square is equal to the difference of thesquares of 40 and 32 is(a) 45.09 (b) 24(c) 25 (d) 28(e) None of these

19. In a fort there was sufficient food for 200 soldiers for 31days. After 27 days, 120 soldiers left the fort. For how many

extra days will the rest of the food last for the remainingsoldiers ?(a) 12 days (b) 10 days(c) 8 days (d) 6 days(e) None of these

20. 7 is added to a certain number, the sum is multiplied by 5;the product is divided by 9 and 3 is subtracted from thequotient. The remainder left is 12. What is the number ?(a) 20 (b) 30(c) 40 (d) 5(e) None of these

21. If the selling price of an article is 4/3rd of its cost price, theprofit in transaction is(a) 16.75% (b) 20.50%(c) 25.50% (d) 33.33%(e) None of these

22. In an election between two candidates, 70% of the voterscast their votes, out of which 2% of the votes were declaredinvalid. A candidate got 7203 votes which was 60% of thetotal valid votes. Find the total number of voters enrolled inthat election.(a) 18050 (b) 17500(c) 17000 (d) 7203(e) None of these

23. A sum of rupees is divided between three people A, B and Cin such a way that after 2 years, 3 years and 4 years respec-tively the amount they get is equal. If the rate of interest is5 percent, what is the ratio in which the amount is divided?(a) 276 : 264 : 253 (b) 264 : 256 : 243(c) 276 : 264 : 233 (d) 243 : 255 : 253(e) None of these

24. A vessel is full of milk. 10 litres of milk is taken out andreplaced by water. Again the process is followed and now15 litres of the mixture is replaced by water. After this thefinal ratio of milk to water becomes 4 : 5. What is the capacityof vessel in litres?(a) 65 (b) 45 (c) 40(d) 30 (e) Cannot be determined

25. A's salary is 20% lower than B's salary, which is 15% lowerthan C's salary. By how much percent is C's salary morethan A's salary?(a) 44.05% (b) 45.05%(c) 46.05% (d) 47.05%(e) None of these

26. 'A' and 'B' can do a piece of work in 30 days while 'B' and 'C'can do the same work in 24 days and 'C' and 'A' in 20 days.They all work for 10 days and 'B' and 'C' leave. How manydays more will 'A' take to finish the work ?(a) 12 days (b) 18 days(c) 20 days (d) 22 days(e) None of these

27. A man can row 1

93

kmph in still water and finds that it takes

him thrice as much time to row up than as to row down thesame distance in the river. The speed of the current is

(a)133

kmph (b)139

kmph

(c)243

kmph (d)143

kmph

(e) None of these

Practice Set - 4 3328. A starts from point P at 20 km/hr towards point Q. After 2

hours B starts from point Q at some speed towards A. Theyboth meet when they reach half the distance between pointsP and Q. If A covered one-fourth of total distance in 2 hours,what is the speed of B?(a) 40 km/hr (b) 45 km/hr(c) 48 km/hr (d) 38 km/hr(e) 42 km/hr

29. On a shelf there are four books on History, three onEngineering and four on Statistics. In how many differentways can the books be arranged, so that the books onHistory are kept together?(a) 967680 (b) 120960(c) 5040 (d) 40320(e) None of these

30. Ram borrows ` 8000 at 12% p.a. simple interest and Mohanborrows ̀ 9100 at 10% p.a. simple interest. In how many yearswill their borrowed amounts (debt) be equal ?(a) 18 (b) 20(c) 22 (d) 24(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : In the following number series, awrong number is given. Find out the wrong number.

31. 29, 37, 21, 43 ,13, 53, 5(a) 37 (b) 53 (c) 13(d) 21 (e) 43

32. 600, 125, 30, 13, 7.2, 6.44, 6.288(a) 6 (b) 10 (c) 15(d) 12 (e) None of these

33. 80, 42, 24, 13.5, 8.75, 6.375, 5.1875(a) 8.75 (b) 13.5 (c) 24(d) 6.375 (e) 42

34. 10, 8, 13, 35, 135, 671, 4007(a) 8 (b) 671 (c) 135(d) 13 (e) 35

35. 150, 290, 560, 1120, 2140, 4230, 8400(a) 2140 (b) 560 (c) 1120(d) 4230 (e) 290

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the graph carefully to answerthe following questions.

Number of People Contributing Towards Helping TsunamiVictims from Different Cities

5500550045004000350030002500200015001000500

0P Q R

Cities

Num

ber

of P

eopl

e

S T U

36. How, many more people form City S would have made theratio 11 : 9 of the number of people contributing from City Sto that from City T?


37. The number of people contributing from Cites Q and Utogether form what per cent of the total number of peoplecontributing from all the given cities?(a) 30 (b) 36(c) 32 (d) 38(e) None of these

38. The number of people contributing from how many citiesform less than 18% of the total number of people contributingfrom number form all cities together?(a) 3 (b) 4(c) 2 (d) 1(e) None of these

39. Approximately by what per cent is the number of peoplecontributing from City T more in comparison to that formCity S?(a) 38 (b) 18(c) 22 (d) 29(e) None of these

40. What is the ratio of the number of people contributing formCity P to that form City R?(a) 5 : 4 (b) 4 : 7(c) 7 : 4 (d) 5 : 9(e) None of these

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45): In each of the questions below, two/three statements are given followed by conclusions/group ofconclusions numbered I and II. You have to assume all thestatements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from thecommonly known facts and then decide which of the given twoconclusions logically follows from the information given in thestatements.

Give answer (a) if only conclusion I followsGive answer (b) if only conclusion II followsGive answer (c) if either I or II followsGive answer (d) if neither I or II followsGive answer (e) if both I and II follow

41-42. Statements: Some squares are circles.No circle is a triangle.No line is a square.

41. Conclusions: I. All squares can never be triangles. II. Some lines are circles.

42. Conclusions: I. No triangle is a square. II. No line is a circle.

43-44: Statements: All songs are poems.All poems are rhymes.No rhymes is a paragraph.

43. Conclusions: I. No song is a paragraph.No poem is a paragraph.

44. Conclusions: I. All rhymes are poems.All songs are rhymes.

45. Statements: Some dews are drops. All drops are stones.Conclusions: I. Atleast some dews are stones.

II. Atleast some stones are drops.DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions carefully.

Practice Set - 434Seven people A,B,C,D,E,F and G are sitting in a straight line withequal distance between them, but not necessarily in the sameorder. Some of them are facing North and some are facing South.Only two people are sitting to the left of G. Only two people sitbetween G and B. A sits second to the left of B. The immediateneighbours of A face opposite directions. Only one person sitsbetween A and C. F sits third to the left of C. D is not an immediateneighbour of B. Both the immediate neighbours of C face thesame direction. A faces the same direction as that of C. E facesNorth. B sits to the immediate left of E.46. Who among the following sits exactly between G and the

one who is sitting to the immediate left of B ?(a) E (b) A(c) C (d) B(e) None of these

47. Who among the following sits exactly in the middle of theline ?(a) A (b) C(c) D (d) E(e) F

48. Which of the statement is true as per the given information ?(a) F sits to the immediate right of A(b) D sits exactly between A and C(c) G sits third to the left of B(d) S faces south.(e) None of these

49. Who is sitting second to the right of D ?(a) A (b) B(c) F (d) G(e) None of these

50. Which of the following pairs represents the immediateneighbour of B ?(a) AB (b) AC(c) EG (d) FG(e) EF

51. In a row of people A is 12th from the left end and B is 8thfrom the right end. When they exchange their position, Abecomes 22th from the left end, What will be the B's positionfrom the right end ?(a) 19 (b) 17(c) 16 (d) 18(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 52-56): Study the given information to answerthe question given below:Eight bikes A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are parked around a circularground(Facing the centre) with equal distance between each other,but not necessarily in the same order.

H is parked to the immediate left of C. Only one bike isparked between E and C. A is parked 3rd to the right of E. Only 3bikes are parked between A and F. D is parked second to the left ofF. G is not parked immediately next to A.52. Which bike is parked fourth to the left of B ?

(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) None of these

53. If all the bikes are parked in alphabetical order inanticlockwise direction starting from A, the position of howmany bikes will remain unchanged ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) None of these

54. Which of the following pairs represents both bikes are parkedimmediately next to G ?(a) DF (b) AB(c) BC (d) DE(e) None of these

55. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based onthe given arrangement, which one of the following does notbelong to that group ?(a) HA (b) FH(c) BD (d) GE(e) None of these

56. Which of the following statement is true with respect to thegiven arrangement?(a) D is parked second to the right of E(b) Only 2 cars are parked between G and C(c) Only 3 cars are parked between G and H(d) B is parked to the immediate left of D(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 57-59): These questions are based on thefollowing six numbers.

827 389 485 654 578 21757. If two digit numbers are formed by taking the 2nd and 3rd

digits respectively of each of these numbers and then thetwo digits of each of these two digit numbers areinterchanged, then which number from these given numberswill be the second highest number in the revised form?(a) 389 (b) 485(c) 578 (d) 827(e) None of these

58. If these numbers are written with their digits in the reverseorder, which number among them will stand third from thetop?(a) 485 (b) 578(c) 217 (d) 389(e) None of these

59. If the first two digits of each number are interchanged, whichamong these numbers will be the 2nd lowest number?(a) 485 (b) 645(c) 217 (d) 827(e) None of these

60. Read the following information carefully and answer thequestion which follows:‘A × B’ means ‘A is the father of B’.‘A + B’ means ‘A is the daughter of B’.‘A ÷ B’ means ‘A is the son of B’.‘A – B’ means ‘A is the sister of B’.What will come in place of question mark to establish that Pis the son-in-law of S in the following expression?P × Q + R – T ? S(a) + (b) ×(c) – (d) ÷(e) Either + or ÷

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : In the following questions, thesymbols @, ©, %, $ and # are used with the following meaningas illustrated below :

‘P % Q’ means ‘P is either smaller than or equal to Q’.‘P © Q’ means ‘P is greater than Q’.‘P # Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor smaller than Q’.‘P $ Q’ means ‘P is smaller than Q’.‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is either greater than or equal to Q’.Now in each of the following questions assuming the givenstatements to be true, for conclusions I and II given belowthem is/are definitely true? Give answer

Practice Set - 4 35(a) if only conclusion I is true.(b) if only conclusion II is true(c) if either conclusion I or II is true(d) if neither conclusion I nor II is true(e) if both conclusion I and II are true

61. Statements : B # F, F $ H, H © KConclusions : I. H @ B

II. K $ B62. Statements : H @ T, T © N, N $ W

Conclusions : I. N $ HII. W $ H

63. Statements : H $ F, F % M, M © JConclusions : I. J $ F

II. M © H64. Statements : M $ T, T % R, M © N

Conclusions : I. M $ RII. N $ T

65. Statements : D $ T, T % B, B @ FConclusions : I. D # T

II. D @ FDIRECTIONS (Qs. 66 to 68): Read the information carefullyand answer the questions given below :(i) Seven students P, Q, R, S, T, U and V take a series of tests,(ii) No two students get similar marks,(iii) V always scores more than P.(iv) P always scores more than Q.(v) Each time either R scores the highest and T gets least, or

alternatively S scores highest and U or Q scores least.66. If S is ranked sixth and Q is ranked fifth, which of the

following can be true ?(a) V is ranked first or fourth(b) R is ranked second or third(c) P is ranked second or fifth(d) U is ranked third or fourth(e) None of these

67. If R is ranked second and Q is ranked fifth, which of thefollowing must be true ?(a) S is ranked third (b) T is ranked sixth(c) P is ranked sixth (d) V is ranked fourth(e) None of these

68. If S is ranked second, which of the following can be true ?(a) U gets more than V (b) V gets more than S(c) P gets more than R (d) P gets more than V(e) None of these


Point P is 9 m towards the East of Point Q. Point R is 5 m towardsthe South of Point P. Point S is 3 m towards the West of Point R.Point T is 5 m towards the North of Point S. Point V is 7 m towardsthe South of Point S.69. If a person walks in a straight line for 8 m towards West from

Point R, which of the following points would he cross thefirst?(a) V (b) Q(c) T (d) S(e) Can’t be determined.

70. Which of the following points are in a straight line?(a) P, R, V (b) S, T, Q(c) P, T, V (d) V, T, R(e) S, V, T

71. A man walks 1 km towards East and then turns towardsSouth and walks 5 km. Again he turns to East and walks 2km. After this he turns to North and walks 9 km. Now, howfar is he from his starting point ?

(a) 3 km (b) 4 km(c) 5 km (d) 7 km(e) None of these

72. A girl introduced a boy as the son of the daughter of thefather of her uncle. The boy is girl's;(a) Cousin (b) Son(c) Uncle (d) Son-in-law(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 73 to 75): Study the following information toanswer the given questions:In a certain code, 'always to be right' is written as '4932', 'right isalso just' is written as '9765', 'come to terms' is written as '138','terms are just' is written as '016', and 'always is' is written as '74'.73. What is the code for 'come'?

(a) 0 (b) 8(c) 1 (d) 3(e) either 1 or 8

74. What does '6' stand for?(a) terms (b) also(c) are (d) is(e) just

75. Which of the following can be coded as '86315'?(a) to be are just terms (b) just to come are terms(c) always also to be just (d) right come to just terms(e) also come to just terms

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions.

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a square table facingthe centre in such a way that four of them sit at four corners of thesquare while four sit in the middle of each of the four sides.(i) A sits second to right of F. F sits in the middle of one of the

sides of the table.(ii) G who does not sit at any of the corners of the table sits

second to the right of D.(iii) Only two people sit between D and B (taken from one side).(iv) C is not an immediate neighbour of G.(v) H is sits second to left of B.(vi) E is not an immediate neighbout of G or F.76. Who sits exactly between F and A?

(a) B (b) C(c) E (d) H(e) None of these

77. How many persons sit between A and H when counted inanti-clockwise direction from A?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

78. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir seating positions in the above arrangement and so forma group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?(a) D (b) F(c) A (d) E(e) G

79. What is the position of F with respect to C?(a) Third to the left (b) Immediate to the right(c) Second to the left (d) Third to the right(e) Immediate to the left

80. What will come in place of the question mark(?) based uponthe given seating arrangement?AE, EH, HF, ?(a) FE (b) HC(c) FD (d) CB(e) FH

Practice Set - 436

1. (c) Given Expression =2 2

3 3 ,+ +

-

a ab ba b

where a = 137, b = 133

= 2 2

2 2( ) 1

( )( )( )+ +

=-- + +

a ab ba ba b a ab b

= 1 1

137 133 4=

-

2. (d) / 2 43 81 3 3 4 82

= Þ = Þ = Þ =n n nn

3. (a) ( ) ( ) 2(19)5 7 7 4 7 8 7é ù -´+ +ë û = ?

Þ (6 7 12 7) (361)=?´ -

Þ 72 × 7 × 7 – 361 = ?\ ? = 504 – 361 = 143

4. (b) (4444 ̧ 40) + (645 ̧ 25) + (3991 ̧ 26) = ?Þ ? = (111.1) + (25.8) + (153.5) Þ ? = 290.4

5. (c) Given Expression = 0.207 0.207 0.2070

2070.0.0023 0.0001 0.000123

= = =

6. (d) Given Expression = 21 7 3

5 115 55

¸=

+ +

7. (e) 2 2 233124 2601 – (83) (?) (37)´ =

Þ (?)2 = 2 233124 2601 – (83) (37)´ -

Þ (?)2 = 182 × 51 – 6889 – 1369Þ (?)2 = 9282 – 6889 – 1369Þ (?)2 = 1024

\ ? = 1024 = 32

8. (b)17 51 1 35 4 11 2 ?37 52 7 4

´ ´ + =

202 259 78 11 ?37 52 7 4

æ ö æ öÞ ´ ´ + =ç ÷ ç ÷è ø è ø

Þ 303 + 114

= ?

\ ? = 1223

4= 305.75

9. (b)32 48 16 2 16 3 4 2 4 38 12 4 2 4 3 2 2 2 3

+ ´ + ´ += =

+ ´ + ´ +

= 4( 2 3) 22( 2 3)

+=

+

10. (d)1 1 9 8 3 2 2 (3 2 2)

9 89 8 9 8 9 8+ +

= ´ = = +-- - +

11. (a) 196.1 × 196.1 × 196.1 × 4.01 × 4.01 ×4.001 × 4.999 × 4.999= (196.1)3 × 4× ?or 4 × ? = 4.01 ×4.001 × 4.999 × 4.999 or ? = 4 × 5 × 5 = 100

12. (c)2 1 3 14 1 1? 1 1 17 8 7 6 28 28

= ´ + ´ = + = =

13. (a) 2.01 3.001? (10.1) (2.9)= + 2 3(10) (3) 100 27 130= + = + =

14. (e) 4.76 ? 1999.9997´ =4.76 × ? = 44.72 or ? = 9

15. (d) ? 23%= of 4011 + 17

of 5555 = 922.53 ¸ 79357 = 1700

16. (d) Distance between two consecutive trees = 22525 = 9 meters.

17. (c) Area of park = 100 × 40 = 4000 m2

So area of circular lawn = (4000 – 1536) m2 = 2464 m2

So pr2 = 2464We get, r = 28 mSo circumference = 2pr = 2× (22/7) × 28 = 176 m

18. (b) (40)2 – (32)2 = 1600 – 1024 = 576Hence, 24 is the required number.

19. (b) Let rest of the food last for the x days.\ 200 × 4 = (200 – 120) × x

200 × 4 = 80 × x

x = 80080

= 10 days


1 (c) 11 (a) 21 (d) 31 (e) 41 (a) 51 (d) 61 (d) 71 (c)2 (d) 12 (c) 22 (b) 32 (e) 42 (d) 52 (e) 62 (a) 72 (a)3 (a) 13 (a) 23 (a) 33 (c) 43 (e) 53 (b) 63 (b) 73 (b)4 (b) 14 (e) 24 (b) 34 (b) 44 (b) 54 (a) 64 (e) 74 (e)5 (c) 15 (d) 25 (d) 35 (c) 45 (e) 55 (c) 65 (d) 75 (e)6 (d) 16 (d) 26 (b) 36 (b) 46 (a) 56 (d) 66 (d) 76 (c)7 (e) 17 (c) 27 (c) 37 (c) 47 (a) 57 (c) 67 (b) 77 (c)8 (b) 18 (b) 28 (a) 38 (a) 48 (c) 58 (e) 68 (a) 78 (d)9 (b) 19 (b) 29 (a) 39 (d) 49 (d) 59 (d) 69 (d) 79 (e)

10 (d) 20 (a) 30 (c) 40 (e) 50 (e) 60 (e) 70 (e) 80 (c)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 4 3720. (a) Let the number be x

5(7 ) – 3 129

x+=

5(7 ) 159

x+=

15 97 275

x ´+ = =

27 – 7 20x= =

21. (d) Let C. P. = ̀ x, then S.P. = ` 4x3

4x xGain = x3 3

x 1Gain % 100 33.33%3 x

æ ö- =ç ÷è ø

æ ö\ ´ ´ =ç ÷è ø

` `

22. (b) Let the total number of votes enrolled be x. Then, numberof votes cast = 70% of valid votes = 98% of (70% of x)60% of [98% of 70% of x] = 7203

70 98 60 x 7203100 100 100

´ ´ ´ =

x = 7203 100 100 100

70 98 60´ ´ ´

´ ´x = 17500

23. (a) Shortcut when amounts are equal:1/(100 + 2 × 5) : 1/(100 + 3 × 5) : 1/(100 + 4 × 5)1/110 : 1/115 : 1/12023 × 12 : 22 × 12 : 11 × 23 = 276 : 264 : 253

24. (b) Let x litres be the quantity of milk initially(or thecapacity of the vessel).After 2 steps , milk left = x [1 – (15/x)]2

We know that the total is x.Now milk to water is 4 : 5, so milk to total becomes4 : (4 + 5) = 4 : 9So [ x [1 – (15/x)]2 ] / x = 4/9x got cancelledSo [1 – (15/x)]2 = 4/9[1 – (15/x)] = 2/3Hence, x = 45 litres

25. (d) A = B – 20% of B = 0.8 BB = C – 15% of C = 0.85 CA = 0.8 × 0.85 C = 0.68 C

C A C 0.68C 32100 100 100 47.05%A 0.68C 68- -

´ = ´ = ´ =

26. (b) Let A, B and C individually complete the work in x,yand z days respectively.1 1 1

30x y+ = ...(1)

1 1 124y z

+ = ...(2)

1 1 120z x

+ = ...(3)

Adding equ (1) , (2) and (3)1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12

8 16x y z x y zæ ö

+ + = Þ + + =ç ÷è ø ...(4)

A,B and C together complete the work in 16 days.

In 10 days they completed 10 5 Part16 8

=

Remaining work = 1–5 38 8

=

Subtracting equ (2) from (4)

we get, 1 1 or x 48

48x= =

A alone can finish the Remaining work in3 48 18days8

´ =

27. (c) Distance covered by man = D kmSpeed of man in still water = x kmph

Speed of current = 28 kmph3

According to question,

D D328 28x x3 3

æ öç ÷

= ç ÷ç ÷- +è ø

Þ 28 28

x 3 x3 3

æ ö+ = -ç ÷è ø Þ 284x 23

= ´

Þ 14 2x or 4 Kmph3 3

=

28. (a) A covered one-fourth of total distance in 2 hours,so 1/2 distance in 4 hoursNow B has covered that same distance that A coveredin (4 – 2) = 2 hours [Q B started after 2 hrs]And since distances are sameSo distance covered by A = distance covered by BÞ 20 × 4 = x × 2Therefore, x = 40 km/hr

29. (a) The required number of ways= 8! × 4! = 967680

30. (c) Simple interest for Ram = 8000 12 1 960

100´ ´

=`

Simple interest for Mohan = 9100 10 1 910

100´ ´

=`

Let ‘x’ be the years when borrowed amount be equal.8000 + 960 x = 9100 + 910 x50x = 9100 – 800050x = 1100x = 22 years

31. (e)

– 8 – 8 – 8

29 37 21 43 13 53 5

+ 8 + 845

Practice Set - 438

32. (e) 600 125 30 13 7.2 6.44 6.288

11

¸ 5 + 5 ¸ 5 + 5 ¸ 5 + 5 ¸ 5 + 5 ¸ 5 + 5 ¸ 5 + 5

33. (c)80 42 13.524 8.75 6.375 5.1875

23

¸ 2 + 2 ¸ 2 + 2 ¸ 2 + 2 ¸ 2 + 2 ¸ 2 + 2 ¸ 2 + 2

34. (b)10 8 35 135 671 400713

669

× 1 – 2 × 2 – 3× 3 – 4 × 4 – 5 × 5 – 6 × 6 – 7

35. (c)150 290 1120 2140560

× 2 – 10× 2 – 20 × 2 – 30× 2 – 40 × 2 – 50× 2 – 60

4230 84001090

36. (b) From the given graph, we get

3500 x 11 x 20004500 9

+ = \ =

37. (c) The required percent

= 5500 2500 100

4000 5500 5000 3500 4500 2500+ ´

+ + + + +

= 8000 100 32%25000

´ =

38. (a) Total number of people contributing for all the givencities = 25000For the three cities P, S and U the number of peoplecontributing is less than 18% of 25000.

39. (d) The required per cent.

4500 3500 1000100 28.573500 35- ´ = »

; 29%40. (e) The required ratio

= 4000 : 5000 = 4000 : 5000 = 4 : 5

(41-42)

Squares Circles

TrianglesLine

Line

Triangles

41. (a) Conclusion I - TrueConclusion II - False

42. (d) Conclusion I - FalseConclusion II - False

(43-44)

Songs

Poems

Rhymes

Paragraph

43. (e) Conclusion I - TrueConclusion II - True

44. (b) Conclusion I - FalseConclusion II - True

45. (e) Dews Drops

Stones

Conclusion I - TrueConclusion II - True

(46-50) :46. (a) A

D

C

G

A F

EB

51. (d) No of people between both the position ofA = 22 –12 – 1 = 9B = 8 + 9 + 1 = 18

52. (e)

A

FE

CB

D

G

53. (b) One54. (a) DF55. (c) BD56. (d) B is parked to the immediate left of D57. (c) If two digit numbersare formed by taking 2nd and 3rd

digits 27, 89, 85, 54, 78, 17,then interchanged the numbers–72, 98, 58, 87, 71Then, the seond highest number is 87 (578).

Practice Set - 4 3958. (e) If the numbers are written in reverse order 728, 983,

584, 456, 875, 712third form the top 983, 875, 728, 712, 584, 456

59. (d) If the first two digtis of numbers are interchanged 287,839, 845, 564, 758, 1272nd lowest number is 287 (827).

60. (e) P × Q means P is a father of Q.Q + P means Q is daughter of RR – T means R is sister of T.It is clear that P is husband of R. If he establish that Tis either son or daughter of S, then P would be son-in-law of S.T + S means T is daughter of S.T ÷ S means T is son of S.

(61 - 65) :P % Q means P < QP © Q means P > QP # Q means P = QP $ Q means P < QP @ Q means P > Q

61. (d) B # F Þ B = FF $ H Þ F < HH © K Þ H > KHence, B = F < H > KConclusions :I. H @ B Þ H > B (Not true)II. K $ B Þ K TT © N Þ T > NN $ W Þ N < WHence, H > T > N < WConclusions :I. N $ H Þ N < H (True)II. W $ H Þ W < H (Not true)

63. (b) H $ F Þ H < FF % M Þ F < MM © H Þ M > JHence, H < F < M > JConclusions :I. J $ F Þ J < F (Not true)II. M © H Þ M > H (True)

64. (e) M $ T Þ M < TT % R Þ T < RM © N Þ M > NHence, N < M < T < RConclusions :I. M $ R Þ M < R (True)II. N $ T Þ N < T (True)

65. (d) D $ T Þ D < TT % B Þ T < BB @ F Þ B > FHence, D < T FConclusions :I. D # T Þ D = T (Not true)II. D @ F Þ D > F (Not true)

66. (d) If S ranked sixth and Q ranked fifth we have thesequence ...... QS ...... . In this case R will be rankedhighest and T the lowest, and we have the order R ......QST. Also the order VPQ will stay. So V and P will havesecond, third or fourth place. So, the options a, b andc are wrong. Hence option (d) is correct answer.

67. (b) If R is second, S will rank first and Q and U lowest. ButQ ranks fifth. So, U ranks least. Thus, in view of orderVPQ, the arrangement will be SRVPQ – U. So, T will beranked sixth.

68. (a) If S is second, R ranks first and T ranks least. So, thearrangement, in view of order VPQ, will be R, S, ...... T.Thus, (b), (c) and (d) are not true. Hence, option (a) iscorrect.

(69-70) :

9 m

5 m 5 m

3 m

7m

Q T P

R

V

S

S

N

W E

69. (d) If a person walks in a straight line for 8 m towards Westfrom Point R, then he would be cross S.

70. (e) S, V and T are in straight line.71. (c)

Man StartingPosition

A1 km 2 km

B 9 km

2 km

5 km

Man Finalposition

4 km

C

In DABCAC2 = AB2 + BC2

AC2 = 32 + 42 Þ AC = 25 5 km=

Practice Set - 440

72. (a) Cousin. Father

Uncle

Girl

Daughter

Son73. (b) 'come to terms' is written as '138' :

From 'always to be right' is written as '4932' , to – 3From 'terms are just' is written as '016', terms – 1So come – 8

74. (e) 'right is also just' is written as '9765', 'terms are just' iswritten as '016'Common: just – 6

75. (e) From que 1 and 2:8 – come, 6 – just, 3 – to, 1 – terms

Sol. (Qs. 76-80) :D

EH

AG

CB

Centre

F76. (c) C77. (c) Two (E, D)78. (d) E (All others sit middle of the each side)79. (e) Immediate to the left80. (c) One more person sits in each successive pair of person.

Hence, three persons (C, A, E) are sitting between Fand D.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

1. A trader mixes 26 kg of rice at ̀ 20 per kg with 30 kg rice ofanother variety costing ̀ 36 per kg. If he sells the mixture at` 30 per kg his profit will be(a) –7% (b) 5%(c) 8% (d) 10%(e) None of these

2. If a person repaid ̀ 22500 after 10 years of borrowing a loan,at 10% per annum simple interest find out what amount didhe take as a loan?(a) ` 11,225 (b) ` 11,250(c) ` 10,000 (d) ` 7,500(e) None of these

3. 6 women and 6 men together can complete a piece of work in6 days. In how many days can 15 men alone complete thepiece of work if 9 women alone can complete the work in 10days?(a) 7 (b) 5(c) 4 (d) Data inadequate(e) None of the above

4. A loss of 19% on a shirt gets converted into a profit of 17%when the selling price is increased by ` 162. What is thecost price of the shirt?(a) ` 540 (b) ` 450(c) ` 600 (d) ` 360(e) None of these

5. A towel was 50 cm broad and 100 cm long. When bleached,it was found to have lost 20% of its length and 10% of itsbreadth. Find the percentage of decrease in area ?(a) 32% (b) 28%(c) 33% (d) 24%(e) None of these

6. In an examination 75% of the total students passed in Englishand 65% passed in Mathematics, while 15% failed in Englishas well as Mathematics. If a total of 495 candidates passedin both exams. Find the total number of students whoappeared in the exam.(a) 850 (b) 900(c) 1000 (d) 1050(e) None of these

7. The present age of Ravi’s father is 4 times of Ravi’spresent age. 5 years back, Ravi’s father was seven timesas old as Ravi was at that time. What is the present ageof Ravi’s father?(a) 84 years (b) 70 years(c) 40 years (d) 35 years(e) None of these

8. Calculate the amount on ̀ 1250 for 2 years at 4% per annum.compounded yearly.(a) ` 676 (b) ` 1352(c) ` 1778 (d) ` 255(e) None of these

9. M, N, O and P divided `44352 among themselves. M took

3 th8 of the money, N took

1 th6 of the remaining amount

and rest was divided among O and P in the ratio of 3 : 4respectively. How much did O get as his share?(a) ` 9600 (b) ` 10600(c) ` 10300 (d) `8700(e) ` 9900

PRACTICE SET 5





answer.

INSTRUCTIONS

Practice Set - 54210. In how many different ways can the letters of the word

BLOATING be arranged?(a) 20160 (b) 2520(c) 5040 (d) 40320(e) None of these

11. The price of sugar increases by 20% due to the festiveseason. By what percentage should a family reduce theconsumption of sugar so that there is no change in theexpenditure?

(a) 20% (b)118 %3

(c)2

16 %3

(d)1

16 %3

(e) None of these12. The speed of three cars is in the ratio of 5 : 4 : 6. The ratio

between the time taken by them to travel the same distance is(a) 5 : 4 : 6 (b) 6 : 4 : 5(c) 10 : 12 : 15 (d) 12 : 15 : 10(e) None of these

13. What is the least number to be added to 920 to make it is aperfect square?(a) 41 (b) 31(c) 21 (d) 51(e) None of these

14. The average of five consecutive odd numbers is 61. What isthe difference between the highest and lowest number?(a) 2 (b) 5(c) 8 (d) 12(e) None of these

15. The ratio of three numbers is 3 : 4 : 5 and the sum of theirsquares is 1250. The sum of the three numbers is(a) 30 (b) 50(c) 60 (d) 90(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-25) : What will come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions ?

16. ( ) ( )2 211449 6241 54 ? 74´ - = +(a) 384 (b) 3721(c) 381 (d) 3638(e) None of these

17. ( ) ( )3 8 8 8 8 7 8 98 ?é ù+ ´ + - =ë û

(a) 2 8 (b) 8 8(c) 382 (d) 386(e) None of these

18. 3463 ́ 295 – 18611 = ? + 5883(a) 997091 (b) 997071(c) 997090 (d) 999070(e) None of these

19.28 195 39 5 ?65 308 44 26

´ ¸ + =

(a)13

(b) 0.75 (c)1

12

(d)12

(e) None of these

20. (23.1)2 + (48.6)2 – (39.8)2 = ? + 1147.69(a) (13.6)2 (b) 12.8(c) 163.84 (d) 12.8(e) None of these

21. (786 × 64) ÷ 48 = ?(a) 1050 (b) 1024(c) 1048 (d) 1036(e) None of these

22. 3 13824 ? 864´ =(a) 1296 (b) 1156(c) 1600 (d) 1024(e) None of these

23. 60% of 20% of 35

th of ? = 450


24.4096 56

?764 652

´=

-(a) 36 (b) 48(c) 32 (d) 44(e) None of these

25. (98360 + 25845 – 36540) ÷ 2500 = ?(a) 36.585 (b) 30.082(c) 32.085 (d) 35.066(e) None of these


26. 9845 – 3896 + 486 = ? – 1128(a) 7365 (b) 7463(c) 7536 (d) 7653(e) None of these

27. 55% of 860 + ?% of 450 = 581(a) 24 (b) 28(c) 32 (d) 36(e) None of these

28.10 11011 ?

=


29.20 8 0.5 12

20 ?+ ´

=-


30. 16.45 × 2.8 + 4.5 × 1.6 = ?(a) 56.23 (b) 56.32(c) 53.26 (d) 53.66(e) None of these

Practice Set - 5 43

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : In the following number series onlyone number is wrong. Find out the wrong number.

31. 9050 5675 3478 2147 1418 1077 950(a) 3478 (b) 1418(c) 5675 (d) 2147(e) 1077

32. 7 12 40 222 1742 17390 208608(a) 7 (b) 12(c) 40 (d) 1742(e) 208608

33. 6 91 584 2935 11756 35277 70558(a) 91 (b) 70558(c) 584 (d) 2935(e) 35277

34. 1 4 25 256 3125 46656 823543(a) 3125 (b) 823543(c) 46656 (d) 25(e) 256

35. 8424 4212 2106 1051 526.5 263.25 131.625(a) 131.625 (b) 1051(c) 4212 (d) 8424(e) 263.25

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the graph carefully to answerthe following questions.Percent Profit Earned by Six Companies During 2014 and 2015

Profit = Income – Expenditure

Percent profit Income – Expenditue=

Expenditure

A

102030405060708090

B C D E F

Per

cent

Pro

fit

2015

Company

2014

36. If the income of Company A in the year 2015 was ̀ 45 lakh,what was its expenditure in that year?(a) `27.621 lakh (b) `23.145 lakh(c) `29.246 lakh (d) `22.455 lakh(e) None of these

37. If the expenditure incurred by Company C in the year 2002was `389 lakh, what was its income in that year?(a) `62.6 lakh (b) `60.7 lakh(c) `58.9 lakh (d) `56.4 lakh(e) None of these

38. If the total expenditure of companies B and C together in theyear 2015 was ̀ 56 lakh, what was the total income of thesetwo companies in that year?

(a) `87 lakh (b) `72 lakh(c) `75 lakh (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

39. Income of company D in the year 2014 was `42.5. What wasthe amount of profit earned?(a) `23.6 lakh (b) `17.5 lakh(c) `18.9 lakh (d) `22.5 lakh(e) None of these

40. If the expenditure of company E in the year 2002 and 2003are equal, what was the ratio of its income in the year 2002 tothat in 2003?(a) 35 : 36 (b) 15 : 16(c) 41 : 46 (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

REASONING ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In each question below are two/three statements followed by two conclusions numbered I and II.You have to take the two/three given statements to be true evenif they seem to be at variance from commonly known facts andthen decide which of the given conclusions logically followsfrom the given statements disregarding commonly known facts.Give answer (a) if only conclusion I followsGive answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion II follows.Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows.Give answer (e) if both conclusion I and conclusion II follow.

(Qs. 41-43) :Statements : All gliders are parachutes.

No parachute is an airplane.All airplanes are helicopters.

41. Conclusions : I. No glider is an airplane.II.All gliders being helicopters is apossibility.

42. Conclusions : I. No helicopter is a glider.II. All parachutes being helicopters is apossibility.

43. Statements : Some mails are chats.All updates are chats.

Conclusions : I. All mails being updates is a possibility.II. No update is a mail.

(Qs. 44-45) :Statement : No stone is metal.

Some metals are papers.All papers are glass.

44. Conclusions : I. All stones being glass is a possibility.II. No stone is a paper.

45. Conclusions : I. No glass is a metal.II. Atleast some glass is metal.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50): Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions.Nine friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and K are sitting around a circlefacing the centre. A sits second to left of D. K sits third to right ofF. Neither K nor F is an immediate neighbour of A or D. G and H areimmediate neighbours of each other. E sits third to right of H. B isnot an immediate neighbor of F.

Practice Set - 54446. What is the position of F with respect to the position of B ?

(a) Second to the right (b) Third to the left(c) Second to the left (d) Third to the right(e) Sixth to the right

47. Who amongst the following is an immediate neighbour of H ?(a) C (b) B(c) K (d) F(e) A

48. Starting from A, if all the friends are made to sit in thealphabetical order in clockwise direction, the positons ofhow many (except A) will remain unchanged ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

49. H is related to C and B is related to E in a certain way. Towhom amongst the following is G related following the samepattern ?(a) F (b) H(c) C (d) A(e) D

50. What will come in place of the question mark ?DC DB DF DA?(a) DG (b) DE(c) DH (d) DK(e) Either DK or DE

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55): Study the following arrangementcarefuully and answer the questions given follow.

H 3 R % M A d K 2 P 5 E Ó N 4 W @ F & Q 1 U V 9 J I D 7 851. Which of the following is the sixth to the left of the fourteenth

from the left end of the above arrangement?(a) 2 (b) 1(c) U (d) K(e) None of these

52. If all the symbols are dropped from the above arrangement,which of the following will be the eleventh from the rightend?(a) Q (b) F(c) N (d) 4(e) None of these

53. How many such numbers are there in the above arrangement,each of which is immediately preceded by a consonant andalso immediately followed by a consonant?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

54. How many such numbers are there in the above arrangement,each of which is immediately preceded by a consonant andimmediately followed by a symbol?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

55. What should come next in the following series based on theabove arrangement?3 % M, K P 5, N W @, ?(a) *1U (b) Q1V(c) QUV (d) QU9(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60): In the following questions, thesymbols é, d, %, @ and Ó are used with the following meaningillustrated below:

‘P%Q’ means ‘P is not smaller than Q’.‘PÓQ’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor equal to Q’.‘PéQ’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor equal to Q’.‘PdQ’ means ‘P is not greater than Q’.‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor smaller than Q’.

Now, in each of the following questions, assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the three conclusions I, II andIII given below them is/are definitely true and give your answeraccordingly.56. Statements: R d K, K é M, M @ J

Conclusions: I. J Ó KII. M Ó RIII. R éJ

(a) Only I and II are true(b) Only II and III are true(c) Only I and III are true(d) All I, II and III are true(e) None of these

57. Statements: Z @ M, M Ó K, K éFConclusions: I. F Ó Z

II. K é ZIII. F Ó M

(a) None is true (b) Only I is true(c) Only II is true (d) Only III is true(e) Only II and III are true

58. Statements: B é J, J % W, W Ó MConclusions: I. M é J

II. W é BIII. B Ó M

(a) None is true (b) Only I is true(c) Only II is true (d) Only III is true(e) Only I and III are true

59. Statements: V % H, H @ F, F d EConclusions: I. F @ V

II. F é VIII. E % H

(a) Only either I or II is true(b) Only III is true(c) Only I and II are true(d) All I, II and III are true(e) Only either I or II and III are true

60. Statements: W Ó T, T d N, N % DConclusions: I. D é T

II. W Ó NIII. D @ T

(a) None is true (b) Only I is true(c) Only II is true (d) Only III is true(e) Only I and II are true

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-64) : Use the information given below toanswer.(i) There is a group of 5 persons A, B, C, D and E(ii) In the group there is one badminton player, one chess player

and one tennis player(iii) A and D are unmarried ladies and do not play any games(iv) No lady is a chess player or a badminton player(v) There is a married couple in the group of which E is the

husband(vi) B is the brother of C and is neither a chess player nor a

tennis player

Practice Set - 5 4561. Which of the group has only ladies?

(a) ABC (b) BCD(c) CDE (d) CDA(e) None of these

62. Who is the tennis player?(a) B (b) C(c) D (d) E(e) None of these

63. Who is the wife of E?(a) A (b) B(c) D (d) C(e) None of these

64. Consider the following statements and answer the question.M, N, O and P are all different individualsM is the daughter of N.N is the son of OO is the father of P.Which among the following statements is contradictory tothe above premises?(a) P is the father of M. (b) O has three children.(c) M has one brother. (d) M is the granddaughter of O.(e) None of these

65. In a row of twenty five children Raman is 14th from the rightend. Varun is third to the left of Raman. What is Varun’sposition from the left end of the row?(a) Eighth (b) Nineth(c) Seventh (d) Tenth(e) None of these

66. A man starts walking in south and walks for 7 km, then turnsleft and walks for 2 km. Then once again turns led and walksfor 12 km, turns left one more time and walks for 2 km. Howmuch distance he has to cover to reach the starting point?(a) 7 km (b) 12 km(c) 4 km (d) 5 km(e) None of these

67. Pointing to a boy, Mamta said, “he is the only son of myfather-in-law’s only child.” How is the boy related to Mamta?(a) Brother (b) Daughter(c) Son (d) Husband(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 68-72) : Study the following information toanswer the given questionsSix people C, D, E, F, G and H are standing in a straight line facingNorth not necessarily in the same order. D is standing second tothe right of F.C is standing fourth to the left of H and H is notstanding on the extreme end of the line. E is standing second tothe right of D.68. What is the position of G with respect to E?

(a) Immediate left (b) Second to the left(c) Third to the left (d) Third to the right(e) None of these

69. Which of the following pairs represents the people standingat the extreme ends of the line?(a) FH (b) CE(c) DE (d) CH(e) None of these

70. Who is standing second to the right of C?(a) F (b) D(c) G (d) E(e) None of these

71. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir positions in the above arrangement and so form a group.

Which of the following does not belong to the group?(a) CG (b) GE(c) GH (d) DE(e) FD

72. If all the people are asked to stand in an alphabetical orderfrom left to right, the positions of how many will remainunchanged?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) None(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 73-75) : Following questions are based onthe five three digit numbers given below.

517 394 823 976 96573. If the position of the first and the second digits in each of

the above numbers are interchanged, which of the followingwill be the third digit of the hightest number?(a) 7 (b) 4(c) 3 (d) 6(e) 5

74. What is the difference between the middle digits of thehighest and the lowest of the above five numbers?(a) 2 (b) 3(c) 4 (d) 5(e) None of these

75. If the positions of the first and the third digits in each of theabove five numbers are interchanged, which of the followingwill be the middle digit of the second lowest number?(a) 1 (b) 2(c) 7 (d) 9(e) 6

DIRECTIONS (Qs.76-80) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.'good clothes are costly' is coded as 'la pa zi ta''new clothes are good' is coded as 'pa zi la sa''designs are very nice' is coded as 'na hi ga pa''good colour and designs' is coded as 'zi mi jo ga'76. How will 'good new designs' be coded in the given

language?(a) zi la sa (b) zi sa ga(c) sa mi jo (d) pa zi mi(e) None of these

77. How is 'nice' coded in the given coded language?(a) pa (b) na(c) jo (d) Either na or hi(e) None of these

78. What does 'pa' stands for?(a) new (b) designs(c) are (d) colour(e) None of these

79. Which of the following will be coded as 'na hi la' in the givenlanguage?(a) clothes are nice(b) very nice clothes(c) new clothes designs(d) very good designs(e) None of these

80. How is ' very costly' coded in the given language?(a) na ta (b) hi ta(c) hi la (d) Either 'na ta, or 'hi ta'(e) None of these

Practice Set - 546

1. (b) C. P. of 56 kg rice= (26 × 20 + 30 × 36)= ̀(520 + 1080) = ̀ 1600S. P. of 56 kg rice = 56 × 30 = ` 1680

Profit % = 80 100 5%

1600´ =

2. (b) Let P = ̀ x

SI = 10 10100

x x´ ´ =

A = P + SI22500 = x + x2x = 22500x = 11250\ He took ` 11,250 as loan.

3. (c) 6M + 6W ® 6D15M = ? and 9W ® 10 DSo, (6M + 6W) × 6 = 90 W 36 M + 36 W = 90 W 36 M = 54 W

1W 23

= M

\ 9W = 293

´ M = 6 M

Now from M1D1 = M2D2, we have 15 × D1 = 6 × 10 Þ D1 = 4 Days

4. (b) Let C. P. = xLoss = 19%

then S.P. is 119 x100

If profit = 17% then S. P. = 83 x

100According to question

119x 83x162100 100

- =

\ x = 450

5. (b) Area of towel = l×b =100 cm × 50cm = 5000 cm2

Now, length decreased by 20% and breadth decreasedby 10%l' = 100 – 20% of 100 = 80cmb' = 50 – 10% of 50 = 45cmNew area = l' × b' = 80cm × 45cm = 3600cm2

Change in area = (5000 – 3600) cm2 = 1400 cm 2

% change in area = 1400 100 28%5000

´ =

6. (b) Let A and B represent the sets of students who passedin English and Mathematics respectively.If 15% of candidates failed in both, then 85% passed atleast one of the exams.Then, the total number of students passed in one orboth subjects

= ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )A B n A n B n A BÈ = + - Ç

0.85= 0.75 +0.65 – ( )n A BÇ

( )n A BÇ = 1.40 – 0.85 = 0.550.55% of number of students = 495

\ Number of students 495 100 90055

= ´ =

7. (c) Let present age of Ravi be x.\ Present age of Ravi’s father = 4x

According to question,5 years before,Ravi’s father age = 7 × Ravi’s age4x – 5 = 7(x – 5)

Þ 4x – 5 = 7x – 35Þ 3x = 30\ x = 10\ Ravi’s present age = x = 10 years

Ravi’s father’s present age= 4 × 10 = 40 years


1 (b) 11 (c) 21 (c) 31 (e) 41 (a) 51 (d) 61 (d) 71 (b)2 (b) 12 (d) 22 (a) 32 (d) 42 (b) 52 (b) 62 (b) 72 (e)3 (c) 13 (a) 23 (e) 33 (c) 43 (d) 53 (e) 63 (d) 73 (b)4 (b) 14 (c) 24 (c) 34 (d) 44 (a) 54 (a) 64 (a) 74 (a)5 (b) 15 (c) 25 (d) 35 (b) 45 (b) 55 (c) 65 (b) 75 (d)6 (b) 16 (b) 26 (e) 36 (e) 46 (d) 56 (d) 66 (d) 76 (b)7 (c) 17 (c) 27 (a) 37 (c) 47 (d) 57 (c) 67 (c) 77 (d)8 (b) 18 (a) 28 (c) 38 (d) 48 (b) 58 (b) 68 (c) 78 (c)9 (e) 19 (d) 29 (b) 39 (b) 49 (a) 59 (e) 69 (b) 79 (b)

10 (d) 20 (c) 30 (c) 40 (a) 50 (c) 60 (a) 70 (c) 80 (d)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 5 47

8. (b) Amount = Principal TimeRate1

100æ ö+ç ÷è ø

= 241250 1

100æ ö+ç ÷è ø

= 26 26125025 25

´ ´ = ̀ 1352

9. (e) Money received by M 3 443528

= ´ = `16632

Reamining money = 44352 – 16632 = ̀ 27720

\ Money received by N =1 277206

´ = ̀ 4620

Further, remaining money = 27720 – 4620 = ̀ 23100which was divided between O and P in the ratio of 3:4

Therefore, money received by O = 3 231007

´ = ̀ 9900

10. (d) Required number of ways = 8! = 4032011. (c) Let x and y be the rate of sugar per kg and quantity of

sugar.

20xy x x y'

100æ ö= + ´ç ÷è ø

6xxy y '5

=

5 yy ' y y6 6

= = -

Reduction in consumption 100 216 %

6 3= =

12. (d) Speed of cars is 5 : 4 : 6

Time ratio = 1 1 1 12 :15 :10: :5 4 6 60

=

The ratio between the time taken by them to travel thesame distance is 12 : 15 : 10

13. (a) We know,312 > 920 > 302 i.e., 961 > 920 > 900Hence, the required number= 961 – 920 = 41

14. (c) Let the numbers arex, x +2, x + 4, x + 6 and x + 8.

Average = x x 2 x 4 x 6 x 8

5+ + + + + + + +

61 × 5 = 5x + 205x = 305 – 205x = 285x = 57First number = 57Last number = 65Required difference = 65 – 57 = 8

15. (c) Let the numbers are 3x, 4x and 5x respectively.According to question (3x)2 + (4x)2 + (5x)2 = 12509x2 + 16x2 + 25x2 = 125050x2 = 1250x2 = 25x = 5Numbers are 15,20 and 25.Sum = 15 + 20 + 25 = 60

16. (b) ( )211449 6241 54´ - = ( )2? 74+

Þ ? = 107 × 79 – 2916 – 5476

= 8453 – 2916 – 5476 = 61\ ? = (61)2 = 3721

17. (c) ? = ( ) ( ) 983 8 8 8 8 7 8é ù -´+ +ë û

= ( ) ( )4 8 15 8 98 60 8 98´ - = ´ -

= 480 98 382- =18. (a) 3463 ́ 295 – 18611 = ? + 5883

\ ? = 1021585 – 18611 – 5883 = 997091

19. (d) ? = 28 195 39 5 28 195 44 565 308 44 26 65 308 39 26

´ ¸ + = ´ ´ +

= 4 5 8 5 13 1

13 26 26 26 2+

+ = = =

20. (c) ? + 1147.69 = (23.1)2 + (48.6)2 – (39.8)2

\ ? = 533.61 + 2361.96 – 1584.04 – 1147.69 = 163.84

21. (c) ? = 786 64

48´

= 1048

22. (a) 3 13824 ?´ = 864

3 24 24 24 ? 864´ ´ ´ =

24 ?Þ ´ = 864

Þ864?24

=

\ ? = 36 × 36 = 1296

23. (e)60 20 3 ?

100 100 5´ ´ ´ = 450

9?

125Þ ´ = 450

450 125?9´

Þ = = 6250

24. (c)4096 56

?764 – 652

´=

64 56112

´= = 32

25. (d) ? = (98360 + 25845 – 36540) ÷ 2500 = 87665 ÷ 2500 = 35.066

Practice Set - 54826. (e) ? – 1128 = 9845 – 3896 + 486

Þ ? – 1128 = 10331 – 3896Þ ? = 6435 + 1128 = 7563

27. (a) 55% of 860 + ? % of 450 = 581

Þ 55 860100

´ + ? 450

100´ = 581

Þ?473 450 581

100+ ´ =

Þ? 450 581 473 108

100´ = - =

Þ ? = 108 100 24

450´ =

28. (c) Let 10 110 .11

=x

Then, 10x = 11 × 110.

\ 11 110 121.

10´

= =x

29. (b) Let 20 8 0.5

12.20+ ´

=- x

Then, 24 = 12 (20 – x)

\ 12x = 216 or x = 1830. (c) ? = 16.45 × 2.8 + 4.5 × 1.6

Þ ? = 46.06 + 7.20Þ ? = 53.26

31. (e) The given number series is based on the followingpattern:

9050 5675

– (15)3

3478 2147 1418 10771075

950

– (13)3

– (11)3

– (9)3

– (7)3

– (5)3

Hence, the number 1077 is wrong and it should bereplaced by 1075.

32. (d) The given number series is based on the followingpattern :

7 12

× 2 – (2 ) 1×

40 222 1742 173901744

208608

× × 4 – (4 ) 2 × × 6 – (6 ) 3 × × 8 – ( 8 ) 4 × ×10 – (10 ) 5 × × 12 – (12 ) 6


33. (c) The given number series is based on the followingpattern:

´ 7 + (7)2 ´ 6 + (6)2 ´ 5 + (5)2 ´ 4 + (4)2 ´ 3 + (3)2 ´ 2 + (2)2

6 91 584 2935 11756 35277 70558582


34. (d) The given number series is based on the followingpattern.

1 4 25 256 3125 46656 823543

(1)1

(2)2

(3)3

(4)4

(5)5

(6)6

(7)7

27


35. (b) The given number series is based on the followingpattern :

8424 4212 2106 1051 526.5 263.25 131.6251053

12

´12

´ 12

´12

´ 12

´12

´


36. (e) Required expenditure

45 100160´= = ̀ 28.125 lakh

37. (c) Required income 38 155

100´

= = ̀ 58.9 lakh

38. (d) Can’t be determined.

39. (b) The required profit 42.5 70170

= ´ = ̀ 17.5 lakh

40. (a) The required ratio of incomes in the given years = 175: 180 = 35 : 36

(41 -42) :According to statements:

Gliders

Parachutes Helicopters

Airplane

or

Gliders

ParachutesHelicopters

Airplane

Parachutes

Gliders Airplane

Practice Set - 5 4941. (a) Hence, only conclusion I follows.42. (b) Hence, conclusion II follows.43. (d) According to statements.

Mails

Chats

Updates

or

Mails

Chats Chats

orMails

Hence, conclusion I follows.(44-45) : According to statements

Metals

or

Metals

Metals

44. (a) Hence, conclusion I follows.45. (b) Hence, only conclusion II follows.(46-50) :

AB

D

C

F H

G

K

E

46. (d) F is third to the right of B.47. (d) F and G are immediate neighbours of H.48. (b)

AB

D

C

F H

G

K

E

AK

H

G

F E

D

C

B

49. (a) H is second to the right of C.B is second to the right of E.G is second to the right of F.

50. (c) DC, DB Þ Immediate neighbours of D.DF, DA Þ F is second to the right of D.A is second to the right of D.Therefore, ? = DHH is third to the right of D.

51. (d) 14 – 6 = 8th = K52. (b) According to the question, new arrangement

H 3 R M A K 2 P 5 E N 4F Q 1 U V 9 J I D 7

W8

11th from right end

53. (e) Required number in the arrangement = H 3 R, K 2 P, N4 W, V 9 J

54. (a) Number is none formed.

55. (c) +63 K

+6N

+6 Q

+6% P

+6W

+6U

+6M 5

+6@

+6V

56. (d) R £ K ... (i); K < M ... (ii); M = J ... (iii) Combining these,we get R £ K < M = JHence J > K and I follows.Also, M > R and II follows.Again, R < J and III follows.

57. (c) Z = M ... (i); M > K ... (ii); K < F ... (iii)Combining these, we get Z = M > K < FFrom this F and Z can’t be compared. Neither can F orM.Hence, I and III do not follow. But K < Z and II follows.

Practice Set - 55058. (b) B < J ... (i); J ³ W... (ii); W > M ... (iii)

Combining these, we get B < J ³ W > M.Hence M < J and I follows.But W and B can’t be compared. Neither can B and M.Hence II and III do not follow.

59. (e) V ³ H ... (i); H = F ... (ii); F £ E ... (iii)Combining these, we get.V ³ H = F £ E. Hence V ³ F.Which means either I (F = V) or II (F < V) follows.Again, E ³ H. Hence III follows.

60. (a) W > T ... (i); T £ N ... (ii); N ³ D ... (iii)No comparisons can be made.

(61 -64):

Badminton Chess Tennis Gender Marriage status

Relation

A û û û F Unmarried

D û û û F Unmarried

E ü M Husband C + E

C û û ü F Married with E

B ü û û MBrother

of C

61. (d) CDA is the group of ladies.62. (b) It is clear from above table.63. (d) It is clear from above table.

64. (a) O

N

M daughter

brother/sisterson/daughter

father

Pson

–

+

+

From above relation diagram, P is the sibling of M'sfather.

65. (b) Varun Raman

Left Right9th 14th

As Raman is 14th from right. So Varun will be 17th fromright. So there are 8 people (25 – 17) to the left of Varun.He is the nineth.

66. (d) Aman has taken a rectangular path as is clear from thediagram below.

5 km

7 km

2 km

12 km

2 km

Man'sstarting point

N

W E

S

67. (c) father-in-law

(only child)son wife (Mamta)

son

Mamta’s father-in-law’s only child is Mamta’s husbandand only child’s only son is her husband’s only soni.e. Mamta’s son.

68. (c) G is third to the left of E.69. (b) C and E are standing at the extreme ends of the line.70. (c) G is standing second to the right of C.71. (b) Except G and E, all are having one person between

them. While there are two persons (D and H) betweenG and E.

72. (e) Position of C will remain unchanged on arrangingalphabetically.

73. (b) On intechanging the first and second digits,517 ® 157394 ® 934823 ® 283976 ® 796465 ® 645\ Highest number = 934\ Its third digit = 4

74. (a) Highest number among given five numbers = 976and lowest number among given five number = 394\ Difference of the middle digits = 7 ~ 9 = 2

75. (d) On intechanging the first and third digits.715, 493, 328, 679 and 564\ The second lowest number = 493\ Its middle digit = 9

76. (b) zi sa ga77. (d) Either na or hi78. (c) are79. (b) very nice clothes80. (d) either 'na ta, or 'hi ta'

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10) : What will come in place of the questionmark (?) in the following questions?

1. 3 19683 ? 3= ´(a) 9 (b) 9 (c) 27(d) 18 (e) None of these

2. 1515 = ? ̧ 1515(a) 2295225 (b) 2290225(c) 5115 (d) 4485(e) None of these

3. 60 = ?% of 400(a) 15 (b) 25(c) 20 (d) 6(e) None of these

4. 1400 × ? = 1050

(a)25 (b)

34 (c)

35

(d)23 (e) None of these

5. 40% of ? = 1.5 = ?(a) 60 (b) 6000(c) 6600 (d) 600(e) None of these

6. 35 + 15 × 1.5 = ?(a) 52.5 (b) 57.5(c) 75 (d) 51.5(e) None of these

7. 1984 + 523 – ? = 1899(a) 708 (b) 608(c) 680 (d) 780(e) None of these

8. 3 + 33 + 333 + 3.33 = ?(a) 362.33 (b) 372.33(c) 352.33 (d) 333.33(e) None of these

9. 963 + 560 ̧ 35 = ?(a) 879 (b) 909(c) 870 (d) 979(e) None of these

10. 14400 ̧ 64 ̧ 9 = ?(a) 31 (b) 27(c) 25 (d) 22(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15) : Study the following pie graphcarefully and answer the questions given below :

Cost Estimated by a Family in

Renovation of its House

Total Cost Estimated ̀ 120000

Architect'sfees11%

InteriorDecoration

19%

Grills and Windows

10%Curtains and

Cushions10%

Miscellaneous8%

Furniture13%

Flooring14%

Painting15%





answer.


PRACTICE SET 6

Practice Set - 65211. The family gets a discount on Furniture and pays 12% less

than the estimated cost on Furniture. What is the amountspent on Furniture ?(a) ` 13200 (b) ` 14526(c) ` 13526 (d) ` 13728(e) None of these

12. What is the cost estimated by the family on Painting andFlooring together?(a) ` 36500 (b) ` 34800(c) ` 36000 (d) ` 34500(e) None of these

13. What is the difference in the amount estimated by the familyon Interior Decoration and Architect’s Fees?(a) ` 10000 (b) ` 9500(c) ` 7200 (d) ` 9000(e) None of these

14. Other than getting the discount of 12% on the estimatedcost of Furniture and the actual Miscellaneous expenditureof ` 10200 instead of the estimated, the family’s estimatedcost is correct. What is the total expenditure of the family inrenovation of its house?(a) ` 116728 (b) ` 115926(c) ` 119500 (d) ` 116500(e) None of these

15. During the process of renovation, the family actually incursMiscellaneous expenditure of ̀ 10200. The Miscellaneousexpenditure incurred by the family is what percent of thetotal estimated cost?(a) 9.5 (b) 9(c) 8.5 (d) 10.5(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20) : Identify which number is wrong inthe given series.

16. 2, 3, 4, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 16.(a) 3 (b) 9(c) 6 (d) 12(e) None of these

17. 3, 4, 10, 32, 136, 685, 41(a) 136 (b) 10(c) 4116 (d) 32(e) None of these

18. 69, 55, 26, 13, 5(a) 26 (b) 13(c) 5 (d) 55(e) None of these

19. 24576, 6144, 1536, 386, 96, 24(a) 386 (b) 6144(c) 96 (d) 1536(e) None of these

20. 11, 5, 20, 12, 40, 26, 74, 54(a) 5 (b) 20(c) 40 (d) 26(e) None of these

21. A train is moving at a speed of 132 km/h. If the length of thetrain is 110 metres, how long will it take to cross a railwayplatform, 165 metres long?(a) 5s (b) 7.5 s(c) 10 s (d) 15 s(e) None of these

22. If 15 women or 10 men can complete a project in 55 days, inhow many days will 5 women and 4 men working togethercomplete the same project?(a) 75 (b) 8(c) 9 (d) 85(e) None of these

23. Ashu’s mother was three times as old as Ashu, 5 years ago.After 5 years, she will be twice as old as Ashu. How old isAshu at present?(a) 15 (b) 20(c) 10 (d) 5(e) None of these

24. If the length of a rectangle is increased by 10% and thearea is unchanged, then by how much percent does thebreadth decrease?(a) 100/11% (b) 100/9%(c) 9% (d) 10%(e) None of these

25. A milkman claims to sell milk at its cost price only, but heis making a profit of 20% since he has mixed some amountof water in the milk. What is the percentage of milk in themixture?

(a) 80% (b)250 %

3

(c) 75% (d)200 %

3(e) None of these

26. A batsman scores 80 runs in his sixth innings and thusincreases his average by 5. What is his average after sixinnings?`(a) 50 (b) 55(c) 60 (d) 65(e) None of these

27. A sum was put at simple interest at a certain rate for 2 years.Had it been put at 3% higher rate, it would have fetched` 300 more. Find the sum.(a) ` 6000 (b) ` 8230(c) ` 5000 (d) ` 4600(e) None of these

28. A reduction of 20% in the price of sugar enables a purchaser

to obtain 212 kg more for ̀ 160. Find the original price per

kg of sugar.

(a) ` 12 (b) ` 20(c) ` 16 (d) ` 18(e) None of these

Practice Set - 6 5329. Mrs. X spends ̀ 535 in purchasing some shirts and ties for

her husband. If shirts cost ` 43 each and the ties cost ` 21each, then what is the ratio of the shirts to the ties that arepurchased?(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1(c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 4(e) None of these

30. Anish spends 25% of his salary on house rent, 5% on food,15% on travel, 10% on clothes and the remaining amount of` 22,500 is saved. What is Anish's salary ?(a) ` 40,000 (b) ` 40,500(c) ` 45,500 (d) ` 50,000(e) None of these

31. If ab = 36, which of the following proportions is correct ?(a) 9 : a = 4 : b (b) a : 18 = b : 3(c) a : 6 = b : 6 (d) a : 9 = 4 : b(e) None of these

32. In every 30 min the time of a watch increases by 3 min. Aftersetting the correct time at 5 : 00 am, what time will the watchshow after 6 h ?(a) 11 : 48 am (b) 11 : 30 am(c) 11 : 36 am (d) 11 : 42 am(e) 11 : 24 am

33. In how many ways can a group of 5 men and 2 women bemade out of a total of 7 men and 3 women ?(a) 63 (b) 70(c) 36 (d) 56(e) None of these

34. A boat covers a distance of 24 km in 10 h downstream. Tocover the same distance upstream, the boat takes 2h longer.What is the speed of the boat in still water?(a) 2 km/h (b) 2.8 km/h(c) 2.6 km/h (d) 3.2 km/h(e) None of these

35. A tap can fill an empty tank in 12 hours and a leakage canempty the whole tank in 20 hours. If the tap and the leakageare working simultaneously, how long will it take to fill thewhole tank?(a) 25 hours (b) 40 hours(c) 30 hours (d) 35 hours(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : What approximate value shouldcome in place of the question mark (?) in the following questions? (You are not expected to calculate the exact value.)36. 964 348 ?´ =

(a) 575 (b) 570(c) 586 (d) 550(e) 579

37. 37.35 + 13.064 × 3.46 = ?(a) 89 (b) 83(c) 76 (d) 79(e) 85

38. (4863 +1174 + 2829) ÷ 756 = ?(a) 18 (b) 16(c) 12 (d) 9(e) 22

39. 54 × 746 ÷ 32 = ?(a) 1259 (b) 1268(c) 1196 (d) 1248(e) 1236

40. 2 2[(1.5) (3.2) ] 2.3 ?´ ¸ =(a) 6 (b) 4(c) 12 (d) 10(e) 16

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-43) : Study the following information toanswer the given question.In a certain code, ‘ze lo ka gi’ is a code for ‘must save somemoney’, ‘fe ka so ni’ is a code for ‘he made good money’, ‘nl lo daso’ is a code for ‘he must be good’ and ‘we so ze da’ is a code for‘be good save grace’.41. Which of the following is the code of ‘must ?

(a) so (b) da(c) lo (d) ni(e) Can’t be determined

42. What does the code ‘ze’ stand for?(a) some (b) must(c) be (d) grace(e) save

43. Which of the following is the code of ‘good ?(a) so (b) we(c) ze (d) lo(e) fe

44. In a row of girls, Rita and Monika occupy the ninth placefrom the right end and tenth place from the left end,respectively. If they interchange their places, then Rita andMonika occupy seventeenth place from the right andeighteenth place form the left respectively. How many girlsare there in the row?(a) 25 (b) 26(c) 27 (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 45-46) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the question given below.Point A is 5 m towards the West of Point B. Point C is 2 m towardsthe North of point B. Point D is 3 m towards the East of Point C.Point E is 2 m towards the South of Point D.

45. If a person walks 2 m towards the North from Point A, takesa right turn and continues to walk, which of the followingpoints would he reach the first ?(a) D (b) B(c) E (d) C(e) Can’t be determined

46. Which of the following points are in a straight line ?(a) A, B, E (b) D, C, A(c) C, E, D (d) B, D, A(e) A, C, E

Practice Set - 654

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 47-51) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.

Eight people M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting in a straight linewith equal distances between each other,but not necessarily inthe same order. Some of them are facing North and some of themare facing south.• M sits at one of the extreme ends of the line. Only three

people sit between M and S. Q sits exactly between M andS.

• T sits third to the right of Q. N is an immediate neighbour ofT and faces south. O sits second to the right of R. O is notan immediate neighbour of S.

• Immediate neighbour of S face opposite directions(i.e. ifone neighbour faces North then the other neighbour facessouth and Voce-Versa)

• M and P face the same direction as Q(i.e if Q faces norththen M and P also face North and Vice-Versa). Both theimmediate neighbours of Q face south.

47. In the given arrangement, if two people come and sit to theimmediate left of Q, how many people will sit between R andO?(a) Two (b) Three(c) Four (d) More than four(e) One

48. Who amongst the following sits third to the right of R?(a) M(b) Q(c) Other than those given as options(d) N(e) S

49. How many people face North as per the given arrangement?(a) Two (b) Three(c) Four (d) More than four(e) One

50. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way basedupon their seating arrangement and so form a group. Whichof the following does not belong to the group?(a) QO (b) MR(c) NR (d) OS(e) PS

51. Who amongst the following sits at extreme right end ofrow?(a) O (b) R(c) T (d) P(e) M

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 52-56): In each question below are threestatements followed by three conclusions numbered I, II and III.You have to take the three given statements to be true even ifthey seem to be at variance from commonly known facts andthen decide which of the answers (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) is thecorrect answer and indicate it on the answer sheet.52. Statements: Some chairs are tables.

Some tables are drawers.all drawers are shelf.

Conclusions: I. Some shelves are tables.II. Some drawers are chairs.III. Some shelves are drawers.

(a) Only I and III follow(b) Only I and either II or III follow(c) Only II and either I or III follow(d) All I, II and III follow(e) None of the above

53. Statements: All trees are flowers.Some flowers are leaves.No leaf is bud

Conclusions: I. No bud is a flower.II. Some buds are flowers.III. Some leaves are trees.

(a) Only II and III follow(b) Only III follows(c) Only either I or II follows(d) Either I or II and III follow(e) None of the above

54. Statements: All stones are rocks.Some rocks are bricks.Some bricks are cement.

Conclusions: I. Some cements are rocks.II. Some bricks are stoneIII. Some stones are cement.

(a) Only I and either II or III follow(b) Only either II or III follows(c) Only I and II follow(d) All follow(e) None of the above

55. Statements: All flats are buildings.All buildings are bungalows.All bungalows are apartments.

Conclusions: I. Some apartments are flats.II. All flats are bungalows.III. Some bungalows are flats.

(a) None follows(b) Only I and II follow(c) Only II and III follow(d) Only I and III follow(e) All I, II and III follow

56. Statements: Some spectacles are lenses.Some lenses are frames.All frames are metals.

Conclusions: I. Some lenses are metalsII. Some metals are spectacles.III. Some frames are spectacles.

(a) Only III follows(b) Only I follows(c) Only I and either II or III follow(d) Only I and II follow(e) None of the above

Practice Set - 6 55

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 57 - 61) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the questions that follow:

At a party, A, B, C, D and E are sitting in a circle. The groupcomprises a professor, an industrialist and a businessman. Thebusinessman is sitting in between the industrialist and his wifeD. A, the professor is married to E, who is the sister of B. Theindustrialist is seated to the right of C. Both the ladies areunemployed.57. What is A to B ?

(a) Brother (b) Uncle(c) Brother-in-law (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

58. A is sitting to the right of(a) the industrialist (b) his wife(c) D (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

59. Who is the industrialist ?(a) D (b) A(c) B (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

60. Who in the group is unmarried?(a) Professor (b) Industrialist(c) Businessman (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

61. Who among them must be graduate ?(a) B (b) A(c) C (d) E(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 62-66): In the questions given below, certainsymbols are used with the following meanings:

A @ B means A is greater than B.A * B means A is either greater than or equal to B.A # B means A is equal to B.A $ B means A is either smaller than or equal to B.A + B means A is smaller than B.

Now in each of the following questions, assuming thegiven statements to be true, find which of the twoconclusions I and II given below them is/are definitely true?(a) If only conclusion I is true(b) If only conclusion II is true(c) If either conclusion I or II is true(d) If neither conclusion I nor II is true(e) If both conclusions I and II are true

62. Statements : B + D; E$T; T * P; P@BConclusions : I. P$D

II. P@D63. Statements : E*F; G$H; H#E; G@K

Conclusions : I. H @KII. H*F

64. Statements : P$Q; N#M; M@R; R*PConclusions : I. P + N

II. Q$M65. Statements : D + T; E $V; F *T; E@D

Conclusions : I. D $ VII. D + F

66. Statements : T*U; U$W; V @L; W + VConclusions : I. V @ T

II. L #WDIRECTIONS (Qs. 67-71): Use the following series of elements(alpha-number-symbol) to answer these questions. Every two-digit number (given in brackets) is to be treated as singlenumber.

2 8 5 6 B 9 $ Q 3 E 1 7 R D 4 £ (13) U K (18) A (14) P67. Four of the following five groups of elements are alike in a

certain way and so form a group. Which is the one the doesnot belong to that group ?(a) 2 8 (b) 5 6 B(c) Q $ 9 (d) 1 3 E(e) D R 7

68. If each alphabet has a value of zero, each symbol (i.e., , $and ) has a value equivalent to the square of the numeralthat immediately precedes the symbol or the value of 1 if itis not immediately preceded by a numeral, what will be thesum of the values of the first 10 elements of the series startingfrom the left end ?(a) 118 (b) 46(c) 79 (d) 107(e) None of these

69. If each of the letters in the above series of elements is givena value equivalent to its serial number in the Englishalphabet, what will be the difference between the sum ofthe consonants and the sum of the vowels used in theseries ?(a) 109 (b) 41(c) 82 (d) 27(e) None of these

70. Which of the following groups of elements will come in theplace of the question-mark in the series of elements givenbelow?6 8 2 $ B 5 E Q 9 ? £ D 7(a) (13) 4 (b) 4 (13) (c) U £ D (d) (13) £(e) None of these

71. BQ in the above series is related in ER in a similar way as APis related to(a) RD (b) U (c) KA (d) Q 3(e) 6 B

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 72-75) : Study the set of numbers given belowand answer the questions which follow427 581 839 275 58972. Which of the following numbers will be obtained if the

second digit of greatest number is subtracted from thesecond digit of lowest number after adding one to each ofthe numbers ?(a) 1 (b) 2(c) 3 (d) 4(e) 5

73. If in each number, first and the last digits are interchanged,which of the following will be the third highest number ?(a) 427 (b) 581(c) 839 (d) 275(e) 589

Practice Set - 65674. If in each number the second and the third digits are

interchanged, which will be the second highest number ?(a) 427 (b) 581(c) 839 (d) 275(e) 589

75. If two is subtracted from the first digit of each of the numbersand then the first and the third digits are interchanged,which of the following will be the lowest ?(a) 427 (b) 581(c) 839 (d) 275(e) 589

Directions (Q. 76-80): Study the following information to answerthe given questions:

A building has seven floors numbered one to seven, in such away that the ground floor is numbered one, the floor above it,number two and so on such that the topmost floor is numberedseven. One out of seven people viz. A, B, C, D, E, F and G liveson each floor. A lives on fourth floor. E lives on the floorimmediately below F's floor. F does not live on the second orthe seventh floor.C live on third floor. B does not live on a floor immediately aboveor below C's floor. D does not live on the topmost floor. G doesnot live on any floor below E's floor.

76. Who lives on the topmost floor?(a) B (b) C(c) E (d) G(e) Can't be determined

77. Who lives immediately above D's floor?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) F(e) G

78. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and soform a group. Which is the one that does not belong to thatgroup?(a) F (b) E(c) B (d) G(e) C

79. Who lives on floor number 2?(a) A (b) C(c) D (d) B(e) E

80. How many people lives between floor F and B?(a) 3 (b) 4(c) 6 (d) 7(e) 5

Practice Set - 6 57

1. (b) 3 19683 ? 3= ´

\ ? = 3 19683 27 9

3 3= =

2. (a) 1515 = ? ̧ 1515\ ? = 1515 × 1515 = (1515)2

= 22952253. (a) 60 = ?% of 400

\ ? = 60 100

400´

= 15

4. (b) 1400 × ? = 1050

\ ? = 1050 31400 4

=

5. (d) 40% of ? = 240

\ ? = 240 100 600

40´

=

6. (b) ? = 35 + 15 × 1.5 = 35 + 22.5 = 57.57. (b) 1984 + 523 – ? = 1899 Þ ? = 608

8. (b) 333

3333.33

372.33+

9. (d) 963 + 560 ̧ 35 = ?? = 963 + 16 = 979

10. (c) ? = 14400 ¸ 64 ̧ 9 = 14400 1 25

64 9´ =

11. (d) Required amount

= 13 (100 12)120000

100 100-

´ ´

= 13 88120000 13728

100 100´ ´ =`

12. (b) Required cost = (15 14)120000

100+

´

= 29120000 34800

100´ =`

13. (e) Required amount

= (19 11)120000

100-

´

= 8120000 9600

100´ =`

14. (e) Estimated cost of Furniture

= 13120000 15600

100´ =`

Estimated cost of Miscellaneous items

= 8120000 9600

100´ `

Actual cost of Furniture

= 8815600 13728

100´` `

Actural cost of Miscellaneous items = 10200The total expenditure of the family in renovation ofhouse = ̀ 120000 – ̀ [(15600 + 9600) – (13728 + 10200)]= `120000 – ̀ 1272 = ̀ 118728

15. (c) Required percent

= 10200 100 8.5%

120000´ =


1 (b) 11 (d) 21 (b) 31 (d) 41 (c) 51 (d) 61 (b) 71 (c)2 (a) 12 (b) 22 (a) 32 (c) 42 (e) 52 (a) 62 (c) 72 (c)3 (a) 13 (e) 23 (a) 33 (a) 43 (a) 53 (c) 63 (e) 73 (a)4 (b) 14 (e) 24 (a) 34 (e) 44 (b) 54 (e) 64 (a) 74 (e) 5 (d) 15 (c) 25 (b) 35 (c) 45 (d) 55 (e) 65 (d) 75 (b)6 (b) 16 (b) 26 (b) 36 (e) 46 (a) 56 (b) 66 (d) 76 (d)7 (b) 17 (d) 27 (c) 37 (b) 47 (b) 57 (c) 67 (d) 77 (c)8 (b) 18 (e) 28 (c) 38 (c) 48 (a) 58 (d) 68 (a) 78 (a)9 (d) 19 (a) 29 (b) 39 (a) 49 (c) 59 (c) 69 (b) 79 (c)

10 (c) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (d) 50 (a) 60 (d) 70 (e) 80 (e)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 658

16. (b) 2 3 4 4 6 8 12 16

× 2

× 2 × 2

× 2 × 2× 2

9

Thus, 9 must be replaced by 8.

17. (d)× 1 + 1 × 2 + 2 × 3 + 3 × 4 + 4 × 5 + 5 × 6 × 6

3 4 10 32 136 685 4116

Thus, 32 is out of place and must be replaced by 33.

18. (c)6 × 9 + 1 5 × 5 + 1 2 × 6 + 1 1 × 3 + 1

5

Thus, 5 does not fit in the series and should bereplaced by 4.

19. (a) The succeeding numbers are obtained by dividing thepreceding numbers by 4. Therefore, the number 386does not fit in the series and must be replaced by 384.

20. (c) There are two series in the given series :

I 5 12 26 54

× 2 + 2 × 2 + 2 × 2 + 2

II 11 20 40 74

× 2 – 2 × 2 – 2 × 2 – 2Hence, the wrong term is 40. It should be replacedby 38.

21. (b) Speed of the train = 132 km/h = s/m18

5132´

Distance = (110 + 165) = 275 mTime required to cross the railway platform

= s5.7513218275

=´´

22. (a) 15 W = 10 M

Now, 5W + 4M = 4 155W W10´

+ 5W 6W= +

= 11 WNow, 15 women can complete the project in 55 days,then 11 women can complete the same project in

days7511

1555=

´

23. (a) Let the present ages of Ashu’s mother and that ofAshu be x and y, respectively. Then, (x–5) = 3(y –5) or x – 5 = 3y – 15or x – 3y = – 10 ...(i)and (x + 5) = 2 (y + 5)And x + 5 = 2y + 10 or x – 2y = 5 ...(ii)From (i) and (ii), we have x = 35 and y = 15Hence, the present age of Ashu = 15 years

24. (a) Area of Rectangle = length × breadthHere, length is increased by 10%. But area is

constant so that breadth is decreased.

L X B = K (Constant Area)

(+10%) (Decrease)

K (Constant Area)L X110100

=100110

b´

Percentage decrease in breadth

100110 100

bb

b

-= ´

100 %11

=

25. (b) Let milkman buy milk of ̀ 100.20% profit, then S. P. = `120

Water0

Milk100

120

201

1206

\ Percentage of milk 6 –1 100

6= ´

5 1006

= ´ 250 %

3=

26. (b) Let the average of 5 innings = xScore in sixth innings = 80\ Total of 5 innings = 5xAccording to the question,

5 806

x + = x + 5

Þ 5x + 80 = 6x + 30Þ x = 80 – 30 = 50\ His average after six innings = 50 + 5 = 55

27. (c) Let the sum = Rs. x and original rate = y % per annumthen, New rate = (y + 3)% per annum

\ ( 3) 2 2

300100 100

x y x y´ + ´ ´ ´- =

3 15000xy x xy+ - =

\ 5000x = Thus, the sum = ̀ 500028. (c) Total amount used for purchasing = ` 160. A reduction

of 20% in the price means, now a person gets 5/2 kgfor ` 32 and this is the present price of the sugar.

\ Present price per kg = 25

32´ = ̀ 12.8

Let the original price be ̀ x. Then new price is arrivedafter reduction of 20% on it.Þ x × 0.8 = 12.8 or x = ̀ 16.

Practice Set - 6 5929. (b) Mrs. X spends = ̀ 535

\ Total cost = 43 shirt + 21 ties = 535By hit and trial, S = 10, T = 5Þ Total cost = 43 × 10 + 21 × 5 = 535Hence, Ratio of shirts to ties = 10 : 5 = 2 : 1

30. (d) Total expense percentage = (25 + 5 + 15 + 10)% = 55%Savings % = 100 – 55 = 45%Let Anisha’s salary be ` x.45% of x = 22500

\ x = 22500 100

45´ = ̀ 50000

31. (d) ab = 36Þ ab = 4 × 9

Þ a 4 a:9 4:b9 b

= Þ =

32. (c) In 1 h it increases by 6 min, so in 6h it increases by 36min. So, the watch will show 11 : 36 am after 6h.

33. (a) The group consists of 7 men and 3 women. We haveto select 5 out of 7 men, i.e., 7C5 and 2 out of 3 women,i.e., 3C2. Hence, required number of ways= 7C5 × 3C2

= 7 6 3 2 632 1 2 1´ ´

´ =´ ´

34. (e) Upstream speed = 2412 = 2km/h

Downstream speed = 2410 = 2.4 km/h

\ Speed of the boat in still water

= 2 2.4

2+

= 2.2 km/h

35. (c) Part of the tank filled in an hour1 1 5 – 3 1

–12 20 60 30

= = =

Hence, the tank will be filled in 30 hours36. (e) ? 964 348= ´

31.05 18.6 579» ´ »37. (b) ? = 37.35 + 13.064 × 3.46

37.35 13 3.5» + ´37.35 45.5 82.85» + » 83»

38. (c) ? = (4863 + 1174 + 2829) ÷ 756= 8866 ÷ 756 = 11.72 » 12

39. (a)54 746? 1258.87 1259

32´

= = »

40. (d) 2 2? [(1.5) (3.2) ] 2.3= ´ ¸

2.25 10.2410

2.3´

= »

(41-43)ze lo ka gi ® must save some money ...(i)fe ka so ni ® he made good money ...(ii)ni lo da so ® he must be good ...(iii)we so ze da ® be good save grace ...(iv)

41. (c) From Eqs. (i) and (iii), the code of ‘must’ is ‘lo’.42. (e) From eqs. (i) and (iv), ‘ze’ is ‘save’.43. (a) From Eqs. (ii), (iii) and (iv), the code of ‘good’ is ‘so’.44. (b) Total no. of girls = 17 + 10 – 1 or 18 + 9 – 1 = 26.(45-46)

A B

C D

E

2 m

3 m

2 m

5 m

E

N

W

S45. (d) Point C will covered by person first.46. (a) Points A, B and E are in straight line.(47-51)

M O Q R S T N P

52. (a)Chairs

Tables

Drawers

Hence conclusions I. II. III.

53. (c)Trees Leaves

Flowers Buds

Hence conclusions I. II. III.But I and II are complementary pairs.

54. (e)Stone

BricksRocks Cement


55. (e)

Flats

Buildings

Bunglows

Apartments


Practice Set - 660

56. (b)

Spectacles

Lences

Frames

Metals

Hence conclusions I. II. III.(57-61)

C(B Man)

D

E

B(Ind)

(Pro) A

Wife

WifeSister

A, the professor is married to E and E is the sister of B.The wife of the industrialist is D. The industrialist is seatedto the right of C. Thus, A and C cannot be industrialists.Therefore, B is the industrialist and C is the business man.Now, we come to the following deductions :A – Professor B – IndustrialistC – Businessman D – Female, hence unemployedE – Female, hence unemployed

57. (c) A is the husband of E and E is the sister of B. Hence,A is the brother-in-law of B.

58. (d) It cannot be determined, as no information has beenprovided in the paragraph about the sitting positionof A.

59. (c) As deduced earlier, B is the industrialist.60. (d) It cannot be determined whether the businessman is

married or unmarried.61. (b) As A is a professor, he must be a graduate.62. (c) B < D ...(i), E T£ ...(ii), T P³ ....(iii), P > B...(iv) From

(i) and (iv), we get, P B D> < Þ no conclusion. Butthe exhaustive possibilities are ,P D P D> = and

.P D< Hence either I or II is true.63. (e) E F³ ...(i), G H£ ...(ii), H E= ...(iii), G K> ...(iv)

From (ii) and (iv), we get, H G K³ > H KÞ > .Hence I is true.From (i) and (iii), we get, H E F H F= ³ Þ ³ . HenceII is true.

64. (a) P Q£ ...(i) , N M= ....(ii), M R> ...(iii) , R P³ ...(iv)

From (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get, N M R P= > ³Þ N P> or P N< . Hence I is true.

From (ii), (iv) and (i), we get, M R P Q> ³ £ Þ No

conclusion about the relationship between M and Qcan be established.

67. (d) Other groups consist of consecutive elements.68. (a) 2 + 22 + 8 + 5 + 6 + 0 + 9 + 92 + 0 + 3 = 118

Where value of alphabet = 0; symbol = square of theprevious number; number = the value itself.

69. (b) The letters used in the series are B Q E R D U K A P.Sum of the positions of consonants according toalphabet = 2 + 17 +18 + 4 + 11 + 16 = 68. Similarly, sumof the vowels’ positions = 5 + 21 + 1 = 27. Hence requireddifference = 68 – 27 = 41.

70. (e) First element of each group follows the order + 3, + 3,+3... and so on.Middle element and last element also follow the sametrend. Hence (?) should be replaced by R 13.

71. (c) Number of elements between B and Q is the same asthat between E and R. Similarly, number of elementsbetween A and P is the same as that between K and A.

72. (c) 427 + 1 = 428, 581 + 1 = 582, 839 + 1 = 840275 + 1 = 276, 589 + 1 = 590Second digit of the greatest number = 4Second digit of the lowest number = 7Subtract is = 7 – 4 = 3

73. (e) First and last digits are interchanged= 724, 185, 938, 572, 985= 985, 938, 724, 572, 185

Third highest number is = 724 Þ 42774. (b) Second and third digits are interchanged

= 472, 518, 893, 257, 598Second highest number is

= 893, 598, 518, 472, 257= 589

75. (b) After subtract the numbers are – 427 Þ 227581 Þ 381, 839 Þ 639, 275 Þ 075, 589 Þ 389First and the third digits are interchanged= 722, 183, 936, 570, 983The lowest number is = 183 Þ 581

(76-80) :

Floor Resident7 G6 F5 E4 A3 C2 D1 B

76. (d) G is at topmost floor.77. (c) C is immediately above D's floor.78. (a) F – 6th floor; E – 5th floor

B – 1st floor; G – 7th floorC – 3rd floor

79. (c) D lives on floor number 2.80. (e) 5 people lives between floor F and B.

6th floor is an even digit number.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10): What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions?

1.2 28 10 ?5 25

¸ =

(a)56

(b)57

(c)47

(d)35

(e) None of these2. 6.4 × ? = 361.6


3. 43% of 583 – ?% of 401 = 158.46(a) 22 (b) 23(c) 21 (d) 24(e) None of these

4.35

of 34

of 56

of 992 = ?


5. 69.2 × 18.4 × 4.5 = ?(a) 5729.76 (b) 5772.76(c) 5779.76 (d) 5772.76(e) None of these

6. 21.25 + 22.52 + 212.22 = ?(a) 256.99 (b) 245.99(c) 253.99 (d) 255.99(e) None of these

7. 123 ¸ 6 ̧ 0.8 = ?(a) 25.625 (b) 23.645(c) 27.625 (d) 21.665(e) None of these

8. 1413 × 143 = ?(a) 1439 (b) 147


9. 87% of 565 = ?(a) 490.55 (b) 491.55(c) 489.55 (d) 491.35(e) None of these

10. 1256 ̧ (32 × 0.25) = ?(a) 167 (b) 154(c) 165 (d) 157(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions?

11.(7 7 7) 7 ?5 5 5 5

+ + ¸=

+ + ¸

(a) 1 (b)15

(c)1511

(d)3

11(e) None of these

PRACTICE SET 7





answer.


Practice Set - 762

12. The value of 11 11 11

9

++

+

= ?

(a)2919

(b)1019

(c)2910

(d)109

(e) None of these

13. If 54 ,

169 39=

x then x = ?


14.32 48 ?8 12

+=

+


15.1 ?

9 8=

-

(a)1 (3 2 2)2

- (b)1

3 2 2+

(c) 3 2 2- (d) 3 2 2+(e) None of these

16. If the compound interest on a certain sum of money for3 years at 10% p.a. be ` 993, what would be the simpleinterest?(a) ` 800 (b) ` 950(c) ` 900 (d) ` 1000(e) None of these

17. Sohan got 54 marks in Hindi, 65 marks in Science, 89 marksin Maths, 69 marks in Social Science and 68 marks in English.The maximum marks of each subject are 100. How muchoverall percentage of marks did he get?(a) 89 (b) 69(c) 68 (d) 79(e) None of these

18. How much water must be added to 100 cc of 80% solutionof boric acid to reduce it to a 50% solution?(a) 20 cc (b) 40 cc(c) 80 cc (d) 60 cc(e) None of these

19. Successive discounts of 20% and 15% are equivalent to asingle discount of(a) 35% (b) 32%(c) 17.5% (d) 22.5%(e) None of these

20. In how many different ways can the letters of the wordFORMULATE be arranged ?(a) 81000 (b) 40320(c) 362880 (d) 3628280(e) None of these

21. Two cars start together in the same direction from the sameplace. The first goes with a uniform speed of 10 km/h. Thesecond goes at a speed of 8 km/h in the first hour and

increases its speed by 21 km with each succeeding hour..

After how many hours will the second car overtake the firstone, if both go non-stop?(a) 9 hours (b) 5 hours(c) 7 hours (d) 8 hours(e) None of these

22. 24 men working 8 hours a day can finish a work in 10 days.Working at the rate of 10 hours a day, the number of menrequired to finish the same work in 6 days is(a) 30 (b) 32(c) 34 (d) 36(e) None of these

23. The sum of digits of a two digit number is 15. If 9 be addedto the number, then the digits are reversed. The number is(a) 96 (b) 87(c) 78 (d) 69(e) None of these

24. Three cubes of a metal are of edges 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm.These are melted together and from the melted material,another cube is formed. The edge of this cube is(a) 8 cm (b) 10 cm(c) 9 cm (d) 6 cm(e) None of these

25. Yashika got married 8 years ago. Today her age is 217

times

her age at the time of her marriage. At present her daughtersage is one-sixth of her age. What was her daughter’s age 3years ago ?(a) 2 years (b) 3 years(c) 4 years (d) 5 years(e) None of these

26. Average age of 36 children of the class is 15 years. 12 morechildren joined whose average age is 16 years. What is theaverage age of all the 48 children together?(a) 15.25 years (b) 15.5 years(c) 15.3 years (d) 15.4 years(e) None of these

27. Profit earned by selling an article of ̀ 1,450 is same as theloss incurred by selling the article for ` 1,280. What is thecost price of the article?(a) ` 1,385 (b) ` 1,405(c) ` 1,355 (d) ` 1,365(e) None of these

28. Sonia started a business by investing ` 60000. Six monthslater Vivek joined her by investing ̀ 140000. After one yearKirti joined them by investing ̀ 120000. At the end of twoyears from the commencement of the business, they earn aprofit of ` 450000. What is Vivek’s share in the profit?(a) ̀ 195000 (b) ` 222500(c) ̀ 220000 (d) ` 210000(e) None of these

Practice Set - 7 6329. 6 years hence a father’s age will be three times his son’s age

and three years ago father was nine times as old as his son.What is the present age of father?(a) 48 years (b) 42 years(c) 36 years (d) 30 years(e) None of these

30. The total cost of 12 apples and 8 guavas is ` 76 and thetotal cost of 8 apples and 12 guavas is ̀ 64. What is the totalcost of one apple and one guava?(a) ` 5 (b) ` 7(c) ` 8 (d) ` 10(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : What will come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following number series?31. 12, 14, 17, 13, 8, 14, 21, 13, 4 ?


32. 4, 6, 12, 30, 90, 315, ?(a) 1180 (b) 1160(c) 1260 (d) 1240(e) None of these

33. 25, 16, ?, 4, 1(a) 3 (b) 6(c) 9 (d) 7(e) None of these

34. 15, 12, 17, 10, ?, 8, 25, 6(a) 27 (b) 23(c) 21 (d) 19(e) None of these

35. 1, ?, 27, 64, 125(a) 8 (b) 10(c) 12 (d) 14(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40): Study the following table carefullyand answer the questions given below it.

Number of Students from VariousSchools Playing Various Games

A B C D EFootball 125 250 100 175 250Basketball 175 200 195 245 225Cricket 250 200 225 215 200Tennis 240 210 200 130 165Badminton 75 125 55 45 100

Games Schools

36. If 20% of the students playing Football from School A alsoplay Badminton, what would be the total number of studentsplaying Badminton from School A?


37. The number of students palying Basketball from School Cis approximately, what percent of the students playingBasketball from School E?(a) 75 (b) 87(c) 94 (d) 70(e) 81

38. What is the difference between the average number ofstudents playing Cricket from all the schools and theaverage number of students playing Tennis from all theschools?(a) 31 (b) 26(c) 29 (d) 33(e) None of these

39. The number of students playing Football from School D iswhat percent of the total number of students playing all thegiven games from that school? (Rounded off to 2 digitsafter decimal.)(a) 20.61 (b) 21.60(c) 22.60 (d) 20.59(e) None of these

40. What is the difference between the average number ofstudents palying all the given games from School B and thenumber of students playing Badminton from that school ?(a) 72 (b) 65(c) 78 (d) 69(e) None of these

REASONING

DIRECTION (Qs. 41-42) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the questions that follow.A, B, C and D live on floors 3 to 6 of the same six storeyedbuilding. A lives on fourth floor. Only one person lives on thefloor between A and B. C does not live on a floor above A’s floor.41. Who lives on a floor immediately above B’s floor ?

(a) A (b) C(c) D (d) A or C(e) B lives on top floor

42. Who lives on the fifth floor ?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) D(e) None of these

43. Sunil walks towards the East from point A, turns right atpoint B and walks the same distance as he walked towardsthe East. He now turns left, walks the same distance againand finally makes a left turn and stops at point C after walkingthe same distance. The distance between A and C is howmany times as that of A and B?(a) Cannot be determined (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None of these

Practice Set - 764

DIRECTION (Qs. 44–45) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the questions, which follow.If ‘A – B’ means ‘A is father of B’.If ‘A + B’ means ‘A is daughter of B’.If ‘A ÷ B’ means ‘A is son of B’.If ‘A × B’ means ‘A is wife of B’.44. In the expression ‘P + Q × R’ how is R related to P ?

(a) Daughter (b) Brother(c) Father (d) Sister(e) None of these

45. In the expression ‘P ÷ Q – T’ how is T related to P?(a) Mother (b) Sister(c) Brother (d) Either brother or sister(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46 - 50): In each question below, there arethree statements followed by two conclusions numbered I andII. You have to take the three given statements to be true even ifthey seem to be at variance from commonly known facts andthen decide which of the given conclusions logically followsfrom the three statements disregarding commonly known facts.

Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows.Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either I or II follows.Give answer (d) if neither I nor II follows.Give answer (e) if both I and II follow.

46. Statements: All shoes are pens.Some pens are razors.Some razors are desks.Conclusions :I. Some desks are shoes.II. Some razors are shoes.

47. Statements:Some benches are windows.Some windows are walls.Some walls are trains.Conclusions:I. Some trains are benches.II. No train is bench.

48. Statements :All brushes are chocolates.All chocolates are mirrors.All mirrors are tables.Conclusions:I. Some tables are brushesII. Some mirrors are chocolates.

49. Statements :Some pencils are knives.All knives are papers.Some papers are books.Conclusions:I. Some books are pencils.II. Some papers are pencils.

50. Statements:Some roofs are figures.All figures are lions.All lions are goats.Conclusions:I. Some goats are roofs.II. All goats are figures

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-52) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the questions that follow.There are six persons A, B, C, D, E and F. C is the sister of F. B isthe brother of E’s husband. D is the father of A and grandfather ofF. There are two fathers, three brothers and a mother in the group.51. Who is the mother ?

(a) A (b) B(c) D (d) E(e) None of these

52. Who is E’s husband ?(a) B (b) C(c) A (d) F(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 53-55) : These questions are based on fivethree-digit numbers given below.

438, 285, 716, 342, 85753. If ‘5’ is added to each of the above five numbers, which of

the following will be the middle digit of the lowest number ?(a) 0 (b) 4(c) 2 (d) 6(e) None of these

54. If’ 1’ is added to the middle digit of each of the abovenumber and ‘1’ is subtracted from the first digit of each ofthe above numbers, which of the following will be the thirddigit of the second highest number ?(a) 8 (b) 6(c) 5 (d) 2(e) None of these

55. Which of the following is the sum of the second and thethird digits of the highest number ?(a) 7 (b) 11(c) 12 (d) 13(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.Eight people L, M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are sitting around a circulartable with equal distancebetween each other but not necessarily in the same order. Someof them are facing the centre while some are facing outside.(i.eaway from the centre)• M sits third to the left of L. Only three people sit between M

and S. P sits to the immediate right of S.• Immediate neighbours of P face opposite directions(i.e. if

one neighbour faces the centre then the other neighbourfaces outside and vice-versa.) Only one person sit betweenP and O.

• R sits second to the right of O. Both R and N face the samedirection as S.(i.e if S faces the centre then R and N alsofaces the centre and vice-versa.)

Practice Set - 7 65• Immediate neighbours of Q faces opposite directions(i.e if

one neighbour faces the centre then the other neighbourfaces outside and Vice-versa.)

• P does not face outside. O faces a direction opposite to thatof M.

56. How many people sit between L and Q when counted fromthe left of Q?(a) Five (b) None(c) Four (d) One(e) Two

57. Which of the following statements is true as per the givenarrangement?(a) Q faces the centre(b) Only three people sit between P and L(c) R sits to the immediate right of N(d) None of the given options is true(e) N is an immediate neighbour of O

58. Who amongst the following sits third to the left of P?(a) Q (b) N(c) M (e) L(e) R

59. How many people face the centre as per the givenarrangement?(a) Four (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than four

60. What will come in place of question mark (?) in the givenseries based on the positions as given in the arrangement?PS LR MP SM ?(a) ON (b) SO(c) NQ (d) OL(e) LS

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65): In the following questions the symbols

@ @— , = © and —Ó are used with the following meaning:

P © Q means P is less than Q.P @ Q means P is greater than Q.

P @— Q means P is greater than or equal to Q.P = Q means P is equal to Q.P —Ó Q means P is either smaller than or equal to Q.

Now in each of the following questions, assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the two conclusions I and IIgiven below them is/are definitely true? Give answer.

(a) if only conclusion I is true.(b) if only conclusion II is true.(c) if either I or II is true.(d) if neither I nor II is true, and(e) if both I and II are true.

61. Statements: B @ V, K © C, C —Ó BConclusions : I. V @ C

II. B @ K62. Statements : K @ T, S = K, T —Ó R

Conclusions : I. S @ RII. T = R

63. Statements : U = M, P @— U, M @— BConclusions : I. P = B

II. P @ B

64. Statements: L @— N, J —Ó P, P @— LConclusions : I. J = L

II. P = N65. Statements: H @— G, D @ E, H = E

Conclusions : I. D @ HII. G ©D

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70): Study the following sequencecarefully and answer the questions given below:

M E 5 P B 2 A 7 K N 9 T R U 4 6 I J D F 1Q 3 W 8 V I S Z66. How many such numbers are there in the above

sequence, each of which is both immediately preceded byand immediately followed by a consonant ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

67. If the order of the first twenty letters/numbrs in the abovesequence is reversed and the remaining letters/numbersare kept unchanged, which of the following will be thefourteenth letter/number from the right end after therearrangement?(a) B (b) 6(c) 2 (d) 1(e) None of these

68. Which of the follwing letter/number is the eighth to the leftof the nineteenth letter/number from the left end?(a) N (b) T(c) 1 (d) D(e) None of these

69. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way withregard to their position in the above sequence and so forma group. Which is the one that does not belong to thatgroup?(a) WIQ (b) PAE(c) NR7 (d) 4JR(e) D16

70. How many such vowels are there in the above sequence,each of which is immediately preceded by a consonant andimmediately followed by a vowel?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : Study the wing information carefullyand answer the questions given below:A shopkeeper placed eight varieties of cloth pieces of differentcolours viz. brown, pink, green, white, blue, violet, black andyellow, in a row such that blue cloth is placed fifth from the leftend. Green is placed to the extreme right. White cloth is to thesecond to the left of blue. Violet cloth is exactly in between blueand white. Black is sixth to the left of green and fourth to the leftof brown. Pink is not the third to the right of violet.71. Which colour cloth is placed fifth to the left of yellow?

(a) Violet (b) Brown(c) Green (d) White(e) None of these

Practice Set - 76672. Which of the following is definitely true?

(a) Green cloth is second to the right of yellow.(b) White cloth is placed fifth to the left of brown.(c) White cloth is placed exactly in between violet and

black.(d) Pink cloth occupies second position from the left end.(e) All are true.

73. Which colour cloth is third to the left of Brown ?(a) Yellow (b) Blue(c) Green (d) White(e) Pink

74. Which of the following is the correct position' of Yellowwith respect to Pink?(a) Sixth to the right (b) Sixth to the left(c) Fifth to the right (d) Fourth to the left(e) Fifth to the left

75. Which colour cloth is to the immediate right of Pink?(a) White (b) Blue(c) Black (d) Brown(e) Green

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.In a certain code.'more money in market' is written as 'zo li aa to''share in market profit' is written as 'vo to je li''making more profit now' is written as 'su je zo ka''now the market gains' is written as 'do li yo su'

76. Which of the following does 'vo' stand for?(a) profit (b) in(c) share (d) market(e) in or profit

77. What is the code for 'making'?(a) ka (b) su(c) je (d) zo(e) Cannot be determined

78. Which of the following is the code for 'gain'?(a) su (b) li(c) yo (d) do(e) yo or do

79. Which of the following can be the code for 'the more youshare'?

(a) do yo zo vo (b) vo wi zo do(c) vo zo wi bu (d) yo je vo wi(e) su vo zo do

80. 'to ka li aa' is a code for which of the following?(a) share more in market (b) now share more gains(c) the gains in market (d) the gains in profit(e) making money in market

Practice Set - 7 67

1. (a) ? = 2 28 105 25

¸

= 42 252 42 25 55 25 5 252 6

¸ = ´ =

2. (d) 6.4 × ? = 361.6

\ ? = 361.6 56.5

6.4=

3. (b)43 ?583 401 158.46

100 100´ - ´ =

Þ?250.69 401

100- ´ = 158.46

Þ?401

100´ = 250.69 – 158.46 = 92.23

\ ? = 92.23 100

401´

= 23

4. (c) ? = 5 3 3992 3726 4 5

´ ´ ´ =

5. (a) ? = 69.2 × 18.4 × 4.5 = 5729.766. (d) ? = 21.25 + 22.52 + 212.22 = 255.99

7. (a) ? = 123

6 0.8´ = 25.625

8. (c) ? = 1413 × 143 = (14)13 + 3 = 1416

9. (b) ? = 87565

100´ = 491.55

10. (d) ? = 1256 ̧ (32 × 0.25)

= 12561256 8 157

8¸ = =

11. (d) Given Expression = 21 7 3

5 115 55

¸=

+ +

12. (a) Given Expression

1 1 11 1 11 9 191 110 10 109

= = + = ++ +

æ öç ÷è ø

= 10 29119 19

+ =

13. (b)54 54 54

169 39 169 39 39= Þ = ´

x x

\ 54 54 32416939 39

æ ö= =´ ´ç ÷è øx

14. (b)32 48 16 2 16 3 4 2 4 38 12 4 2 4 3 2 2 2 3

+ ´ + ´ += =

+ ´ + ´ +

= 4( 2 3) 22( 2 3)

+=

+

15. (d)1 1 9 8 3 2 2

(3 2 2).9 89 8 9 8 9 8

+ += ´ = = +

-- - +

16. (c) Let Principal = ̀ P3101 993

100P Pæ ö+ - =ç ÷è ø Þ

11 11 111 993

10 10 10Pæ ö´ ´ - =ç ÷è ø

Þ1331 1000

9931000

P-æ ö =ç ÷è ø

or ,

993 1000 3000331´

= =P `

\ Simple interest = ̀3000 3 10

100´ ´æ ö

ç ÷è ø = ̀ 900

17. (b) Sohan’s total marks= 54 + 65 + 89 + 69 + 68 = 345


1 (a) 11 (d) 21 (a) 31 (a) 41 (e) 51 (d) 61 (b) 71 (e)2 (d) 12 (a) 22 (b) 32 (c) 42 (c) 52 (c) 62 (d) 72 (c)3 (b) 13 (b) 23 (c) 33 (c) 43 (b) 53 (e) 63 (c) 73 (d)4 (c) 14 (b) 24 (d) 34 (c) 44 (c) 54 (b) 64 (d) 74 (a)5 (a) 15 (d) 25 (b) 35 (a) 45 (d) 55 (c) 65 (e) 75 (c)6 (d) 16 (c) 26 (a) 36 (d) 46 (d) 56 (c) 66 (e) 76 (c)7 (a) 17 (b) 57 (d) 37 (b) 47 (c) 57 (a) 67 (a) 77 (a)8 (c) 18 (d) 28 (d) 38 (c) 48 (e) 58 (c) 68 (e) 78 (e)9 (b) 19 (b) 29 (d) 39 (b) 49 (b) 59 (d) 69 (e) 79 (b)

10 (d) 20 (c) 30 (b) 40 (a) 50 (a) 60 (a) 70 (a) 80 (e)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 768

\ Required percent = 345 100500

´ = 69

18. (d) Concentration of boric acid = 80% = 80 ccQuantity of water = 20 ccLet x cc of water be added to get the concentration of50%.

Þ 10050

x10080

=+

or80 1

100 2x=

+ or x = 60 cc19. (b) Successive discounts of 20% and 15% on ` 100

yields to100 × 0.8 × 0.85 = ̀ 68\ Single discount = %32)68100( =-

20. (c) The word FORMULATE consists of nine differentletters. Hence, the required number of ways = 9! =362880

21. (a) Let the second car overtakes the first car after t hours.Distance covered by the first car = Distance coveredby the second car.

Þ 10 t = 8 + 1 2 t 18 8 ...... 82 2 2

-æ ö æ ö æ ö+ + + + + +ç ÷ ç ÷ ç ÷è ø è ø è ø

or 110t 8t [1 2 .... (t 1)]2

= + + + + -

or 1 t(t 1)10t 8t2 2

-= + or 212t (t t)

4= -

Þ t = 9 hrs. [ t 0¹ ]22. (b) 2111 wtdm ´´´ = 1222 wtdm ´´´

24 × 10 × 8 × 1 = m2 × 6 × 10 × 1

Þ men32106

81024m2 =´

´´=

23. (c) Let the two digit number be 10x + yWe have x + y = 15 ............(i)and (10x + y) + 9 = (10y + x) or 9x – 9y = – 9or x – y = – 1 ......... (ii)From (i) and (ii) x = 7 and y = 8The number is 10 × 7 + 8 = 78

24. (d) Let edge of the new cube = x cm.Volume of the newly formed figure (cube)= sum of volume of smaller cubes.i.e. (x)3 = (3)3 + (4)3 + (5)3 = 27 + 64 + 125 = 216 Þ x = 6 cm

25. (b) Let present age of Yashika = x years\ Age of Yashika at the time of marriage

= (x – 8) years9 ( 8)7

x x= -

Þ 7 9 72x x= - \ 72

362

x = = years

\ Present age of the daughter = 1366

´ = 6 years

\Her daughter’s age 3 years ago = (6 – 3) = 3 years26. (a) Required average age

= 15 36 12 16 years

36 12´ + ´æ ö

ç ÷+è ø =

540 192 years48+æ ö

ç ÷è ø

= 15.25 years.27. (d) Let the CP of the article be ̀ x.

According to the question,1450 – x = x – 1280Þ 2x = 1450 + 1280 = 2730

Þ x = 2730

2 = ̀ 1365

28. (d) The ratio of profits of Sonia, Vivek and Kirti is asfollows Sonia Vivek Kirti60000 × 24 : 140000 × 18 : 120000 × 12 4 : 7 : 4Hence, the required share of Vivek

= 450000 7(4 7 4)

´+ + = 30000 × 7 = ̀ 210000

29. (d) Let father’s present age be x years and son’s presentage be y yearsAccording to the question,(x + 6) = 3 (y + 6) Þ x – 3y = 12 ... (i)(x – 3) = 9 (y – 3) Þ x – 9y = – 24 ... (ii)Solving (i) and (ii), we getx = 30 and y = 6Hence, father’s present age = 30 years

30. (b) Let the CP of an apple be ̀ x and that of a guava be ̀ y.\ 12x + 8y = 76 ... (i)8x + 12y = 64 ... (ii)On adding (i) and (ii), we have20x + 20y = 140Þ 20 (x + y) = 140

Þ x + y = 14020 = 7 = ̀ 7

31. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow12 + 2 = 1414 + 3 = 1717 – 4 = 1313 – 5 = 88 + 6 = 1414 + 7 = 2121 – 8 = 1313 – 9 = 4

4 10 14+ =32. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow

4 × 1.5 = 66 × 2 = 1212 × 2.5 = 3030 × 3 = 9090 × 3.5 = 315

315 4 1260´ =

Practice Set - 7 6933. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow

2 2 2 2

25 16 9 4 1

5 4 3 2 12

¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

\ ? = 934. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow

15 – 3 = 1212 + 5 = 1717 – 7 = 10

10 11 21 21–13 8+ = =

8 + 17 = 25 25 – 19 = 6Note 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17 and 19 are consecutive prime numbers.

35. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow

3 3 3 3 3

1 8 27 64 125

1 2 3 4 5

¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

\ ? = 23 = 836. (d) Total number of students playing Badminton from

School A = 2075 125 100

100+ ´ =

37. (b) The required percent

= 195 100 195 4

225 9´ ´

= = 86.67% » 87%

38. (c) The required difference(250 – 240) + (200 – 210) + (225 – 200) +

= (215 130) (200 165)

5- + -

= 10 10 25 85 35

5- + + +

= 145

5 = 29

39. (b) The required percent

= 175 100

(175 245 215 130 45)´

+ + + +

= 175 100 21.60810

´ »

40. (a) Average number of students palying all the givengames from School B

= 250 200 200 210 125

5+ + + +

= 985 197

5=

The number of students playing Badminton is SchoolB = 125The required difference = 197 – 125 = 72

(41-45) : BDAC

6543

44. (c) P is daughter of Q.Q is wife of R.Thus, R is husband of Q, then P is son of R.

45. (d) P is son of QQ is father of T.Thus, T and P is son or daughter of Q.

46. (d) All shoes are pens. (A-type)

Some pens are razors. (I-type)A + I Þ No Conclusion

47. (c) All the three Premises are Particular Affirmative (I-type).No Conclusion follows from Particular Premises.Conclusion I and II from Complementary Pair.Therefore, either I or II follows

48 (e) All brushes are chocolates. (A-type)

All chocolates are mirrors. (A-type)A + A Þ A-type Conclusion"All brushes are mirrors"All biushes are mirrors. (A-type)

All mirrors are tables. (A-type)"All brushes are tables"Conclusion I is converse of this Conclusion.Conclusion II is converse of the second Premise.

49. (b) Some pencils are knives. (I-type)

All knives are papers. (A-typeI + A Þ I-type Conclusion"Some pencils are papers"Conclusion II is converse of this Conclusion.

50. (a) Some roofs are figure. (I-type)

All figures are lions. (A-type)I + A Þ I-type Conclusion"Some roofs are lions."Some roofs are lion. (I-type)

All lions are goats. (A-type)I + A Þ I-(A-type) Conclusion"Some roofs are goats"Conclusion I is converse of this Conclusion.

(51-52) : D

A

F = C

E =B

51. (d) A’s wife E is the mother.

Practice Set - 77052. (c) A is the husband of E.53. (e) On adding 5 to each of the above number.

443 290 721 347 862\ The lowest number is 290 where middle digit is 9.

54. (b) 438 ® 348,285 ® 195,716 ® 626,342 ® 252,

and 857 ® 767The second highest number is 626 whose third digit is 6.

55. (c) The second and the third digits of 857 are 5 and 7,respectively.\ 5 +7 = 12

(56-60) :

M

O

P

Q

S

L

N

R

61. (b) B > V ....(i) K < C ...(ii); C B£ ...(iii)No relationship can be find out between V and C.Hence I does not follow.From (ii) and (iii), B > K. Hence II follows.

62. (d) K T> ...(i) ; S K= ...(ii); T R£ ...(iii)Neither relationship can be established .

63. (c) U = M ...(i) P U³ ...(iii); M B³ ...(iii)Combining, we get P U M B P B³ = ³ Þ ³Þ P B= or P B>

64. (d) L N³ ...(i) ; J P£ ...(ii); P L³ ...(iii)Neither relationship can be established.

65. (e) H G³ ....(i); D E> ...(ii); H E= ...(iii)Combining, we get D > E = H G³

D HÞ > and G D<

66. (e) FourM E 5 P B 2 A 7 K N 9 T R U 4 6 I J D F 1 Q 3 W 8 V I S Z

67. (a) F D J I 6 4 U R T 9 N K 7 A 2 B P 5 E M 1 Q 3 W 8 V I S Z68. (e) Eighth to the left of the nineteenth letter/number from

the left Þ (19 – 8=) 11th letter/number from left. Hence,required element is 9.

69. (e) Except it second element in each group is third to theright of first element while third element of each group issecond to the left of first element of the respective group.

70. (a) There are no such vowels.

(71-75) : LEFT

Pink

Blac

k

Whi

te

Vio

let

Blu

e

Bro

wn

Yello

w

Gre

en

RIGHT

71. (e) Black colour cloth is placed fifth to the left of Yellowcolour cloth.

72. (c) White cloth is placed exactly in betwen Violet and Black.73. (d) White cloth is third to the left of Brown.74. (a) yellow is sixth to the right of Pink.75. (c) Black is to the immediate right of Pink.(76-80)

more money in market zo li to

to

aa

share in market voprofit je li

making more profit how su

do

je zo ka

how the market gains li yo su

76. (c) vo ® share77. (a) making ® ka78. (e) gains ® yo or do79. (b) more ® zo, share ® vo, the ® do or yo

Hence, the more you share ® vo wi zo do80. (e) to ka li aa ® in making market money

ormaking money in market

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10) : What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions?1. (3158 + 4602 + ?) ÷ 39 = 347


2. (0.08% of 363 + 0.6% of 241) × 500 = ?(a) 846.2 (b) 868.2(c) 886.2 (d) 86.82(e) None of these

3. 555 × 444 = ?(a) 246020 (b) 246420(c) 248420 (d) 242420(e) None of these

4. 3 328509 ?=(a) 73 (b) 59(c) 63 (d) 69(e) None of these

5. (47045 ÷ 9.7) + (2035 ÷ 3.7) = ?(a) 5400 (b) 5800(c) 5600 (d) 5900(e) None of these

6. 1965 17161 3 ?¸ ¸ =(a) 20 (b) 15(c) 5 (d) 10(e) None of these

7. 4225 1225 6 ?- ¸ =


8. (31% of 260) × ? = 12896(a) 150 (b) 140(c) 160 (d) 180(e) None of these

9.2 1 416 12 3 ?5 15 81

æ ö- ¸ =ç ÷è ø

(a)91

19 (b)81

19

(c)81

13 (d)91

13(e) None of these

10. 183 ÷ 43.2 = ?(a) 138 (b) 137(c) 136 (d) 135(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15): What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions ?11. (786 × 64) ÷ 48 = ?


PRACTICE SET 8





answer.


Practice Set - 872

12. 3 13824 ? 864´ =(a) 1296 (b) 1156(c) 1600 (d) 1024(e) None of these

13. 60% of 20% of 35

th of ? = 450

(a) 6200 (b) 6,240(c) 6150 (d) 6275(e) None of these

14. 196 × 948 ÷ 158 = ?(a) 1156 (b) 1200(c) 1188 (d) 1176(e) None of these

15. 3.5 + 11.25 × 4.5 – 32.5 = ?(a) 18.275 (b) 21.625(c) 32.375 (d) 25.45(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20) : What should come in place ofquestion mark (?) in the following number series?16. 121 117 108 92 67 ?


17. 50 26 14 ? 5 3.5(a) 6 (b) 8(c) 10 (d) 12(e) None of these

18. 3 23 43 ? 83 103(a) 33 (b) 53(c) 63 (d) 73(e) None of these

19. 748 737 715 682 638 ?(a) 594 (b) 572(c) 581 (d) 563(e) None of these

20. 1 9 25 49 81 ? 169(a) 100 (b) 64(c) 81 (d) 121(e) None of these

21. The ratio of ducks and frogs in a pond is 37 : 39 respectively.The average number of ducks and frogs in the pond is 152.What is the number of frogs in the pond?(a) 148 (b) 152(c) 156 (d) 144(e) None of these

22. The number of employees in Companies A, B and C are in aratio of 4 : 5 : 6 respectively. If the number of employees inthe Companies is increased by 25%, 30% and 50%respectively, what will be the new ratio of employeesworking in Companies A, B and C respectively?(a) 13 : 10 : 18 (b) 10 : 13 : 17(c) 13 : 15 : 18 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

23. The average of five positive numbers is 213. The average ofthe first two numbers is 233.5 and the average of last twonumbers is 271. What is the third number?

(a) 64 (b) 56(c) 106 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

24. Ravi borrowed some money at the rate of 4% per annum forthe first 3yr, at the rate of 8% per annum for the next 2 yr andat the rate of 9% per annum for the period beyond 5 yr. If hepays a total simple interest of ̀ 19550 at the end of 7 yr, howmuch money did he borrow?(a) ` 39,500 (b) ` 42,500(c) ` 41,500 (d) ` 43,500(e) None of these

25. What approximate amount of compound interest can beobtained on an amount of ` 9, 650 at the rate of 6% p.a. atthe end of 3 years?(a) ` 1,737 (b) ` 1,920(c) ` 1,720 (d) ` 1, 860(e) ` 1,843

26. A milkman sells 120 litres of milk for ̀ 3,360 and he sells 240litres of milk for Rs. 6,120. How much concession does thetrader give per litre of milk, when he sells 240 litres of milk?(a) ` 2 (b) ` 3.5(c) ` 2.5 (d) ` 1.5(e) None of these

27. When 3,626 is divided by the square of a number and theanswer so obtained is multiplied by 32, the final answerobtained is 2,368. What is the number?(a) 7 (b) 36(c) 49 (d) 6(e) None of these

28. A hall of breadth 4 m and length 6 m is to be renovated byreplacing old mosaic tiles. How many square tiles each of25 cm length and breadth will be required?(a) 960 (b) 384(c) 320 (d) 480(e) None of these

29. A car runs at the speed of 50 kmph, when not serviced andruns at 60 kmph, when serviced. After servicing the carcovers a certain distance in 6 hours. How much time willthe car take to cover the same distance when not serviced ?(a) 8.2 hours (b) 6.5 hours(c) 8 hours (d) 7.2 hours(e) None of these

30. Venkat has some ducks and some sheep. If the total numberof animal heads is 81 and the total number of animal feet are268, how many sheep does Venkat have?(a) 28 (b) 53(c) 44 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

31. 10 years ago, Ram was 5 times as old as Shyam but 20 yearslater from now he will be only twice as old as Shyam. Howmany years old is Shyam?(a) 20 years (b) 30 years(c) 40 years (d) 50 years(e) None of these

32. 25 shirt pieces of 125 cms. each can be cut from a reel ofcloth. After cutting these pieces 90 cms. of cloth remains.What is the length of the reel of cloth in metres?

Practice Set - 8 73(a) 52 (b) 32(c) 42 (d) 48(e) None of these

35. An urn contains 4 green and 7 blue marbles. If three marblesare picked at random, what is the proability that only two ofthem are blue?

(a)2844 (b)

2153

(c)2855

(d)1128

(e) None of these

(a) 3215 metres (b) 35.15 metres(c) 32.15 metres (d) 3515 metres(e) None of these

33. The profit earned after selling a pair of shoes for ` 2,033 isthe same as loss incurred after selling the same pair of shoesfor ` 1,063. What is the cost of the shoes?(a) ` 1,650 (b) ` 1,548(c) ` 1,532 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

34. 56 men can complete a piece of works in 24 days. In howmany days can 42 men complete the same piece of work?

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the following graph carefully and answer the questions that follow:

The graph given below represents the number of users of two broadband services A and B across5 cities P, Q, R, S and T.

800

700

600

500

400

AB

P Q R S T

CITY

36. What is the total number of users of brand B across all fivecities together?(a) 2700 (b) 3000(c) 3100 (d) 2900(e) 3200

37. The number of users of brand A in city T is what percent ofthe number of users of brand B in City Q?(a) 150 (b) 110(c) 140 (d) 160(e) 120

38. What is the average number of users of brand A across allfive cities together?(a) 560 (b) 570(c) 580 (d) 590(e) 550

39. What is the difference between the total number of users ofBrand A and B together in city R and the total number ofusers of brand A and B together in city P?(a) 170 (b) 140(c) 130 (d) 150(e) 160

40. What is the respective ratio of the number of users of brandA in city P to the number of users of brand B in city S?(a) 5 : 7 (b) 4 : 7(c) 2 : 5 (d) 3 : 4(e) 5 : 6

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In each of the questions below aregiven three statements followed by four conclusions numberedI, II, III and IV. You have to take the given statements to be trueeven if they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts.Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the givenconclusions logically follows from the given statementsdisregarding commonly known facts.41. Statements : All books are notes.

Some notes are pencils.No pencil is paper.

Conclusions : I. Some notes are books.II. Some pencils are books.III. Some books are papers.IV. No book is a paper.

(a) Only I and either III or IV follow(b) Either III or IV follows(c) Only I and III follow(d) Neither II nor III follows(e) None of these

42. Statements : Some tables are chairs.No cupboard is table.Some chairs are cupboards.

Conclusions : I. Some chairs are not tables.II. All chairs are either tables or cupboards.III. Some chairs are tables.IV. All chairs are tables.

Practice Set - 874(a) Only I and IV follow(b) Only either II or III follows(c) Only I and III follows(d) Either II or III and I follow(e) None of these

43. Statements : No table is fruit.No fruit is window.All windows are chairs.

Conclusions : I. No window is table.II. No chair is fruit.III. No chair is table.IV. All chairs are windows.

(a) Either I or III follows (b) All follow(c) Only I and II follow (d) Only III and IV follow(e) None of these

44. Statements : No man is sky.No sky is road.Some men are roads.

Conclusions : I. No road is man.II. No road is sky.III. Some skies are men.IV. All roads are men.

(a) Either I or IV follows (b) Only I follows(c) Only I and III follow (d) Only II follows(e) None of these

45. Statements : All papers are books.All bags are books.Some purses are bags.

Conclusions : I. Some papers are bags.II. Some books are papers.III. Some books are purses.

(a) Only I follows(b) Only II and III follow(c) Only I and III follow(d) Only I and II follow(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (46-50): Study the following information carefullyand answer the questions given below:Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five peopleeach, in such a way that there is equal distance between adjacentpersons. In row-1, A, B, C, D and E are seated (but not necessarilyin the same order) and all of them are facing north. In row-2, L, M,N, O and P are seated (but not necessarily in the same order) andall of them are facing south. Therefore, in the given seatingarrangement each member seated in a row faces another memberof the other row. B sits second to the right of D. The personfacing B sits to the immediate left of N. L sits second to the rightof N. Only two persons sit between L and P. E is not an immediateneighbour of D. O does not face E. C neither faces N nor sits at anextreme end of the line.46. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding O?

(a) L sits to the immediate left of O.(b) Only three persons sit between P and O.(c) O sits exactly in the middle of the row.(d) O faces one of the immediate neighbours of B.(e) None of the given statements is true.

47. Who amongst the following is facing A?(a) L (b) M(c) O (d) P(e) N

48. Who amongst the following is facing M?(a) E (b) A(c) D (d) B(e) C

49. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based onthe given arrangement and hence form a group. Which isthe one that does not belong to the group?(a) NO (b) CE(c) AB (d) PO(e) ML

50. What is the position of C with respect to B?(a) Second to the left (b) Third to the left(c) Immediate left (d) Immediate right(e) Second to the right

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : In the following questions, thesymbols %, *, @, $ and # are used with the following meaningas illustrated below :‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is not smaller than Q’.‘P # Q’ means ‘P is not greater than Q’.‘P % Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor equal to Q’.‘P * Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor greater than Q’.‘P $ Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor equal to Q’.51. Statements : T$K, K#R, R*M

Conclusions : I. M*KII . M % TIII. M$K

(a) All follows(b) Only either I or III follows(c) Only either I or II follows(d) Only either II or III follows(e) None of the above

52. Statements : M%R, R#T, T*NConclusions : I. N*R

II . N$RIII .N$M

(a) All follows(b) Either I or II follows(c) Either I or II and III follows(d) Either I or III and II follows(e) None of the above

53. Statements : V@M, A$M, R#VConclusions : I. R#A

II . V@AIII. R$M

(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) None follows(e) All follows

54. Statements : B*D, D@H, H%FConclusions : I. B*F

II . B$FIII. D$F

(a) None follows(b) Only either I or II follows(c) Only either I or II and III follows(d) Only III follows(e) All follows

Practice Set - 8 7555. Statements : J#N, K@N, T$K

Conclusions : I . J%TII. T$NIII .N@J

(a) None follows(b) Only I or II follow(c) Only I and III follow(d) Only II and III follow(e) All follows

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60): Study the following informationCarefully to answer the given questionsEight Children P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are playing musical chairs.All of them are sitting on eight different chairs which are kept ina circle and face away from the centre. Four of them are woodenChairs and four are plastic chairs.• U sits second to the left of W and both of them sits on

different types of chair. V sits second to the left of R andboth sit on the same type of chair.

• T is on a wooden chair but opposite to U. Q and S areimmediate neighbours of U.

• P does not sits on a wooden chair and the child who sitsopposite to P does not sit on the same type of chair.

• The child who is an immediate neighbour of W and T sitson a plastic chair.

56. Who among the following sits opposite to R ?(a) R (b) P(c) U (d) Q(e) Can't be determined

57. Who among the following sits third to the right of V ?(a) P (b) Q(c) S (d) U(e) None of these

58. Which of the following children sit on the plastic chairs ?(a) QSTW (b) QRTS(c) PRUV (d) PWUT(e) None of these

59. Which of the following does not belong to the group ?(a) WV (b) TR(c) PV (d) QU(e) None of these

60. If Q is sits between W and U then who among the followingsits third to the right of S ?(a) U (b) P(c) W (d) V(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65): Answer these questions referring tothe symbol-letter-number sequence given below:E G 4 B H 7 5 @ K 8 D N £ Q Z $ W 3 C 1 9 * l B 2 S 6

61. How many such consonants are there in the abovesequence which are immediately preceded by a symbol andimmediately followed by a digit ?

(a) One (b) Two(c) None (d) Three(e) More than three

62. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in thefollowing sequence ?4H@, KDQ, ?, ILS

(a) ZW1 (b) NQ$(c) @8N (d) $W9(e) None of these

63. Which of the following is exactly in the midway betweenthe ninth from left end and the seventh from right end ?(a) Q (b) Z(c) $ (d) W(e) None of these

64. If the first fifteen elements are written in the reverse orderthen which of the following will be seventh to the left oftwelfth element from right end ?(a) 7 (b) @(c) 5 (d) K(e) None of these

65. How many such digits are there in the above sequencewhich are immediately preceded as well as followed by dig-its ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) None of these


Each of the six friends A, B, C, D, E and F scored different marksin an examination. C scored more than only A and E. D scores lessthan only B. E did not score the least. The one who scores thethird highest marks scored 81 marks. E scored 62 marks.

66. Which of the following could possibly be C’s score?(a) 70 (b) 94(c) 86 (d) 61(e) 81

67. Which of the following is true with respect to given infor-mation?(a) D’s score was definitely less than 60(b) F scored the maximum marks(c) Only two people scored more than C(d) There is a possibility that B scored 79 marks(e) None of these is true

68. The person who scored the maximum, scored 13 marks morethan F’s marks. Which of the following can be D’s score?(a) 94 (b) 60(c) 89 (d) 78(e) 81

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 69-71): Study the following information care-fully to answer the given questions.

In a certain code ‘colours of the sky’ is written as ‘ki la fa so’,‘rainbow colours’ is written as ‘ro ki’ and ‘sky high rocker’ iswritten as ‘la pe jo’ and ‘the rocks world’ is written as ‘pe so ne’.

69. Which of the following is the code for ‘colours sky high’?(a) ro jo la (b) fa la jo(c) la ki jo (d) ki jo la(e) fa ki fo

70. Which of the following will/may represent ‘the’?(a) Only fa (b) Only la(c) Only so (d) Either (a) or (b)(e) Either (a) or (c)

Practice Set - 876

1 (c) 11 (c) 21 (c) 31 (a) 41 (a) 51 (b) 61 (b) 71 (e)2 (b) 12 (a) 22 (e) 32 (c) 42 (c) 52 (c) 62 (a) 72 (c)3 (b) 13 (e) 23 (b) 33 (b) 43 (e) 53 (d) 63 (b) 73 (b)4 (d) 14 (d) 24 (b) 34 (b) 44 (d) 54 (b) 64 (c) 74 (d)5 (a) 15 (b) 25 (e) 35 (c) 45 (b) 55 (d) 65 (a) 75 (b)6 (c) 16 (a) 26 (c) 36 (b) 46 (c) 56 (e) 66 (a) 76 (c)7 (d) 17 (b) 27 (a) 37 (c) 47 (e) 57 (a) 67 (e) 77 (e)8 (c) 18 (c) 28 (b) 38 (c) 48 (a) 58 (c) 68 (c) 78 (c)9 (b) 19 (e) 29 (d) 39 (d) 49 (d) 59 (c) 69 (d) 79 (a)10 (d) 20 (d) 30 (b) 40 (a) 50 (b) 60 (c) 70 (c) 80 (d)

Answer Key

71. Which does ‘pe’ represent in the code?(a) colours (b) sky(c) high (d) rainbow(e) rocket

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 72-73): Read the following information toanswer the question.

‘A + B’ means ‘A is father of B’

‘A – B’ means ‘A is sister of B’‘A × B’ means ‘A is husband of B’.‘A ÷ B’ means ‘A is wife of B’72. Which of the following means S is granddaughter of R?

(a) R + P + Q + S (b) K ÷ R + P × Q – L + S(c) K ÷ R + P ÷ Q + S – L(d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

73. Which of the following means P has a blood relationshipwith Q?(a) R ÷P + K × L – M + Q(b) R ÷ P + K ÷ L + Q – M(c) R ÷ P + K – L × M – N + Q(d) R ÷ P + K × L – Q(e) None of the above

74. A man standing facing north starts walking. After walkingfor 5 m he took a left turn and walked for 10m. Now hewalked for 20 m after turning to his right and again he turnedright and finally stopped after walking 10 m. What is thedistance from the starting point?(a) 18 m (b) 20 m(c) 15 m (d) 25 m(e) None of these

75. From a point Sahil starts walking in south-east direction.After walking for 6 m, he turned to west and walks another10 m. Now he turned towards north-west and walks 6 m andthen finally stopped after turning to east and walking 2 m.Find the distance from the starting point.

(a) 10 m (b) 8 m(c) 12 m (d) 6 m(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80): Study the following information toanswer the given questions.P, Q, R, S, T, V, X and Y are seated in a straight line facing North.P sits fourth to the left of V.V sits either sixth form the left end ofthe line or fourth form the right end of the line. S sits second toright of R. R is not an immediate neighbour of V. T and Q areimmediate neighbours of each other but neither T nor Q sits be-tween T and X. X does not sit at the extreme end of the line.76. What is the position of Q with respect to P?

(a) Fifth to the right (b) Immediate neighbour(c) Second to right (d) Third to left(e) None of the above

77. Which of the following represents persons seated at thetwo extreme ends of the line?(a) P, V (b) Y, S(c) R, V (d) Y, P(e) R, Y

78. How many persons are seated between R and T?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None

79. If P is related to Q and S is related to T in a certain way, towhich of the following would V be related to following thesame pattern?(a) Y (b) P(c) R (d) S(e) X

80. Who amongst the following sits exactly in the middle of thepersons who sit second from the left and the person whosits fifth from the right?(a) V (b) Q(c) T (d) S(e) P

Practice Set - 8 77

1. (c) (3158 + 4602 + ?) ÷ 39 = 347Þ 3158 + 4602 + ? = 347 × 39\ ? = 13533 – 3158 – 4602 = 5773

2. (b) ? = (0.08% of 363 + 0.6% of 241) × 500= (0.2904 + 1.446) × 500 = 868.2

3. (b) ? = 555 × 444 = 2464204. (d) ? = 3 328509 = 69

Go through the given options. First of all look for thedigit at the unit’s place. Reject (a) and (c) because3 × 3 × 3 = ...7. Reject (b) because 603 = 216000. Now,check (d).

5. (a) (47045 ÷ 9.7) + (2035 ÷ 3.7) = ?Þ 4850 + 550 = ?\ ? = 5400

6. (c) 1965 17161 3 ?¸ ¸ =Þ 1965 ÷ 131 ÷ 3 = ?

Þ1 11965 ?

131 3´ ´ =

Þ1965 ?393

=

\ ? = 57. (d) 4225 1225 6 ?- + =

Þ 65 – 35 + 6 = ?Þ 30 + 6 = ?Þ 36 = ?\ ? = 1296

8. (c)31 260 ? 12896

100æ ö´ ´ =ç ÷è øÞ 80.6 ? 12896´ =

Þ12896?80.6

=

\ ? = 160

9. (b)2 1 4

16 12 3 ?5 15 81

æ ö- ¸ =ç ÷è ø

Þ5 2474 ?

15 81æ ö ¸ =ç ÷è ø

Þ65 81 ?15 247

´ =

\ 27 8? 119 19

= =

10. (d) 183 ÷ 43.2 = ?Þ 5832 ÷ 43.2 = ?\ ? = 135

11. (c) ? = 786 64

48´

= 1048

12. (a) 3 13824 ?´ = 8643 24 24 24 ? 864´ ´ ´ =

24 ?Þ ´ = 864

Þ864

?24

=

\ ? = 36 × 36 = 1296

13. (e)60 20 3

?100 100 5

´ ´ ´ = 450

9?

125Þ ´ = 450

450 125?

9´

Þ = = 6250

14. (d) ? = 196 × 948 ÷ 158 196 948

158´

= = 1176

15. (b) ? = 3.5 + 11.25 × 4.5 – 32.5 = 3.5 + 50.625 – 32.5 = 54.125 – 32.5 = 21.625

16. (a)121 117 108 92 67 31

–62–22 –32 –42 –52

17. (b)50 26 14 8 5 3.5

÷2+1÷2+1 ÷2+1 ÷2+1 ÷2+1

18. (c)3 23 43 63 83 103

+20+20 +20 +20 +20

19. (e)748 737 715 682 638 583

–55–11 –22 –33 –4420. (d) 1 9 25 49 81 121 169

12 32 52 72 92 112 132

21. (c) Let the number of ducks and frogs in the pond be 37xand 39x respectively.ATQ,37 39 152

2x x+

=

Þ 38x = 152 Þ152 438

x = =

\ Number of frogs = 39x = 39 × 4 = 15622. (e) The number of employees in companies A, B and C be

4x, 5x and 6x respectivelyAfter increase in the number of employees, requiredratio will be

125 130 1504 : 5 : 6

100 100 100x x x= ´ ´ ´

= 4 × 25 : 5 × 26 : 6 × 30 = 10 : 13 : 1823. (b) According to the question, third number will be

= 5 × 213 – 2 × 233.5 – 2 × 271= 1065 – 467 – 542 = 56

24. (b) Suppose Ravi borrows `100 for 7 yr.The amount of Ravi has to pay as interest for the `100= 4 × 3 + 8 × 2 + 9 × 2 = `46From the above information it is obvious that Ravi hasto pay (as interest) 46% of the total amount. Hence,the amount borrowed by Ravi

19550 10046

= ´ = ` 42500


Practice Set - 878

25. (e) . . 1 1100

trC I Pé ùæ ö= ê + - úç ÷è øê úë û

369650 1 1

100

é ùæ ö= + -ê úç ÷è øê úë û= 9650 (1.191016 – 1)= 9650 × 0.191016 = ` 1843

26. (c) The rate of milk when milkman sells 120 litres of milkfor ` 3360

\ SP = 3360120

æ öç ÷è ø = ` 28

The rate of milk when milkman sells 240 litres of milkfor ` 6120.

\ SP = 6120240

æ öç ÷è ø = ` 25.5

\ Required discount = (28 – 25.5) = ` 2.527. (a) Let the number be x.

ATQ, 23626 32 2368

x´ =

Þ 2 3626 32 492368

x ´= =

\ 49 7x = =

28. (b) Number of tiles 400 600

25 25´

=´

= 16 × 24 = 384 tiles

29. (d) After servicing, speed of car = 60 km/h\ Distance covered in 6 hours= (60 × 6)km = 360 kmBefore servicing, time taken to cover 360 km

\ Time taken 360km 7.2 hours50km/h

= =

30. (b) Let Venkat has x ducks and y sheep.\ x + y = 81\ x = 81 – y ...(i)and 2x + 4y = 268Þ 162 – 2y + 4y = 268Þ 2y =268 – 162 = 106

Þ y = 106

2 = 53

\ Number of sheep = 5331. (a) Let the age of Shyam and Ram was x and 2x years

respectively 20 years later from now.\ Present age of Ram = (2x – 20) yearsand present age of Shyam = (x – 20) years10 years ago, the age of Ram = 2x – 20 – 10= 2x – 30Age of Shyam = x – 20 – 10 = (x – 30) yearsAccording to the question

2x – 30 = 5(x – 30)Þ 2x – 30 = 5x – 150Þ 150 – 30 = 5x – 2xÞ 3x = 120

\ x = 120 40

3=

\ The present age of Shyam = 40 – 20 = 20 years.32. (c) Length of the reel

= (25 × 125 + 90) cm = 3215 cm = 32.15 m

33. (b) Le the CP of the shoes be ` x.\ 2033 – x = x – 1063Þ 2x = 2033 + 1063 = 3096

3096x2

Þ = = `1548

34. (b) Required number of days 5624 3242

æ ö= =ç ÷è ø

35. (c) The required probability 7 4

2 111

3

21 4 28165 55

C CC´ ´

= = =

36. (b) Total number of users of brand B across all Five cities= 600 + 500 + 650 + 700 + 550 = 3000

37. (c) 700 = x % of 500

700 = 500 700

140100 5

xx

´Þ = =

38. (c) Required average 500 550 600 550 700

5+ + + +

=

= 58039. (d) Required difference = 1250 – 1100 = 150

40. (a) Required Ratio 500 5:7700

= =

41. (a) Statements : All books are notes.Conclusions : Some books are notes.

(Implication)Some notes are books.(conversion)Hence I follows.

Statements : Some notes are pencils.No pencil is paper.

Conclusions : Some note are not paper.(I + E = O type)

Statements : Some notes are pencils.Conclusions : Some pencils are notes.

(conversion)Statements : No pencil is paper.Conclusions : Some pencils are not papers.

(Implication)No paper is pencil.(Conversion)

Since III and IV form a complementary I-E pair, eitherof the two must follow.

42. (c) Statements : Some tables are chairs.Conclusions : Some chairs are tables.

(conversion)Hence, III follows.

Statements : No cupboard is table.Conclusions : Some cupboards are not table.

(Implication)No table is cupboard.(conversion)

Statements : Some chairs are cupboards.Conclusions : Some cupboards are chairs.

(conversion)Since, No table is cupboard.Some cupboards are chairs.

Conclusions : Some chairs are not table.(E + I = O* type)Hence, I follows.

43. (e) Statements : No table is fruit.Conclusions : Some tables are not fruit.

Practice Set - 8 79(Implication)No fruit is table. (conversion)

Statements : No fruit is window.Conclusions : Some fruits are not window.

(Implication)No window is fruit.(Conversion)

Statements : No fruit is windowAll windows are chairs.

Conclusions : Some chairs are not fruit.(E + A = O* type)

Statements : All windows are chairs.Conclusions : Some windows are chairs.

(Implication)Some chairs are windows.(Conversion)Hence none follows.

44. (d) Statements : No man is sky.Conclusions : Some men are not sky.

(Implication)No sky is man. (conversion)

Statements : No sky is road.Conclusions : Some skies are not road.

(Implication)No road is sky. (conversion)

45. (b) Statements : All papers are books.Conclusions : Some papers are books.

(Implication)Some books are papers.(conversion)

Hence II follows.Statements : All bags are books.Conclusions : Some bags are books.

(Implication)Some books are bags.(conversion)

Statements : Some purses are bags.Conclusions : Some bags are purses.

(conversion)Statements : Some purses are bags.

All bags are books.Conclusions : Some purses are books.

(I + A = I-type)Some books are purses.(conversion)

Hence, III follows.46. (c) L sits to the immediate right of O. Only one person sits

between P and O. O faces one of the immediateneighbours of C or A.

47. (e) N is facing A.48. (a) E is facing M.49. (d) Except PO, in all other pairs, the two persons are

immediate neighbours of each other. There is oneperson between O and P.

50. (b) C sits third to the left of B.51. (b) Here, T > K ...(i)

K R£ ...(ii)R = M ...(iii)

From (ii) and (iii), we getR M K= ³ ...(iv)

Now, from (iv) we get M > K (conclusion III) for M = K(conclusion I). Hence, either conclusion I or conclusionIII follows. Again, from (i) and (iv) we can’t get anyspecific relationship between ‘M’ and ‘T’. Hence,conclusion II does not follow.

52. (c) Here, M < R ...(i) R T£ ...(ii) T = N ...(iii)

From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get T N R M= ³ > ...(iv)

Hence, from (iv) we get N = R (conclusion I) or N > R(conclusion II). Hence, either conclusion I orconclusion II follows. Also, from (iv) we get N > M(conclusion III). Hence, conclusion III follows.

53. (d) Here, V M³ ...(i) A > M ...(ii) R V£ ...(iii)

From (i) and (ii), we can’t get any specific relationshipbetween ‘V’ and ‘A’. Hence, conclusion II does notfollow. Again from (i) and (iii), we can’t get any specificrelationship between ‘M’ and ‘R’. Hence, conclusionIII does not follow. On the similar basis we can’t getany specific relationship between ‘A’ and ‘R’ using all(i), (ii) and (iii). Hence, conclusion I does not follow.

54. (b) Here, B = D ...(i) D H³ ...(ii) H < F ...(iii)

From (i) and (ii), we get B D H= ³ ...(iv)

Now, from (iii) and (iv), we can’t get any specificrelationship between B and F (or D and F). Hence, noconclusion follows. But, conclusion I and II make acomplementary pair. Hence, either conclusion I orconclusion II follows.

55. (d) Here, J N£ ...(i) K N³ ...(ii) T > K ...(iii)

From (i), (ii) and (iii), we getT K N J> ³ ³ ...(iv)

From (iv), we get J < T (conclusion I) and T > N(conclusion II). Hence, conclusion I and conclusion IIfollow. Conclusion III can be obtained from conversionof (i). Hence, conclusion III follows.

(56-60) : Wooden Chairs W, T, Q, SPlastic Chairs

Þ Þ P, R, U, V

VT

PQ S

U

W

S Q

61. (b) E G 4 B H 7 5 @ K 8 D N £ Q Z $ W 3 C 1 9 * 1 B 2 S 662. (a) The first, second and third element of each group is

sixth element to the right of the respective element ofprevious group as given in all in the sequence.

Practice Set - 88063. (b) There are 27 elements in all in the sequence.

So, (27 – 9 – 7) = 11 elements are between the 9th fromleft and 7th from right.Hence, ( 9 + 6) =15th element from the left and will bethe required answer.

64. (c) 7th to the left of 12th from right= (12 + 7) =19th from right= (27 – 19 + 1) = 9th from leftBut the first 15 elements are reversed.= (15 – 9 + 1) = 7th from left in the original sequence = 5.

65. (a) For the condition to be fulfilled, three digits should betogether but it is not so in the given sequence.

(66-68) :Six friends marks descending order (>) are as follow B> D > F > C > E > A

66. (a) Given, third highest marks = 81 and E’s marks = 62\ C’s score marks between 62 and 81.Hence, C’s possible marks = 70

67. (e) None is true with respect to the given information.68. (c) \ B scored highest marks.

\ B’s marks = F’s marks + 13= 81 + 13 = 94D scored second highest marks.D scored marks between 81 and 94.Hence, D’s possible marks = 89

( 69-70) :colour of the sky = ki la fa so ....(i)rainbow colour = ro ki ...(ii)From Eqs. (i) and (ii),\ colours = kisky high rocker = la pe jo ...(iii)From Eqs. (i) and (iii), sky = lathe rocket world = pe so ne ...(vi)From Eqs. (i) and (iv), the = soFrom Eqs. (iii) and (iv), rocket = pe

69. (d) colours sky high = ki la jo70. (c) the represents only so.71. (e) pe represents rocket.72. (c) According to the question,

Husband/ Wife

K

QP

R

LSister

Husband/ Wife

S

Father

Father

Here, S is daughter of P, Hence, S is granddaughter of R.

73. (b) According to the question,

Husband/ Wife

R

LK

P

MSister

Husband/ Wife

Q

Father

Father

Here, P is the father of Q’s mother K. So, P is Q’s grand-father which form a blood relation between P and Q.

74. (d)

10m

20m

5m

75. (b) 2

6

10

6

(76-80):Sitting arrangement of 8 person are as follow

R P S Q T V X Y Nor

th

76. (c) Q is second to right of P.77. (e) R and Y are seated at the two extreme ends of line.78. (c) There are three person (P, S and Q) between R and T.79. (a) Y (Second person seated second to the right of first

person)80. (d) Clearly, S is in middle of person who is second from

left (P) and Person who is fifth from right (Q).

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-5) : In each of these questions a numberseries is given. In each series only one number is wrong. Findout the wrong number.

1. 5531 5506 5425 5304 5135 4910 4621(a) 5531 (b) 5425(c) 4621 (d) 5135(e) 5506

2. 6 7 9 13 26 37 69(a) 7 (b) 26(c) 69 (d) 37(e) 9

3. 1 3 10 36 152 760 4632(a) 3 (b) 36(c) 4632 (d) 760(e) 152

4. 7 4 5 9 20 51 160.5(a) 4 (b) 5(c) 9 (d) 20(e) 51

5. 157.5 45 15 6 3 2 1(a) 1 (b) 2(c) 6 (d) 157.5(e) 45

6. Sophia invests 25% of her monthly salary in insurancepolicies. She spends 15% of her monthly salary in shoppingand 35% of her salary on household expenses. She savesthe remaining amount of ̀ 9,050. What is Sophia’s annualincome?(a) ` 84,500 (b) ` 5, 30, 000(c) ` 3, 25, 200 (d) ` 4, 34, 400(e) None of these

7. The ages of Vaibhav and Jagat are in the ratio of 12 : 7respectively. After 6 years the ratio of their ages will be3 : 2. What is the difference in their ages?(a) 8 years (b) 12 years(c) 9 years (d) 10 years(e) None of these

8. What is the least number to be added to 8008 to make it aperfect square?(a) 273 (b) 87(c) 264 (d) 92(e) None of these

9. The product of two consecutive odd numbers is 6723. Whatais the square root of the smaller number?(a) 9 (b) 729(c) 6561 (d) 81(e) None of these

10. The owner of a book shop charges his customer 28% morethan the cost price. If a customer paid ` 1,408 for somebooks, then what was the cost price of the books?(a) ` 1,100 (b) ` 1,111(c) ` 1,110 (d) ` 1,000(e) None of these

11. The difference between 56% of a number and 39% of thesame number is 425. What is 63% of that number?(a) 1525 (b) 1650(c) 1700 (d) 1575(e) None of these

12. The speed of a boat in still water is 15km/h and its speedupstream is 7km/h. Find the speed of the boat downstream.(a) 23 km/h (b) 25 km/h(c) 35 km/h (d) 33 km/h(e) None of these

PRACTICE SET 9





answer.


Practice Set - 98213. If a certain sum becomes ̀ 5375 in 2 yr at compound interest,

then what is the rate of interest?(a) 10% (b) 12%(c) 16% (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of the above

14. The perimeter of a rectangle is 54 cm. If the length is twiceits breadth, what will be the area (in sq cm) of the rectangle?(a) 324 (b) 205(c) 405 (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of the above

15. Pure milk costs ̀ 16 per litre. After adding water the milkmansells the mixture ̀ 15 per litre and thereby makes a profit of25%. In what respective ratio does he mix milk with water?(a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 3(c) 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 1(e) 1 : 4

16. 16 men can complete a piece of work in 8 days. 20 womentake 16 days to complete the same piece of work. 12 menand 10 women work together for 6 days. How many moredays would 10 women alone require to complete theremaining piece of work?(a) 8 (b) 18(c) 12 (d) 16(e) None of these

17. A trader sells 150 metres of cloth for ` 6, 600 and he sells300 metres of cloth for ` 12, 750. How much concessiondoes the trader give per metre of cloth, when he sells 300metres of cloth?(a) ` 3 (b) ` 2.5(c) ` 1.5 (d) ` 2(e) None of these

18. When 3888 is divided by the square of a number and theanswer so obtained is multiplied by 21, the final answer soobtained is 252. What is the number?(a) 324 (b) 16(c) 256 (d) 144(e) None of these

19. The sum of the digits of a two digit number is 14. Thedifference between the first digit and the second digit ofthe two digit number is 4. What is the two digit number ?(a) 86 (b) 95(c) 68 (d) 77(e) None of these

20. A car runs at the speed of 40 when not serviced and runs at65 kmph. when serviced. After servicing, the car covers acertain distance in 5 hours. How much approximate timewill the car take to cover the same distance when notserviced?(a) 10 (b) 7(c) 12 (d) 8(e) 6

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 21-25) : What approximate value shouldcome in place of the question mark (?) in the followingquestions? (You are not expected to calculate the exact value.)

21. 2 2[(1.3) (4.2) ] 2.7 ?´ ¸ =(a) 7 (b) 21(c) 18 (d) 11(e) 16

22. 746 32 15 ?¸ ´ =(a) 350 (b) 345(c) 355 (d) 340(e) 335

23. 834 349 ?´ =(a) 525 (b) 556(c) 534 (d) 550(e) 540

24. (3986 2416 3897) 754 ?+ + ¸ =(a) 18 (b) 14(c) 11 (d) 9(e) 21

25. 41.25 + 11.085 × 2.75 = ?(a) 63 (b) 67(c) 76 (d) 72(e) 80

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 26-35) : What will come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions?


27. 45% of 720 = 30% of ?(a) 1008 (b) 1080(c) 1040 (d) 928(e) None of these

28.1 2 13 4 1 ?6 3 4

+ - =

(a)467

(b)769

(c)76

12 (d)367

(e) None of these29. 63251 + 52894 = ? + 37624


30.277

of 189 + 452 = 2000 – ?


31. 2 2(84) (67) ? 2588- + =


32. 668 ÷ 167 × 284 = ?(a) 1156 (b) 1136(c) 1096 (d) 1116(e) None of these

33. 3 310648 5832 ?´ =(a) 396 (b) 216(c) 432 (d) 576(e) None of these

Practice Set - 9 83

34. 60% of 25% of 56

th of ? = 630


35. (85410 + 36885 + 24705) ÷ 1600 = ?(a) 90.25 (b) 94.386(c) 95.50 (d) 91.875(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the following graph carefullyto answer the questions that follow.

Number of applicants (in lakh) who applied for two differentbanks during past six years

10

Years

864

2

0

Bank

No.

ofC

andi

date

s(in

lakh

)

Bank

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

36. What was the approximate average number of candidateswho applied for Bank A over all the years together?(a) 4.2 lakh (b) 5 lakh(c) 3.1 lakh (d) 4.5 lakh(e) 3.8 lakh

37. Total number of candidates who applied for Bank A overallthe years together was approximately what percentage ofthe total number of candidates who applied for Bank Boverall the years together?(a) 79 (b) 66(c) 70 (d) 75(e) 60

38. In which years the total number of candidates who appliedfor both the banks together is exactly equal?(a) 2012, 2013, and 2016 (b) 2012, 2014 and 2015(c) 2012, 2015, and 2016 (d) 2012, 2014 and 2016(e) 2014, 2015, and 2016

39. If 20% of candidates who applied for Bank B qualified in theyear 2016, then what was the number of candidates whohave been disqualified in the same year?(a) 7.2 lakh (b) 72000(c) 6.4 lakh (d) 64000(e) None of these

40. What was the respective ratio between the total number ofcandidates who applied for bank A in the year 2014 and2016 and the total number of candidates who applied forBank B in the year 2013 and 2016 together?(a) 6 : 7 (b) 4 : 9(c) 5 : 12 (d) 12 : 5(e) None of these

REASONING ABILITY

41. A person started walking in south direction. After walkingfor 40 m he turned to his left and then walked 20 m. Now heturned to north and walked 30 m. In which direction is henow with respect to starting point?(a) South-east (b) North-east(c) North (d) South(e) North-west

42. Pointing to a photograph Arun said, ‘She is the mother ofmy brother’s son’s wife’s daughter.’ How is Arun relatedto the lady's husband?(a) Uncle (b) Daughter-in-law(c) Cousin (d) Brother(e) None of these

43. Point A is 7 m west of point B. Point C is 5 m north of pointB. A point D on AB 2 m away from point A meets BC atpoint E with DE = 34 m. Find the distance EC.(a) 3 m (b) 2 m(c) 4 m (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS(Qs. 44-43): Study the following informationCarefully to answer the given questions:

P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W and X are sitting in a straight line, facingNorth. Three of them are not males. Two females sit adjacent toeach other. Q is fourth to the left of V, who is second to the rightof R, who is not the immediate neighbour of P.• U is fourth to the right of R and is second to the left of X. S

is not an immediate neighbour of either X or Q.• S is not male. One of the persons sitting on the extreme ends

is a female. T is not an immediate neighbour of either V or U.• No female is an immediate neighbour of U. W does not sit

second to the left of P. The immediate neighbour of S are male44. Which of the following is a group of females ?

(a) QTS (b) TXP(c) SVR (d) UWX(e) None of these

45. Who is sitting to the immediate left of S ?(a) V (b) Q(c) W (d) R(e) None of these

46. In which of the following combinations is the third personsitting between the first and the second person ?(a) PWU (b) QTR(c) RST (d) WUP(e) None of these

47. If Q and R, V and U interchange their position then howmany persons are sitting between R and V ?(a) Four (b) Five(c) Six (d) Two(e) None of these

48. Who among the following sits third to the left of P ?(a) W (b) V(c) R (d) X(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 49-50) : Read the following information toanswer the questions.

‘P # Q’ means ‘Q, is father of P’‘P ê Q’ means ‘Q, is mother of P’‘P £ Q’ means ‘Q, is brother of P’‘P $ Q’ means ‘Q, is sister of P’

Practice Set - 98449. Which of the following means X is grandmother of Y?

(a) Z $ X ê K # L £ Y (b) Y £ L # K ê X $ Z(c) X * K # L E Y (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

50. Which of the following means A is nephew of D ?(a) D £ C # B £ A (b) A £ B # D £ C(c) C £ D # B £ A (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : In each of the questions below aregiven three statements followed by the conclusions numbered I,II, III & IV. You have to take the given statements to be true evenif they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts andthen decide which of the given conclusions logically followfrom the given statements. Give answer

51. Statements : Some pots are buckets.Some buckets are bags.Some bags are purses.

Conclusions : I. Some purses are buckets.II. Some bags are pots.III. Some purses are pots.IV. Some pots are bags.

(a) All follow (b) None follows(c) Only I and III follow (d) Only II and IV follow(e) None of these

52. Statements : All glasses are roads.No road is stick.Some sticks are pens.

Conclusions : I. Some glasses are sticks.II. Some pens are sticks.III. Some roads are sticks.IV. No glass is a stick.

(a) None follows(b) Only I or IV and II follow(c) Only either I or II and IV follows(d) Either I or II follows(e) None of these

53. Statements : Some ice is ring.No ring is paint.Some rings are gold.

Conclusions : I. No gold is paint.II. No ice is gold.III. Some rings are paints.IV. All golds are ring.

(a) None follows (b) Only I and III follow(c) Only I and II follow (d) Only III and IV follow(e) None of these

54. Statements : No candle is bell.Some shoes are bells.All tables are shoes.

Conclusions : I. Some tables are bells.II. No table is bell.III. Some shoes are candles.IV. No flower is fruit.

(a) Only I and IV follow (b) Only I and II follow(c) Only III and IV follow (d) Either II or III follows(e) None of these

55. Statements : Some cats are rats.Some rats are ants.Some ants are flies.

Conclusions : I. Some flies are ants.II. Some ants are not rats.III. No rat is fly.IV. No cat is fly.

(a) Only I and IV follow (b) Only II follows(c) Only I and II follow (d) Only IV follows(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the questions given below:

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circle facing thecentre. D is fourth to the right of H and second to the left of B.F is fourth to the right of B. C is fourth to the right of E who isnot an immediate neighbour of B or D. A is not an immediateneighbour of D.56. Who is to the immediate left of D?

(a) G (b) C(c) F (d) Data inadequate(e) None of the above

57. Who is third to the right of A?(a) H (b) E(c) F (d) Data inadequate(e) None of the above

58. Who is fourth to the left of G?(a) E (b) F(c) A (d) H(e) Data inadequate

59. In which of the following combinations is the third personsitting in between the first and the second person?(a) ABC (b) GCD(c) AHE (d) CBA(e) EFG

60. What is B’s position with respect to G?(a) Third to the right (b) Third to the left(c) Fifth to the right (d) Fourth to the left(e) Fourth to the right

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-66) : In each of the questions given belowa group of digits is given followed by four combinations ofletters/symbols. You have to find out which of the fourcombinations correctly represents the group of digits based onthe letter/symbol codes and the conditions given below. If noneof the four combinations represents the group of digits correctly,give (e) i.e. “None of these” as the answer.

Digit: 3 9 6 2 8 7 5 4 1Symbol : K T $ F H # % D M

Conditions for the coding the group of digits:1. If the first digit is odd and last digit is even, the codes for

the first and the last digits are to be interchanged.2. If the first as well as the last digit is even, both are to be

coded by the code for last digit.3. If the first as well as the last digit is odd, both are to be

coded as ‘X’.

Practice Set - 9 8561. 564923

(a) %$DTFK (b) K$DTFK(c) X$DTFX (d) K$DTF%(e) None of these

62. 658247(a) $%HFD# (b) #%HFD$(c) %$HFD# (d) %#HFD$(e) None of these

63. 436958(a) DK$T%D (b) DK$T%H(c) HK$T%H (d) #%$HK#(e) None of these

64. 756834(a) #%$HKD (b) D%$HK#(c) D%$HKD (d) #%$HK#(e) None of these

65. 291378(a) FTMK#H (b) XTMK#X(c) HTMK#F (d) FTMK#F(e) None of these

66. 128547(a) XFH%DX (b) XFH#DX(c) MFH%DX (d) XFH%D#(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 67-70) : In the following questions thesymbols $, @, *, # and ? are used with the following meanings.

A $ B means A is greater than B.A @ B means A is either greater than or equal to B.A * B means A is equal to B.A # B means A is smaller than B.A ? B means A is either smaller than or equal to B.Now in each of the following questions assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the two conclusions I and IIgiven below them is/are definitely true ? Given answer(a) If only conclusion I is true.(b) If only conclusion II is true.(c) If neither I nor II is true.(d) If both I and II are true.(e) None of these67. Statements : M # N, T $ U, N # U

Conclusions : I. M ? TII. T $ N

68. Statements : P $ T, G ? N, T @ NConclusions : I. P $ N

II. G ? T69. Statements : P ? Q, R $ S, Q @ S

Conclusions : I. P $ SII. R # Q

70. Statements : D @ F, G $ H, F ? HConclusions : I. G $ F

II. D @ H

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75): Study the information given belowto answer these questions.

(i). A school held competitions for Chess, Table Tennis, Carrom,Kho–kho and Volley Ball during annual sports week formMonday to Saturday, each game on one day, one day beinga rest day.

(ii) Carrom competition was held not on the first or on the lastday but was held earlier than Table Tennis competition.

(iii) Kho–Kho competition was held on the immediate next dayof the Table Tennis competition day.

(iv) Chess competition was held on the immediate previous dayof the rest day.

(v) Kho–Kho competition day and Volley Ball competition dayhad a two days gap between them.

(vi) Volley Ball competition was held on the immediate followingday fo the rest day.

71. On which day, the Chess competition was held?(a) Thursday (b) Friday(c) Monday (d) Wednesday(e) None of these

72. Which of the following is a wrong statement?(a) Carrom competition was held on the immediate previous

day of Table Tennis competition(b) Kho–Kho competition was held on two days after the

day on which Volley Ball competition was held(c) There was a gap of three days between the days on

which Chess and Table Tennis competitions were held(d) There was a two days gap between the rest day and

the day on which Carrom competition was held(e) None of these

73. Which of the following is the correct statements?(a) Kho–Kho competition was held after Table Tennis

competition(b) Chess competition was held on Thursday(c) No competition was held on Wednesday(d) Table Tennis competition was held earlier than Chess

competition(e) None of the above

74. Kho–Kho and Carrom competition days had a gap of howmany days between them?(a) Nil (b) Two (c) Three(d) Four (e) None of these

75. Which of the following was a rest day?(a) Wednesday (b) Tuesday (c) Friday(d) Thursday (e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80): Study the following information toanswer the given questions.

In a certain code, 'ze lo ka gi' is a code for 'must save some money','fe ka so ni' is a code for 'he made good money', 'ni lo da so' is acode for 'he must be good' and 'we so ze da' is a code for 'be goodsave grace'.76. Which of the following is the code of 'must' ?

(a) so (b) da (c) lo(d) ni (e) Cannot be determined

77. What does the code 'ze' stand for?(a) some (b) must (c) be(d) grace (e) save

78. Which of the following is the code of 'good'?(a) ka da fe (b) we ka so (c) ja da we(d) ka we yo (e) ja ka ze

79. 'grace of money' may be coded as(a) ka da fe (b) we ka so (c) ja da we(d) ka we yo (e) ja ka ze

80. What does the code for 'be'?(a) ni (b) lo (c) da(d) so (e) None of these

Practice Set - 986

1. (a) The given number series is based on the followingpattern:

55315555

5506

– (7)2

5425 5304 5135 4910 4621

– (9)2

– (11)2

– (13)2

– (15)2

– (17)2


2. (b) The given number series is based on the followingpattern:

6 7

× 2 – 5

9 13 26 3721

69

× 2 – 5 × 2 – 5 × 2 – 5 × 2 – 5 × 2 – 5


3. (d) The given number series is based on the followingpattern:

´ 1 + 2 ´ 2 + 4 ´ 3 + 6 ´ 4 + 8 ´ 5 + 10 ´ 6 + 12

1 3 10 36 152 760 4632770


4. (e) The given number series is based on 8 the followingpattern:

´ 0.5 + 0.5 ´ 1 + 1 ´ 1.5 + 1.5 ´ 2 + 2 ´ 2.5 + 2.5 ´ 3 + 3

7 4 5 9 20 51 160.552.5

Hence, the number 51 is wrong and it should be replaedby 52.5.

5. (a) The given number series is based on the following pattern:

157.5 45

¸ 3.5 ¸ 3 ¸ 2.5 ¸ 2 ¸1.5 ¸ 1

15 6 3 2 12

Hence, the number 1 is wrong and it should be replacedby 2.

6. (d) Let Sophia’s monthly salary = ̀ x.ATQ,Sophia’s % monthly expenditure= (25 + 15 + 35)% = 75%Savings % = 100 – 75 = 25%\ 25% of x = 9050Þ x = 9050 × 4 = ̀ 36200\ Sophia’s annual income

= ̀ (12 × 36200) = ̀ 4344007. (d) Let the present ages of Vaibhav and Jagat be 12x and

7x years respectively.According to the question,

12x 6 37x 6 2

+=

+

Þ 24x + 12 = 21x + 18Þ 24x – 21x = 18 – 12 Þ 3x = 6

6x 23

Þ = =

\ Required difference = 12x – 7x = 5x= 5 × 2 = 10 years

8. (d) 8008 89.5º

892 = 7921; 902 = 8100\ Required number = 8100 – 8008 = 92


1 (a) 11 (d) 21 (d) 31 (c) 41 (e) 51 (b) 61 (c) 71 (c)2 (b) 12 (a) 22 (a) 32 (b) 42 (a) 52 (e) 62 (a) 72 (d)3 (d) 13 (d) 23 (e) 33 (a) 43 (b) 53 (a) 63 (c) 73 (a)4 (e) 14 (e) 24 (b) 34 (e) 44 (a) 54 (e) 64 (b) 74 (e)5 (a) 15 (a) 25 (d) 35 (d) 45 (d) 55 (c) 65 (e) 75 (b)6 (d) 16 (a) 26 (d) 36 (a) 46 (a) 56 (a) 66 (a) 76 (d)7 (d) 17 (c) 27 (b) 37 (b) 47 (b) 57 (c) 67 (b) 77 (a)8 (d) 18 (e) 28 (c) 38 (c) 48 (c) 58 (c) 68 (d) 78 (b)9 (a) 19 (b) 29 (d) 39 (a) 49 (a) 59 (b) 69 (c) 79 (b)

10 (a) 20 (d) 30 (d) 40 (a) 50 (e) 60 (a) 70 (a) 80 (d)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 9 879. (a) 81 × 83 = 6723

\ Smaller number = 81

Now, 81 = 9

10. (a) CP of the books

= ` 100 1408128

æ ö´ç ÷è ø

= ̀ 110011. (d) Let the number be x.

According to the question,(56 – 39)% of x = 425

x 17 425100´

Þ =

425 100 42500x17 17´

Þ = =

\ 63 % of x

= 42500 63 1575

17 100´ =

12. (a) Speed of boat downstream = Speed of boat in stillwater + Speed of current = 15 + (15 – 7) = 23 km/h

13. (d) Given data is not sufficient to answer the question.14. (e) Let the breadth of the rectangle be x cm

\ Length = 2x cmNow, 2(x + 2x) = 54Þ 6x = 54 Þ x = 9\ Area of rectangle= x × 2x = 2(9)2 = 162cm2

15. (a) Q SP of the mixture = ̀ 15

\ CP of the mixture 15 ×100125

= ̀ 12

Now, by the rule of alligation.

16Milk

12

0Water

4

12

\ Ratio of milk and water in the mixture = 12 : 4 = 3 : 1

16. (a) From the first two statements it is obvious that thecapacity of 1 man = the capacity of 2.5 women.And the total work can be finished by 320 women inone day.Now, 12 men + 10 women = 12 × 2.5 + 10 = 40 womenHence, during 6 days the work done is equal to theworkof 240 women in one day. Hence, the remaining workwill be finished in (320 – 240) ̧ 10 = 8 days.

17. (c) SP of 150 metres of cloth = ̀ 6600

\ SP of 1 m cloth = ̀ 6600150

é ùê úë û

= ̀ 44

SP of 300 metres of cloth = ̀ 12750

\ SP of 1 m cloth = ` 12750300

é ùê úë û

= ̀ 42.5

\ Concession = ` (44 – 42.5) = ̀ 1.518. (e) Let the number = x.

ATQ,

23888

21x

´ = 252

Þ x2 = 3888

21252

´ = 324

\ x = 324 = 1819. (b) Let two digit number = 10 x + y

ATQ,x + y = 14 ... (i)x – y = 4 ... (ii)

From equation (i) & (ii), we gety = 5

Now, x + y = 14\ x = 14 – 5 = 9Thus, required two-digit number

= 10 x + y = 10 × 9 + 5= 90 + 5 = 95

20. (d) After servicing, the distance covered in 5 hours= 65 × 5 = 325 km.Without servicing, speed = 40 km/h

\ Time = DistanceSpeed =

32540

= 8 hours

21. (d) ? = 1.69 17.64 11.04 11

2.7´

= »

22. (a) ? = 23.31 × 15 = 35023. (e) ? = 28.88 × 18.68 = 539.52 540»

24. (b) ? = 10299 10300 14

754 750» »

25. (d) ? = 41.25 + 30.48 = 71.5 72»26. (d) ? = 14.8 × 12.3 × 8.6 = 182.04 × 8.6 = 1565.54427. (b) Let ? = x

45% of 720 = 30% of x 324 = 30% of x

30x 324100

Þ ´ =

324 100x 108030´Þ = =

Practice Set - 988

28. (c)1 2 1 19 14 5? 3 4 16 3 4 6 3 4

= + - = + -

38 56 15 94 15 79 7612 12 12 12

+ - -= = = =

29. (d) 63251 + 52894 = ? + 37624Let ? = xÞ 116145 = x + 37624Þ x = 116145 – 37624 = 78521

30. (d)27 of 189 452 2000 ?7

+ = -

51of 189 452 2000 ?7

Þ + = -

51 189 452 2000?7

Þ ´ + =

51 ×27 + 452 = 2000 – ?Þ 1377 + 452 = 2000 – ?Þ 1829 = 2000 – ?\ ? = 2000 – 1829 = 171

31. (c) Þ (84 + 67) (84 – 67) + ? = 2588

Þ 151 × 17 + ? = 2588

Þ ? = 2588 – 2567 = 21\ ? = 21 × 21 = 441

32. (b) ? = 4 × 284 = 1136

33. (a) ? = 3 310648 5832´ = 22 × 18 = 396

34. (e)60 25 5 ?

100 100 6´ ´ ´ = 630

\ ? = 8 × 630 = 504035. (d) ? = 147000 ̧ 1600 = 91.87536. (a) Required average

= 2 3 4 5 4 7

6+ + + + +æ ö

ç ÷è ø lakh

= 256

æ öç ÷è ø lakh = 4.2 lakh

37. (b) Number of candidates overall the yearsBank A Þ 25 lakhBank B Þ (5 + 6 + 5 + 8 + 5 + 9)lakh = 38 lakhRequired percentage

= 2538 ×100 » 66

38. (c) It is obvious from the graph.

39. (a) Required number of candidates who have beendisqualified

9 80100´æ ö= ç ÷è ø lakh = 7.2 lakh

40. (a) Required ratio = 12 : 14 = 6 : 7

41. (e)

40

20

30

Starting point

Endpoint

N

EW

S

42. (a) One’s brother’s son’s wife’s daughter implies paternalgrand-daughter of one’s brother. Now, the mother ofpaternal grand-daughter of one’s brother implies wifeof one’s nephew.Thus, we can conclude that Arun is the paternal uncleof the female’s husband.

43. (b) C

E 5

B5D2

A

34

(44-48)Q( )– T( )– R( )+ S( )– V( )+ P( )+ U( )+ W( )+ X( )+

44. (a) QTS 45. (d) R46. (a) PWU 47. (b) Five48. (c) R49. (a) According to the question.

SisterZ XMother

FatherÅ K

BrotherY

Å

Here, X is mother of Y’s fatehr K,Hence, X is grandmother of Y.

50. (e) Option (b) is wrong as gender of A is not know, (inbackward coding, if there is no sign before A, it meansgender is unknown).Option (a) and (c) are worng as A must be before D. (Inbackward coding, a man of later generation must comeearlier in the sequence).

Practice Set - 9 8951. (b) Conclusions : Some buckets are pots.

(conversion)Some bags are buckets.(conversion)Some purses are bags. (conversion)

No mediate inference follows.\ No given Conclusions follows.

52. (e) Statements : All glasses are roads.

No road is stick.Conclusions : No glass is stick. (A + E = E-type)

Statements : Some sticks is pens.Conclusions : Pens are not glass. (E + I = O* type)Statements : No road is stick.

Some sticks are pens.Conclusions : Some pens are not road.

(E + I = O* type)Hence only IV follows.

53. (a) Statements : Some ice is ring.Conclusions : Some rings are ice. (conversion)Statements : Some rings are gold.Conclusions : Some gold are ring. (conversion)

Statements : No ring is paint.Conclusions : Some gold are not paint.

(I + E = O-type)Statements : Some ice is ring.

No ring is paint.Conclusions : Some ice is not paint.

(I + E = O-type )Statements : No ring is paint.Conclusions : No paint is ring. (Implication)Hence none follows.

54. (e) Statements : Some shoes are bells.Conclusions : Some bells are shoes. (conversion)Statements : No candle is bell.

Some bells are shoes.Conclusions : Some shoes are not candle.

(E + I = O*)

Statements : All tables are shoes.Conclusions : Some tables are shoes. (Implication)

Some shoes are tables. (conversion)Statements : No candle is bell.Conclusions : No bell is candle. (conversion)Hence none follow.

55. (c) Statements : Some cats are rats.Conclusions : Some rats are cats. (conversion)Statements : Some rats are ants.Conclusions : Some ants are rats (conversion)Statements : Some ants are flies.Conclusions : Some flies are ants. (conversion)No mediate inference follows.Hence, only I and II follow.

(56-60): E

CC

G A

H

D

F

B

56. (a) G is to the immediate left of D.57. (c) F is third to the right of A.58. (c) A is fourth to the left of G.59. (b) D is sitting between G and C.60. (a) B is third to the right of G.(61-66): Simply follow the rules of the codes and do these sums.61. (c) X$DTFX (Because 1st and last digits are odd.)62. (a) $%HFD# (No any condition.)63. (c) HK$T%H (Because 1st and the last digits are even.)64. (b) D%$HK# (Because 1st digit is odd and the last digit is

even.)65. (e) HTMK#H (Because Ist and the last digits are even.)66. (a) XFH% D X (Because Ist and last digits are odd)67. (b) M < N ......(i), T > U .....(ii); N N.

68. (d) P > T ....(i); G £ N .....(ii), T ³ N .....(iii)From (i) and (iii), P > N

From (ii) and (iii), G £ T..69. (c) P £ Q ....(i); R > S ..... (ii); Q ³ S .....(iii)

Thus the relationships can’t be established.

70. (a) D F....(i); G >H ...(ii); F H ...(iii)³ £

From (ii) and (iii), G > F. Hence I follows.But II can’t be established.

Practice Set - 990

(71-75): Day Play Monday Chess Tuesday — Wednesday Volley Ball Thursday Carrom Friday Table Tennis Saturday Kho–Kho

71. (c) Competition on Chess was held on Monday.72. (d) There is only one day between the rest day and the

day on which Carrom competition was held.73. (a) Kho–Kho competition was held after Table Tennis

competition, is definitely correct.74. (e) There is only one day gap betwen Kho–Kho and

Carrom Competition.75. (b) Tuesday is a rest day.(76-80) :

ze lo ka gi ® must save some money ...(i)fe ka so ni ® he made be good ...(ii)ni lo da so ® he must be good ...(iv)we so ze da ® be good save grace ...(v)

76. (d) From Eqs. (i) and (ii), the code of must is 'lo'.

77. (a) From Eqs. (i) and (iv), ze is 'save'.78. (b) From eqs. (i) and (ii), the code of good is 'so'.

79. (b) Be good save grace we® so ze da

From Eqs. (iii) and (iv), be good = da sosince good = so

\ be = daSo, grace = weFrom eqs. (i) and (ii), money = kaWe cannot find the code of 'of' exactly.Yes, we can guess it intelligently with the help of an-swer option.

Grace of money we yo ka

Accordingly, there will be two answer options (b) weka so and (d) ka we yo. Since, the code of 'so 'good'.So, the correct code is 'ka we yo'.

80. (d) The code for 'be' is so.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions ?

1. 196 × 948 ÷ 158 = ?

(a) 1156 (b) 1200

(c) 1188 (d) 1176

(e) None of these

2. 3.5 + 11.25 × 4.5 – 32.5 = ?

(a) 18.275 (b) 21.625

(c) 32.375 (d) 25.45

(e) None of these

3 .4096 56

?764 652

´=

-

(a) 36 (b) 48

(c) 32 (d) 44

(e) None of these

4. (98360 + 25845 – 36540) ÷ 2500 = ?

(a) 36.585 (b) 30.082

(c) 32.085 (d) 35.066

(e) None of these5. 7414 + 3698 + 1257 + 1869 = ?

(a) 14328 (b) 14438

(c) 13428 (d) 13248(e) None of these

6. 2 2(91) (41) ? 9858+ - =(a) 11236 (b) 10816(c) 10404 (d) 9604(e) None of these

7.529 ×

435 + ? =

1125

(a)13245 (b)

425

(c)22345 (d)

539

(e) None of these8. ? + 172 = 335


9. 2 228 5 15 6 ?

7 256 (13)´ - ´ =

+ +

(a)27

115 (b)22

117

(c)25

117 (d)22


10. 784 ÷ 16 ÷ 7 = ?(a) 49 (b) 14(c) 21 (d) 7(e) None of these

PRACTICE SET 10





answer.


Practice Set - 1092

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15): What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions ?

11.4096 56

?764 652

´=

-(a) 36 (b) 48(c) 32 (d) 44(e) None of these

12. (98360 + 25845 – 36540) ÷ 2500 = ?(a) 36.585 (b) 30.082(c) 32.085 (d) 35.066(e) None of these

13. 7414 + 3698 + 1257 + 1869 = ?(a) 14328 (b) 14438(c) 13428 (d) 13248(e) None of these

14. 2 2(91) (41) ? 9858+ - =(a) 11236 (b) 10816(c) 10404 (d) 9604(e) None of these

15. (2640 ÷ 48) × (2240 ÷ 35) = ?(a) 3520 (b) 3515(c) 3495 (d) 3490(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20) : Read the following information andanswer the question that follows.

Number of Pages Printed by 6 Printers inFive Different Weeks

Printer Week A B C D E F1st 664 618 628 552 638 4192nd 569 441 519 438 621 5373rd 440 614 503 527 541 7424th 256 563 347 651 412 3215th 717 429 598 582 519 693

16. What is the respective ratio between the number of pagesprinted by Printer B in 2nd week and the number of pagesprinted by Printer F in 5th week?(a) 4 : 9 (b) 11 : 13(c) 9 : 13 (d) 7 : 11(e) 9 : 11

17. What is the average number of pages printed by all thegiven printers in 4th week?(a) 375 (b) 425(c) 415 (d) 430(e) 390

18. Which of the following printer printed maximum number ofpages in all the given weeks together?(a) Printer A (b) Printer E(c) Printer D (d) Printer C(e) Printer F

19. Number of pages printed by Printer A in 3rd week is whatpercent of the total number of pages printed by Printer D inall the given weeks?(a) 2 2 (b) 18(c) 12 (d) 14(e) 16

20. What is the difference between the total number of pagesprinted by Printer E in 1st, 2nd and 4th week together andtotal number of pages printed by Printer C in all the givenweeks together?(a) 952 (b) 878(c) 924 (d) 934(e) 918

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 21-25) : What will come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following number series?21. 7 9 12 16 ?

(a) 2 2 (b) 19(c) 20 (d) 21(e) None of these

22. 384 192 96 48 ?(a) 36 (b) 28(c) 24 (d) 32(e) None of these




26. Number of students studying in colleges A and B are in theratio of 3 : 4 respectively. If 50 more students join college Aand there is no change in the number of students in collegeB, the respective ratio becomes 5 : 6. What is the number ofstudents in college B?(a) 450 (b) 500(c) 400 (d) 600(e) None of these

27. 80% of a number is equal to three-fifth of another number.What is the ratio between the first and the second numberrespectively?(a) 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 3(c) 4 : 5 (d) 5 : 4(e) None of these

28. A train running at the speed of 60 kmph crosses a 200 mlong platform in 27 s. What is the length of the train ?(a) 250 m (b) 200 m(c) 240 m (d) 450 m(e) None of these

29. Which of the following has the fractions in ascending order?

(a)5 3 4 2, , ,

11 8 9 7 (b)5 4 3 2, , ,

11 9 8 7

(c)2 3 4 5, , ,7 8 9 11 (d)

2 4 3 5, , ,7 9 8 11

(e) None of these30. Sum of the digits of a two digit number is 8 and the digit in

the ten’s place is three times the digit in the unit’s place.What is the number?(a) 26 (b) 36(c) 71 (d) 62(e) None of these

Practice Set - 10 9331. 10 men can complete a piece of work in 8 days. In how many

days can 16 men complete that work?(a) 4 days (b) 5 days(c) 6 days (d) 3 days(e) None of these

32. The sum of the age of a father and the age of a son is75 years. If the product of their ages before 5 years was750, then what is the present age of the father?(a) 60 years (b) 55 years(c) 52 years (d) 50 years(e) None of these

33. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio 5 : 1. Onadding 5l of water, the ratio of milk and water becomes5 : 2. What is the quantity of milk in the original mixture?(a) 5 l (b) 25 l(c) 27.5 l (d) 32.5 l(e) None of these

34. A man sold two watches, each for ` 495. If he gained 10%on one watch and suffered a loss of 10% on the other,then what is the loss or gain percentage in the transaction?(a) 1% gain (b) 1% loss

(c)100

%99

loss (d) No gain no loss

(e) None of these35. If 16a + 16b = 48, what is the average of a and b?


36. P can complete a piece of work in 12 days. P and Q andQ together can complete the same piece of work in 4days. In how many days can Q alone complete the samepiece of work?(a) 6 (b) 8(c) 9 (d) 10(e) None of these

37. The compound interest earned on an amount of `15000at the end of 3yr is `3895.68. What is the rate of interestpercent per annum?(a) 8 (b) 7(c) 6 (d) 9(e) None of these

38. How many words can be formed form the letters of theword SIGNATURE, so that the vowels always cometogether?(a) 720 (b) 1440(c) 17280 (d) 2880(e) None of these

39. Suraj started a business investing ` 38000. After 5months, Ajay joined him with a capital of ̀ 55000. At theend of the year the total profit was ` 22000. What is theapproximate difference between the share of profits ofSuraj and Ajay?(a) ` 1865 (b) ` 1856(c) ` 1800 (d) ` 1956(e) ` 1500

40. In a box there are 8 red, 7 blue and 6 green balls. One ballis picked up randomly. What is the probabillity that it isneither red nor green?

(a)7

19(b)

23

(c)34 (d)

13

(e) None of these

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-42): Read the following informationcarefully and answer the questions given below it.‘A – B’ means ‘A is the sister of B’‘A × B’ means ‘A is the husband of B’‘A ¸ B’ means ‘B is the brother of A’‘A + B’ means ‘B is the mother of A’41. If P + Q – R ¸ S × T, then R is T’s

(a) Brother–in–law (b) Sister–in–law(c) Either (A) or (B) (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

42. Which of the following shows N is the mother-in-law of K?(a) K ¸ L × M + N (b) K × L – M + N(c) K – L + M + N (d) K ¸ L + M + N(e) None of these

43. In a class of 20 students, Alisha’a rank is 15th from thetop. Manav is 4th ranks above Alisha. What is Manav’srank from the bottom?(a) 10th (b) 11th(c) 9th (d) 12th(e) None of these

44. Mohan walked 30 m towards South, took a left turn andwalked 15m. He then took a right turn and walked 20m.He again took a right turn and walked 15 m. How far ishe from the starting point?(a) 95 m (b) 50 m(c) 70 m (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

45. In a certain code language, ‘how can you go’ is writtenas ‘ja da ka pa’, ‘can you come here’ as written as’ na kasa ja’ and ‘come and go’ is written as ‘ra pa sa’. How is‘here’ written in that code language?(a) ja (b) na(c) pa (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

DIRECTION (Qs. 46 - 50) : In each of the questions below aregiven two or three statements followed by the conclusionsnumbered I and II. You have to take the given statements to betrue even if they seem to be at variance with commonly knownfacts and then decide which of the given conclusions logicallyfollows from the given statements. Give answer(a) if only conclusion I follows.(b) if only conclusion II follows.(c) if neither I nor II follows.(d) if both I and II follow.(e) None of these46. Statements : All toys are dolls .

All dolls are jokers.Some toys are cars.

Conclusions : I. Some cars are jockers.II. Some dolls are cars.

47. Statements : All pens are boxes.Some boxes are blades.Some blades are files.

Practice Set - 1094Conclusions : I. Some blades are pens.

II. Some pens are files.48. Statements : All books are ledgers.

All pens are keys.Some pens are books.

Conclusions : I Some ledgers are keys.II. Some keys are books.

49. Statements : Some roses are thorns.All thorns are flowers.No flower is a petal.

Conclusions : I. No petal is a rose.II. Some flowers are roses.

50. Statements: All leaders are good team workers.All good team workers are good orators.

Conclusions: I. Some good team workers are leaders.II. All good orators are leaders.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51- 55) : Read the following informationcarefully to answer the questions that follow.

There are six teachers A, B, C, D, E and F in a school. Eachof the teachers teaches two subjects, one compulsory subjectand the other optional subject. D’s optional subject is Historywhile three others have it as compulsory subject. E and F havePhysics as one of their subjects. F’s compulsory subject isMathematics which is an optional subject of both C and E. Historyand English are A’s subjects but in terms of compulsory andoptional subjects, they are reverse of those of D’s. Chemistry isan optional subject of any one of them. There is only one femaleteacher in the school who has English as her compulsory subject.51. What is C’s compulsory subject ?

(a) History (b) Physics(c) Chemistry (d) English(e) None of these

52. Who is a female member in the group ?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) D(e) None of these

53. Who among the following has same optional subjects asthat of the compulsory subject of F?(a) D (b) B(c) A (d) C(e) None of these

54. Disregarding which is compulsory and which is the optionalsubject, who has the same two subjects combination as F ?(a) A (b) B(c) E (d) D(e) None of these

55. Which of the following groups of teachers has History asthe compulsory subject?(a) A, C and D (b) B, C and D(c) C and D (d) A, B and C(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : In each questions below is given agroup of letters followed by four combinations of digits/symbolsnumbered (a), (b), (c) and (d). You have to find out which of the

combinations correctly represents the group of letters based onthe following coding system and conditions that follow andmark the number of that combination as your answer. If none ofthe combination correctly represents the group of letters, mark(e) i.e. None of these’

Letter R D E K A F H I U B M Z W JDigit/Symbol Code 7 1 ê 2 % 3 8 © 4 @ 9 5 6 $

Conditions

(i) If the first and the third letters are vowels, both are to becoded as the code for the third letter.

(ii) If the first and the fourth letters are consonants both are tobe coded as the code for the first letter.

(iii) If the first letter is a vowel and the last letter is a consonant,their codes are to be interchanged.

56. EBAJWU(a) ê@%$64 (b) 4@%$6ê(c) ê@ê$64 (d) %@%$64(e) None of these

57. JBIFMR(a) $@©397 (b) 7@©39$(c) $@$397 (d) 3@©$97(e) None of these

58. DEKRBJ(a) 7ê@27@$ (b) 17ê21@$(c) $ê27@1 (d) 7ê27@$(e) None of these

59. UZMKEF(a) 3592ê4 (b) 4592ê3(c) 4594ê3 (d) 9592ê3(e) None of these

60. HIREBW(a) 8©78@6 (b) 7©7ê@6(c) 8©7ê@6 (d) 6©7ê@8(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61- 66) : In these questions symbols #, @, $,*, % are to be used with different meanings as follows:

‘A # B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor equal to B’.‘A @ B’ means ‘A is smaller than B’.‘A $ B’ means ‘A is not greater than B’‘A * B’ means ‘ A is not smaller than B’.‘A % B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor greater than B’.In each question, three statements showing relationships havebeen given, which are followed by two conclusions I & II.Assuming that the given statements are true, find out whichconclusion(s) is/are definitely true. Mark answer

(a) if only conclusion I is true;(b) if only conclusion II is true;(c) if either conclusion I or II is true;(d) if neither I nor II is true and(e) if both conclusion I and II are true.

Practice Set - 10 9561. Statements: T @ J, J * M, M $ B

Conclusions: I. T # MII. J $ B

62. Statements: R# F, F @ K, K $ VConclusions :I. R # V

II. V # F63. Statements: E @ A, A % F, F $ Q

Conclusions :I. E @ QII. Q *A

64. Statements: L # M, M % D, D * QConclusions: I. M # Q

II. Q @ L65. Statements: W $ F, F @ H, H # R

Conclusions: I. W # RII. W $ R

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70): Study the following informationcarefully and answer the questions given below.

P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W are sitting around a circle facing at thecentre. T is second to the left of P and third to the right of V. S issecond to the right of W, who is to the immediate right of T. Q isthird of the right of U.66. In which of the following paris is the third person sitting in

between the first and the second persons?(a) USP (b) VRU(c) TQW (d) WPS(e) None of these

67. Who is to the immediate left of T?(a) Q (b) W(c) R (d) Data inadequate(e) None of the above

68. Who is second to the right of P?(a) S (b) V(c) U (d) Q(e) Data inadequate

69. What is R’s position with respect to W?(a) Third to the left (b) Fourth to the left(c) Sixth to the right (d) Fifth to the left(e) None of the above

70. Who is fourth to the left of R?(a) U (b) P(c) S (d) W(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : The following questions are basedon the five three digit numbers given below

972 526 487 359 25171. If the position of the digits of each of the numbers are

interchanged such that the first becomes second, secondbecomes third and third becomes first, which of thefollowing will be the highest?(a) 927 (b) 526(c) 487 (d) 251(e) 359

72. If the digits in each of the above numbers are written inreverse order which will be the second highest number?(a) 251 (b) 359(c) 487 (d) 526(e) 972

73. If 2 is added to the sum of the digits of each of the abovenumbers how many will be multiples of 5?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) None of these

74. if the positions of the first and second digits interchangedwhich of the following will be third if they arranged inascending order?(a) 359 (b) 972(c) 256 (d) 487(e) 251

75. If 1 is substracted from the last digit of each of the abovenumbers then sum of the digits of how many of them areprime numbers?(a) None (b) Two(c) One (d) Three(e) All five

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76 - 80) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions :

Six people C, D, E, F, G and H are standing in a straight line facingNorth not necessarily in the same order. D is standing second tothe right of F. C is standing fourth to the left of H and H is notstanding on the extreme end of the line. E is standing second tothe right of D.76. What is the position of G with respect to E?

(a) Immediate left (b) Second to the left(c) Third to the left (d) Third to the right(e) None of these

77. Which of the following pairs represents the people standingat the extreme ends of the line?(a) FH (b) CE(c) DE (d) CH(e) None of these

78. Who is standing second to the right of C?(a) F (b) D(c) G (d) E(e) None of these

79. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir position in the above arrangement and so form a group.Which of the following does not belong to the group?(a) CG (b) GE(c) GH (d) DE(e) FD

80. If all the people are asked to stand in an alphabetical orderfrom left to right, the position of how many will remainunchanged?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) None(e) None of these

Practice Set - 1096

1. (d) ? = 196 × 948 ÷ 158 196 948

158´

= = 1176

2. (b) ? = 3.5 + 11.25 × 4.5 – 32.5 = 3.5 + 50.625 – 32.5 = 54.125 – 32.5 = 21.625

3. (c)4096 56

?764 – 652

´=

64 56112

´= = 32

4. (d) ? = (98360 + 25845 – 36540) ÷ 2500 = 87665 ÷ 2500 = 35.066

5. (e) ? = 7414 + 3698 + 1257+ 1869 = 14238

6. (b) (91)2 + (41)2 – ? = 9858

Þ 8281 + 1681– ? = 9858

Þ ? = 9962 – 9858 = 104

\? = 104 ×104 = 10816

7. (e)5 4 12 3 ? 129 5 5

´ + =

Þ23 19 61

?9 5 5

´ + =

Þ61 437

?5 45

= -

Þ549 437

?45-

=

Þ112 22? 245 45

= =

8. (d) 2? 17 335+ =

Þ ? 289 335+ =

Þ ? 335 289 46= - =Þ ? = 46 × 46 = 2116

9. (c) 2 228 5 15 6?

7 256 (13)´ - ´

=+ +

Þ140 90

?49 16 169

-=

+ +

Þ50 25?234 117

= =

10. (d) ? = 784 ¸ 16 ¸ 7

Þ 784? 716

= ¸ Þ ? = 49 ¸ 7 = 7

11. (c)4096 56

?764 – 652

´=

64 56112

´= = 32

12. (d) ? = (98360 + 25845 – 36540) ÷ 2500 = 87665 ÷ 2500 = 35.066

13. (e) ? = 7414 + 3698 + 1257+ 1869 = 14238

14. (b) (91)2 + (41)2 – ? = 9858

Þ 8281 + 1681– ? = 9858

Þ ? = 9962 – 9858 = 104

\? = 104 ×104 = 1081615. (a) ? = (2640 ÷ 48) × (2240 ÷ 35)

= 55 × 64 = 352016. (d) Required ratio =

Numberof pagesPrinted byPrinter Bin2nd weekNumberof pagesPrinted byPrinter Fin 5th week

441 49 7 :11693 77

= = =

17. (b) Required averageNumber of pages printed by


1 (d) 11 (c) 21 (d) 31 (b) 41 (c) 51 (a) 61 (d) 71 (e)2 (b) 12 (d) 22 (c) 32 (b) 42 (b) 52 (d) 62 (b) 72 (c)3 (c) 13 (e) 23 (e) 33 (b) 43 (a) 53 (d) 63 (e) 73 (d)4 (d) 14 (b) 24 (e) 34 (b) 44 (b) 54 (c) 64 (b) 74 (a)5 (e) 15 (a) 25 (a) 35 (c) 45 (b) 55 (d) 65 (c) 75 (b)6 (b) 16 (d) 26 (d) 36 (a) 46 (d) 56 (d) 66 (e) 76 (c)7 (e) 17 (b) 27 (a) 37 (a) 47 (c) 57 (e) 67 (a) 77 (b)8 (d) 18 (c) 28 (a) 38 (c) 48 (d) 58 (b) 68 (c) 78 (c)9 (c) 19 (e) 29 (c) 39 (b) 49 (b) 59 (a) 69 (a) 79 (b)10 (d) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (d) 50 (a) 60 (c) 70 (b) 80 (a)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 10 97

all thegivn printers in 4th week6

=

256 563 347 651 412 3216

+ + + + +=

2550 4256

= =

18. (c) Total number of pages printed in al the given weekstogether by PrinterA = 664 + 569 + 440 + 256 + 717 + 2646 by PrinterC = 628 + 519 + 503 + 347 + 598 = 2695 by PrinterD = 552 + 438 + 527 + 651 + 582 = 2750 by PrinterE = 638 + 621 + 541 + 412 + 519 = 2750 by PrinterF = 419 + 537 + 742 + 321 + 693 = 2712 by PrinterThus, Printer D printed the maximum number of pages.

19. (e) Required percentage

Number of pages printed byPrinter Ain3d week

Total number of pagesprinter byPrinter Din all thegiven weeks

=

440 440100% 100% 16%2750 2750

´ ´ ´ =

20. (c) Number of pages printed by Printer E in 1st, 2nd and4th week together= 638 + 621 + 412 = 1671Total number of pages printed by Printer C in all thegiven weeks together = 2595\ Required difference = 1671~2595 = 924

21. (d) Pattern of the series would be as follows7 9 12 16 21

+2 +3 +4 +522. (c) Pattern of the series would be as follows

384 192

÷2

96 48 24

÷2 ÷2 ÷223. (e) Pattern of the series would be as follows

5 × 1 + 1 = 66 × 2 + 2 = 1414 × 3 + 3 = 45

\ 45 × 4 + 4 = 18424. (e) Pattern of the series would be as follows

8 9

+(1)2

13 22 38

+(2)2 +(3)2 +(4)2

25. (a) Pattern of the series would be as follows6 11

+5

21 41 81

+10 +20 +4026. (d) Let total number of students in college A = 3x

and total number of students in college B = 4x

After 50 more students join college A

New Ratio = 3 50 5

4 6x

x+

=

Þ 18 x + 300 = 20 xÞ 2x = 300

Þ 300 150

2x = =

Total number of students in collegeB = 4x = 4 × 150 = 600

27. (a) Let the first number be xand the second number be y

Then, 80% of 35

x = of y

Þ80 3

100 5x´ = × y

Þ4 35 5

x´ = × y Þ 4x = 3y

Þ34

xy

= = 3 : 4

28. (a) Let length of the train be x m

Speed of the train be 60 km/h = 5 5060

18 3´ = m/s

Then, 200

27503

x +=

Þ3( 200)

2750

x +=

Þ 3x + 600 = 1350Þ 3x = 1350 – 600Þ 3x = 750

Þ 750 250

3x = = m

29. (c) Each fractions, decimal value are given below :

5 3 4 20.454, 0.375, 0.444, 0.286

11 8 9 7= = = =

So, ascending order of the fractions is 2 3 4 5, , ,7 8 9 11

.

30. (d) Let ten’s digit be x and unit’s digit be 8 – xThen, x = 3 (8 – x)Þ x = 24 – 3x,Þ 4x = 24

Þ 24

64

x = =

\ unit’s digit = 8 – x = 8 – 6 = 2So, required number = 62

31. (b) Suppose 16 men can complete the same work in x daysThen, Men days

1016

8x

Practice Set - 1098 16 : 10 : : 8 : xÞ 16 × x = 10 × 8

Þ 10 85

16x

´= = days

32. (b) Let the present age of father and the son is x yearsand (75 – x) years respectively.5 years ago, age of father = (x – 5) yearsand age of son = 75 – x – 5 = (70 – x) yearsAccording to the question,

(x – 5)(70 – x) = 750Þ 70x – x2 – 350 + 5x = 750Þ – x2 + 75x – 350 = 750Þ x2 – 55x – 20x + 1100 = 0Þ (x – 55)(x – 20) = 0\ x = 20, 55\ Present age of father = 55 years

33. (b) Let quantities of milk and water are 5x and x l.According to the question,

55

xx +

= 52

Þ 10x = 5x + 25Þ 5x = 25\ x = 5Hence, the quantity of milk in the original mixture= 5 × 5 = 25 l

34. (b) Loss/gain per cent = 10 1010 10 %

100´æ ö- -ç ÷

è ø = –1%

(- sign indicate that there is a loss of 1%)35. (c) 16a + 16b = 48 Þ (a + b) = 48

\ a + b = 3Hence, the required average of a and b

3 1.52

= =

36. (a) Required days = 12 4 612 4

´ =- days

37. (a) Since, the interest obtained ̀ 3895.68 is around 26% ofthe sum `15000, the rate of interest must be slightlyless than (26¸3), i.e., 8.6 (approx). Hence, reject theoptions (2), (3) and (4).Now, check (1).

3 38 1081500 1 15000100 100

æ ö æ ö´ + = ´ç ÷ ç ÷è ø è ø = 18895.68

Now, 18895.68 – 15000 ̀ 3895.68Here,

3r15000 1 15000 3895.68100

æ ö+ = +ç ÷è ø

3r 18895.681100 15000

æ ö\ + =ç ÷è ø

r 1081 r 8%100 100

+ = Þ =

38. (c) The word SIGNATURE consists of nine letterscomprising four vowels (A, E, I and U) and fiveconsonants (G, N, R, T and S). When the four vowalsare considered as one letter, we have six letters whichcan be arranged in 6P6 ways i.e., 6! ways. Note thatthe four vowels can be arranged in 4!Hence, required number of words = 6! × 4! = 720 × 24 =17280

39. (b) Ratio of investment= 38000 × 12 : 55000 × 7= 38 ×12 : 55 × 7= 456 : 385 = 45 : 38Required difference

22000 (45 38)45 38

= ´ -+

22000 7 2200083 12

´= =

= 1835 = ̀ 185640. (d) If the drawn ball is neither red nor green, then it must

be blue, which can be picked in 7C1 = 7 ways. One ballcan be picked from the total (8 + 7 + 6) in 21C1 = 21wasy.

41. (c) According to the questions.

Sister

mother

Q

P

R S TBrother

HusbandWife/

Here, Gender of R is not confirm. While R is eitherbrother or sister of S. Hence, R may be brother-in-lawor sister-in-law of T.

42. (b) According to the questions.

Sister

N

MMother

LK

Husband\Wife

43. (a)Top

4

15

So, Manav is 11thfrom the top

\ Manav’s rank from the bottom = (20–11) + 1 = 10th


44. (b) A

C N

S

EW

DE

B 15 m

15 m

20 m

30 m

Required distance = AE = (AB + BE)= (30 + 20) = 50

45. (b)

how can you go ja da ka paCan you come here na ka sa jaCome and go ra pa sa

®

®

®

Hence, ‘here’ code is ‘na’.

46. (d) Statements : All toys are dolls.

All dolls are jokers

Conclusions : All toys are jokers.[A + A = A-type conclusion]

Statements : Some toys are cars.

Conclusions : Some cars are toys. (Conversion)

Statements : All toys are jokers.Conclusions : Some cars are jokers.

(I + A = I-type conclusion)\ I follows.Some cars are toys

Statements : All toys are dolls.Conclusions : Some cars are dolls.

Some dolls are cars. (Conversion)\ II follows.

47. (c) Conclusions : Some pens are boxes.(Implication of first statement)Some boxes are pens.(Conversion of first statement)Some blades are boxes.(Conversion of second statement)Some files are blades.(Conversion of third statement)

No mediate inference follows. Hence, no givenConclusions follows.

48. (d) Statements : Some pens are books.Conclusion : Some books are pens. (conversion)

Statements : All pens are keys.Some books are keys.(I + A = I-type conclusion)Some keys are books. (Conversion)\ II follows.

Statements : Some pens are books.

All books are ledgers.

Conclusions : Some pens are ledgers.(I + A = I-type)

Some ledgers are pens. (conversion)

Statements : All pens are keys.Conclusions : Some ledgers are keys.

(I + A = I-type)\ I follows.

49. (b) Statements : Some roses are thorns.

All thorns are flowers.Conclusions : Some roses are flowers.

(I + A = I-type)Some flowers are roses. (conversion)Hence, II follows.

Statements : No flower is petal.Conclusions : No petal is flower. (conversion)

Some flowers are roses.

Conclusions : Some roses are not petals.(E + I = O*-type)Hence, I does not follow.

50. (a) Statements : All leaders are good teamworkers.

Conclusions : Some good team workers areleaders. (Conversion)Hence, I follows.

Statements : All good team workers aregood orators.

Conclusions : Some good orators are goodteam workers. (conversion)Hence, II does not follow.

For (Qs. 51 to 55)The given information is summarised in a table as follows :

Compulsory Optional A History English B History Chemistry C History Mathematics D (Female) English History E Physics Mathematics F Mathematics Physics

SubjectsTeachers

Practice Set - 1010051. (a) History is the compulsory subject of C.52. (d) D is a female member in the group.53. (d) The compulsory subject of F (mathematics) is the

optional subject of C.54. (c) E has physics and mathematics as his two subjects.55. (d) A, B and C all have history as the compulsory

subjects.

56. (d)

E B A J W U

% @ % $ 6 4¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

Condition (i) follows.

57. (e)

J B I F M R

$ @ $ 9 7¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

Ó

Condition (ii) follows.

58. (b)

D E K R B J

1 2 1 @ $¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

ê

Condition (ii) follows.

59. (a)

U Z M K E F

3 5 9 2 4¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

ê

Condition (iii) follows.

60. (c)

H I R E B W

8 © 7 @ 6¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

ê

None of condition follows.61. (d) T < J, J M,³ M B£

No relation between T and M, and J and B.So neither I nor II is true.

62. (b) R > F, F < K, K V£No relation between R and V. So conclusion I is nottrue.But V K F³ > or V > FSo, conclusion II is true.

63. (e) E A, A F, F Q< = £

Combining all, Q F A E³ = > or E < Q and Q A³So, both conclusions are I is true.

64. (b) L > M, M = D, D Q³Combining all, L > M = D Q³ or M > Q and Q < L.So, both conclusion II is true.

65. (c) W F,£ F < H, H > RAlthough no direct relation between W and R but Iand II together show all three probable relations. Hence,either I or II is true.

Sol (66-70) According to given information, sitting arrangmentis as follow

V

W

Q S

U

T

R

P

66. (e) There is no such pair given.67. (a) Q is to the immediate left of T.68. (c) U is second to the right of P.69. (a) R is third to the left of W.70. (b) P is fourth to the left of R.71. (e) Numbers ® 972, 526, 487, 359, 251

According to conditions ® 297, 652, 748, 935, 125so, the highest number = 935 i.e., 359

72. (c) Number ® 972, 526, 487, 359, 251Accoridng to conditions ® 279, 625, 784, 953, 152so, second largest number = 784 i.e., 487

73. (d) Number ®

972, 526, 487, 359, 251

9 7 2 5 2 6 4 8 7 3 5 9 2 5 118 2 13 2 19 2 17 2 8 2

20 15 21 19 10

¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯+ + + + + + + + + +

+ + + + +¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

Thus, the multiples of 5 are three.

74. (a) Number ® 972, 526, 487, 359 251

According to condition ® 792, 256, 847, 539 , 521

In ascending order ® 847, 792, 559 , 521, 256So, third number is 539 i.e., 359

75. (b) Number ®

972, 526, 487, 359, 251

9 7 5 2 4 8 3 5 9 2 5 12 1 6 1 7 1 1 1

17 12 18 16 7

¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯+ + + + + + + + + +- - - - -¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯

So, the sum of digits of two given numbers are primeunder given conditions. 17 and 7 are prime numbers.

Sol. (Qs. 76-80) :

FacingNorth C

C

F

D

G

E

D

F

H

G

E

H

76. (c) Third to the left77. (b) CE 78. (c) G79. (b) GE 80. (a) One vvv

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions?


2.5 3 18 4 6 ?9 5 3

´ - =

(a)113245 (b)

113345

(c)13245 (d)

13345

(e) None of these

3.217 4 4 2 ?

90 5 12´ + ´ =

¸ ´

(a)2554 (b)

2257

(c)1127 (d)

1327

(e) None of these4. 16% of 250 + 115% of 480 = ?



6. 16.45 × 2.8 + 4.5 × 1.6 = ?(a) 56.23 (b) 56.32(c) 53.26 (d) 53.66(e) None of these

7.2 2 18 5 ? 505 3 5

´ + =

(a)235 (b)

225

(c)335 (d)

325

(e) None of these8. 2520 ÷ 14 ÷ 9 = ?


9.59 of 504 +

38 of 640 = ?


10. 3.2% of 250 + 1.8% of 400 = ?(a) 14.8 (b) 15.75(c) 14.75 (d) 15.2(e) None of these

11. 2 2(84) (67) ? 2588- + =


Time : 45Min. Max. Marks : 80

PRACTICE SET

• This Preliminary Exam practice set consists of three sections. Numerical Ability (Qs. 1-40) and Reasoning(Qs. 41-80).


options thoroughly.• There is negative marking equivalent to 1/4th of the mark allotted to the specific question for wrong answer.


11

Practice Set - 1110212. 668 ÷ 167 × 284 = ?


13. 3 310648 5832 ?´ =(a) 396 (b) 216(c) 432 (d) 576(e) None of these

14. 60% of 25% of 56

th of ? = 630


15. (85410 + 36885 + 24705) ÷ 1600 = ?(a) 90.25 (b) 94.386(c) 95.50 (d) 91.875(e) None of these

16. Populations of two villages X and Y are in the ratio of 5 : 7respectively. If the population of village Y increases by25000 and the population of village X remains unchangedthe respective ratio of their populations becomes 25:36.What is the population of village X ?(a) 625000 (b) 675000(c) 875000 (d) 900000(e) None of these

17. The length of a rectangular field is thrice its breadth. If thecost of cultivating the field at ̀ 367.20 per square metre is` 27,540, then what is the perimeter of the rectangle?(a) 47 m (b) 39m(c) 52 m (d) 40 m(e) None of these

18. If the fractions 8 7 9 5 4, , , ,5 2 5 4 5

are arranged in descending

order of their values, which one will be the fourth?

(a)45

(b)54

(c)95

(d)85

(e)72

19. In how many different ways can 4 boys and 3 girls bearranged in a row such that all the boys stand together andall the girls stand together?(a) 75 (b) 576(c) 288 (d) 24(e) None of these

20. Mr. Sharma invested an amount of ̀ 25000 in fixed deposit@ compound interest 8% per annum for two years. Whatamount Mr. Sharma will get on maturity ?(a) ` 28540 (b) ` 29160(c) ` 29240 (d) ` 28240(e) None of these

21. Beena and Meena started a boutique investing amounts of` 35000 and ` 56000 respectively. If Beena’s share in theprofit earned by them is ` 45000, what is the total profitearned?(a) ` 81000 (b) ` 127000(c) ` 72000 (d) ` 117000(e) None of the above

22. Nandkishore gives 35% of the money he had to his wifeand gave 50% of the money he had to his sons. Remainingamount of ` 11250 he kept for himself. What was the totalamount of money Nandkishore had?(a) ` 63750 (b) ` 75000(c) ` 73650 (d) ` 72450(e) None of these

23. Simple interest accrued on an amount in eight years @ 11%per annum is ̀ 57200. What was the principal amount ?(a) ` 72000 (b) ` 82000(c) ` 75000 (d) ` 65000(e) None of these

24. Four-fifth of a number is 10 more than two-third of the samenumber. What is the number?(a) 70 (b) 75(c) 69 (d) 85(e) None of these

25. A shopkeeper purchased 200 bulbs for ̀ 10 each. However,5 bulbs were fused and had to be thrown away. Theremaining were sold at ` 12 each. What will be thepercentage profit?(a) 25 (b) 15(c) 13 (d) 17(e) None of these

26. The average monthly income of a family of four earningmembers was ̀ 15,130. One of the daughter in the family gotmarried and left home, so the average monthly income ofthe family came down to ` 14,660. What is the monthlyincome of the married daughter?(a) ` 15,350 (b) ` 12,000(c) ` 16,540 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

27. On a test consisting of 250 questions, Jassi answered 40%of the first 125 questions correctly. What percent of theother 125 question does she need to answer correctly forher grade on the entire exam to be 60%?(a) 75 (b) 80(c) 60 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

28. The ratio between the ages of A and B is 2 : 5. After 8 yearstheir ages will be in the ratio 1 : 2. What is the differencebetween their present ages?(a) 20 years (b) 22 years(c) 24 years (d) 25 years(e) None of these

Practice Set -11 10329. Excluding the stoppages, the speed of a bus is 64 km/hr and

including the stoppage the speed of the bus is 48 km/hr. Forhow many minutes does the bus stop per hour?(a) 12.5 minutes (b) 15 minutes(c) 10 minutes (d) 18 minutes(e) None of these

30. In an army camp ration is available for 100 soldiers for 10days. After 2 days, 60 soldiers joined. Then, for how manymore days will the remaining ration last?(a) 7 days (b) 6 days(c) 5 days (d) 4 days(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35): What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following number series?

31. 10000, 2000, 400, 80, 16, 3. 2, ?(a) 0.38 (b) 0.45(c) 0.64 (d) 0.54(e) None of these

32. 2, 10, 42, 170, ?, 2730, 10922(a) 588 (b) 658(c) 596 (d) 682(e) None of these

33. 600, 519, ?, 406, 370, 345, 329(a) 435 (b) 455(c) 425 (d) 445(e) None of these

34. 5, ?, 15, 75, 525, 4725, 51975(a) 5 (b) 10(c) 8 (d) 6(e) None of these


DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the following graph carefullyto answer the questions that follow.

Number of Students (in hundred) from Two Different Schoolswho Qualified in an Exam in Six Different Years

1009080706050403020100

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Years

Num

ber o

f Stu

dent

s(in

hun

dred

)

School P School Q

36. What was the approximate percent increase in the numberof students who qualified in the exam from School Q in theyear 2007 as compared to the previous year?(a) 30 (b) 36(c) 60 (d) 49(e) 26

37. What was the respective ratio between the number ofstudents who qualified in the exam from School P in theyear 2005 and the number of students who qualified in theexam from School Q in the year 2008 ?(a) 13 : 18 (b) 8 : 9(c) 9 : 8 (d) 13 : 19(e) None of these

38. What was the difference between the total number ofstudents who qualified in the exam in the year 2005 fromboth the schools together and the total number of studentsfrom School Q who qualified in exam over all the yearstogether?(a) 30000 (b) 30500(c) 29000 (d) 29500(e) None of these

39. Total number of students who qualified in the exam fromSchool P overall the years together was approximately whatpercentage of total number of students who qualified in theexam from both the schools together in the years 2006 and2007 together?(a) 143 (b) 159(c) 155 (d) 165(e) 147

40. If 40% of the total students who qualified in the exam fromboth the schools together overall the years are females,then what was the total number of males who qualified inthe exam overall the years from both the schools together?(a) 51000 (b) 54300(c) 53400 (d) 52000(e) None of these

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In each of the questions below aregiven three statements followed by four conclusions numberedI, II, III and IV. You have to take the given statements to be trueeven if they seem to be at variance with commonly know facts.Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the givenconclusions logically follows from the given statementsdisregarding commonly known facts.

41. Statements : A. Some boys are rains.B. All rains are clouds.C. Some clouds are cars.

Conclusions : I. Some clouds are boys.II. Some cars are boys.III. Some cars are rains.IV. Some rains are boys.

(a) Only II follows (b) Only IV follows(c) Only I follows (d) Both I and IV follow(e) None of these

Practice Set - 1110442. Statements : A. All bricks are flowers.

B. Some houses are flowers.C. All pens are houses.

Conclusions : I. Some houses are bricks.II. Some pens are flowers.III. Some flowers are bricks.IV. No pen is flower.

(a) Only either II or IV and III follow(b) Only either II or IV and I follow(c) Only either I or II and IV follow(d) Either II or IV follow(e) None of these

43. Statements : A. All lions are ducks.B. No duck is a horse.C. All horses are fruits.

Conclusions : I. No lion is a horse.II. Some fruits are horses.III. Some ducks are lions.IV. Some lions are horses.

(a) All follows(b) Only either I or II and both III and IV follow(c) Only either I or IV and both II and III follow(d) Neither I nor II follow(e) None of these

44. Statements : A. Some stones are bricks.B. All plants are stones.C. No flower is a plant.

Conclusions : I. No flower is a stone.II. Some bricks are plants.III. No bricks are plants.

(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) Either II or III follows(e) None of these

45. Statements : A. All tigers are jungles.B. No jungle is a bird.C. Some birds are rains.

Conclusions : I. No rain is a jungle.II. Some rains are jungles.III. No bird is a tiger.

(a) Only either II or III follows(b) Only I and II follow(c) Only either I or II and III follow(d) Neither II nor III follow(e) None of these


Eleven colleagues P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are sitting inthe first row of the table facing the chairman. S who is to theimmediate left of U is second to the right of R. P is second to theright of T, who is at one of the ends. Y is an immediate neighbourof P and Q and third to the left of V. W is to the immediate left ofS and third to the right of X.

46. Who is sitting in the middle of the row?(a) Q (b) V(c) R (d) Y(e) None of these

47. Which of the groups of colleagues is sitting to the right ofV?(a) RVXY (b) SURX(c) TQWY (d) SURW(e) SUWP

48. Which of the following is true with respect to abovearrangement?(a) T and S are sitting at the extreme ends(b) X is between S and R(c) There are two persons between P and X(d) Z and P are immediate neighbours of Y(e) None of these

49. If all the members are made to sit in an alphabetical orderfrom left to right, how many of them retain the sameposition?(a) none (b) one(c) two (d) three(e) four

50. Which among the following is sitting third to the left ofsecond from the right end?(a) V (b) U(c) X (d) Y(e) Z

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : In each of these questions a groupof letters is given followed by four combinations of numberscodes lettered (a), (b), (c) and (d). The group of letters is to becoded with the numbers codes and the condition given below.The ‘serial number of the number combination’. Which correctlyrepresents the letter group, is your answer.

Letters D J K Q H V N E B ANumbers Codes 3 9 7 6 4 8 2 1 5 0

Conditions : If the first or the last letter or both in the letter groupis /are a vowel then the same is/are to be coded by symbol #.51. EHNDJV

(a) #42389 (b) 142398(c) #42398 (d) 14239#(e) None of these

52. KQDJNH(a) 763942 (b) 736924(c) #36924 (d) #63924(e) None of these

53. AJNVQE(a) #9286# (b) 09286#(c) #92861 (d) 092861(e) None of these

Practice Set -11 10554. QHJVND

(a) 648923 (b) 649823(c) #49823 (d) 64892#(e) None of these

55. JKEDHA(a) 97#34# (b) 971340(c) 971430 (d) 97134#(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS : (Qs. 56-60): In the questions given below,certain symbols are used with the following meaning.

A @ B means A is greater than B.A + B means A is either greater than or equal to B.

A † B means A is smaller than B

A Ä B meansA is either smaller than or equal to B.A $ B means A is equal to BNow in each of the following questions assuming the givenstatements to be true find which of the two conclusions Iand II given below them is /are definitely true. Give answer(a) if only conclusion I is true.(b) if only conclusion II is true.(c) if either I or II is true.(d) if neither I nor II are true.(e) if both I and II are true.

56. Statements : T $ G, K @ P, M † T, P + M

Conclusions: I. K @ M II. G$P57. Statements : R + N, S Ä B, A @ N, B$A

Conclusions: I. S $ N II. A @N58. Statements : G $ K, F @ J. K + Q, Q + F

Conclusions: I. K $ F II. F †K

59. Statements : W @ S, K Ä Z, U + W, S $ KConclusions: I. U @ K II. Z @ S

60. Statements : G $ E, D †K, E †S, K Ä G

Conclusions: I. S @ D II. D †E

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : Study the following arrangement toanswer the given questions.

915 678 435 768 123 57661. If the position of the 1st letter and the 2nd letter of each

number are interchanged, then which of the following numberwill be the lowest number ?(a) 213 (b) 951(c) 768 (d) 195(e) None

62. Which of the following is the sum of the 1st and 3rd digits ofthe second highest number ?(a) 15 (b) 14(c) 13 (d) 12(e) None

63. If the position of 1st and 3rd letters are interchanged thenwhat will be the third highest number ?(a) None (b) 876(c) 576 (d) 657(e) 435

64. If 1 is added to the first digit of the even number and 1 issubtracted from the first digit of an odd number, then Whatwill be the sum of second lowest number ?(a) 15 (b) 20(c) 14 (d) 11(e) None

65. If all the digits of each number is written in increasing order,then two number will be equal, find that number?(a) 159 (b) 678(c) 567 (d) 321(e) None

DIRECTIONS : (Qs. 66-68): Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.

In a certain code language'Students attends class' is written as 'chi ki pa ''He is honest student' is written as 'din sa chi ta''Teacher teaches in class' is written as 'la ja pa ha''He is maths teacher' 'din sa gi ha'66. How does 'gi' stand for ?

(a) is (b) maths(c) he (d) teacher(e) None of these

67. How is 'honest' written in that code language ?(a) ki (b) ta(c) pa (d) chi(e) None of these

68. What is the code for 'he' ?(a) din (b) sa(c) either din or sa (d) gi(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS : (Qs. 69-70): Read the following informationcarefully to answer the following questions.

A * B means A is the sister of BA ÷ B means A is the brother of BA + B means A is the father of BA - B means A is the mother of B69. What is the relation between Q and R in 'P + Q ÷ R - S'

(a) Q is the aunt of R (b) Q is the brother of R(c) Q is the mother of R (d) Q is the father of R(e) None of these

70. In P - Q + R ÷ S, what is P to R-(a) Grandfather (b) mother(c) grandmother (d) father(e) None of these

Practice Set - 11106

DIRECTIONS : (Qs. 71-75): Study the given informationcarefully and answer the questions that follow.

Eight friends - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W - are sitting around acircular table facing the centre but not necessarily in the sameorder. Each of them likes different cricketers - Kohli, Rohit, Dhawan,Smith, Warner, Root, Gayle and Nehra.• There are two persons between those two persons who like

Kohli and Rohit and neither of them sits opposite P. R and Vare immediate neighbours and neither of them likes Nehra orRohit. P, who likes Gayle, sits second to the right of the girlwho likes Nehra. Q and T neither like Nehra nor sit adjacentto P. T, who likes Rohit, sits second to the left of V, who likesSmith. R does not like Kohli.

• The immediate neighbour of T faces R, who sits third to theleft of the one who likes Gayle. U does not like Nehra. BothS and W do not like Kohli and Dhawan. Q likes Root while Slikes Warner. Q is not an immediate neighbour of P.

71. Which of the following is the favourite cricketer of P?(a) Warner (b) Kohli(c) Dhawan (d) Gayle(e) None of these

72. Dhawan is the favourite cricketer of which of the following?(a) P (b) Q(c) R (d) S(e) None of these

73. Who among the following is exactly between Q and S?(a) R (b) U(c) V (d) T(e) None of these

74. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based onthe given arrangement and thus form a group. Which of thefollowing does not belong to that group?(a) V- Smith (b) P - Gayle(c) Q - Kohli (d) R - Dhawan(e) S - Warner

75. Who is sitting opposite to the person who likes Nehra?(a) Q (b) T(c) P (d) R(e) None of these

Directions (76-78): Study the following information carefullyto answer the questions.(a) If the data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer the



are sufficient to answer the question.(d) If the data given in both I and II together are not sufficient to

answer the question.(e) If the data in both the statements I and II together are

necessary to answer the question.

76. Who is sitting in between A and B in a circular arrangementof 5 people?I. B is sitting 2nd to the right of C and is immediate

neighbor of D.II. D is immediate neighbor of C.

77. How many children does Anuradha have?I. Preeti is the only sister of Ravi who is grandson of

Bhuvan. Anuradha is daughter-in-law of Madhu andsister-in-law of Radhika.

II. Manish is married to Anuradha and is son of Bhuvan.Ritu, sister of Anuradha is married to Suraj. Ravi is theonly brother of Preeti.

78. Which direction is Anu facing?I. Shilpi is facing the opposite direction of Anu and also

Shipra who is facing east is sitting in left of Shilpi.II. Bhavna starts from her home in north direction, goes

straight and turns; now she is facing Anu.

DIRECTIONS (79-80): Study the following information carefullyand answer the questions given below.A is 15 m to the west of B. C is 13 m to the South of B and 5 m tothe east of D. E is 20 m to north of D. E is 10 m to the east of G.79. If X is 7 m to the west of E, then which of the following will

be nearest point of X?(a) C (b) G(c) D (d) B(e) A

80. In which direction is G with respect of A?(a) South-East (b) South(c) North-West (d) South-West(e) North

Practice Set -11 107

1. (b) ? = 72.42 + 385.66 +4976.38Þ ? = 5434.46

2. (d) ? = 589 ×

345 –

163

Þ ? = 779 ×

235 –

193

Þ ? = 1771 285

45-

Þ ? = 1486

45 =13345

3. (a) ? = 217 4 4 2

90 5 12´ + ´

¸ ´

Þ ? = 68 16 2

18 12+ ´

´

Þ ? = 68 32

216+

Þ ? = 100216 =

2554

4. (e) ? = 16% of 250 + 115% of 480

Þ ? = 16 115250 480

100 100´ + ´

Þ ? = 4000 55200100 100

+

Þ ? = 40 + 552 = 5925. (a) 55% of 860 + ? % of 450 = 581

Þ 55 860

100´ +

? 450100

´ = 581

Þ?473 450 581

100+ ´ =

Þ? 450 581 473 108

100´ = - =

Þ ? = 108 100 24

450´ =

6. (c) ? = 16.45 × 2.8 + 4.5 × 1.6Þ ? = 46.06 + 7.20Þ ? = 53.26

7. (d)2 2 18 5 ? 505 3 5

´ + =

Þ42 17 251?5 3 5

´ + =

Þ238 251

+? =5 5

Þ251 238

? = –5 5

Þ13 3? 25 5

= =

8. (c) ? = 2520 ÷ 14 ÷ 9Þ ? = 180 ÷ 9 = 20

9. (a) ? = 59 of 504 +

38 of 640

Þ ? = 5 3504 6409 8

´ + ´

Þ ? = 280 + 240Þ ? = 520

10. (d) ? = 3.2% of 250 + 1.8 % of 400

Þ ? = 3.2100 × 250 +

1.8100 × 400

Þ ? = 800 720100 100

+

Þ ? = 8 + 7.2 = 15.2

11. (c) Þ (84 + 67) (84 – 67) + ? = 2588

Þ 151 × 17 + ? = 2588

Þ ? = 2588 – 2567 = 21

\ ? = 21 × 21 = 441

1 (b) 11 (c) 21 (d) 31 (c) 41 (e) 51 (c) 61 (b) 71 (d)2 (d) 12 (b) 22 (b) 32 (d) 42 (a) 52 (e) 62 (a) 72 (c)3 (a) 13 (a) 23 (d) 33 (b) 43 (c) 53 (a) 63 (c) 73 (d)4 (e) 14 (e) 24 (b) 34 (a) 44 (d) 54 (b) 64 (d) 74 (c)5 (a) 15 (d) 25 (d) 35 (a) 45 (c) 55 (d) 65 (b) 75 (b)6 (c) 16 (a) 26 (c) 36 (c) 46 (e) 56 (a) 66 (b) 76 (d)7 (d) 17 (d) 27 (b) 37 (b) 47 (d) 57 (b) 67 (b) 77 (d)8 (c) 18 (b) 28 (c) 38 (a) 48 (c) 58 (c) 68 (c) 78 (a)9 (a) 19 (c) 29 (b) 39 (e) 49 (b) 59 (e) 69 (b) 79 (b)10 (d) 20 (b) 30 (c) 40 (c) 50 (a) 60 (e) 70 (c) 80 (e)

Answer Key


Practice Set - 1110812. (b) ? = 4 × 284 = 1136

13. (a) ? = 3 310648 5832´ = 22 × 18 = 396

14. (e)60 25 5 ?

100 100 6´ ´ ´ = 630

\ ? = 8 × 630 = 504015. (d) ? = 147000 ̧ 1600 = 91.87516. (a) Let the population of village X and Y be 5p and 7p

respectively.If population of village Y, increases by 25000

the new ratio ®5

7 25000p

p + = 2536

Þ 180 p = 175 p + 625000Þ 5 p = 625000

17. (d) Let the breadth of the rectangle be x metre.\ Length = 3x metre

275403 75

367.20x x\ ´ = =

Þ x2 = 25Þ x = 5\ Perimeter of the rectangle= 2 (3x + x) = 8x= 8 × 5 = 40 metre

18. (b) Decimal equivalent of each fraction :8 7

1.6; 3.55 2

= =

9 51.8; 1.255 4

= =

40.8

5=

Clearly, 7 9 8 5 42 5 5 4 5

> > > >

19. (c) Total number of ways to stand boys and girls together= 4! × 3! × 2! = 4 × 3 × 2 × 3 × 2 × 2 = 288

20. (b) Required amount = 25000 281

100æ ö+è ø

= 25000 × 2725 ×

2725 = ̀ 29160

21. (d) Amount ratio between Beena and Meena= 35000 : 56000 = 5 : 8

Let the share of Beena and Meena amount be 5x and8x respectively.Then, 5x = 45000

Þ x = 45000

5 = ̀ 9000

\ Amount (profit) of Meena = 8x = 8 × 9000 = ̀ 72000So, total earned profit = 45000 + 72000 = ̀ 117000

22. (b) Let Nand Kishore’s total money was = ` xAfter giving some amount to his wife and his sons,remaining amount

= 35 50

100 100x x xæ ö- ´ + ´è ø =

85 15100 100

x xx - = `

Then, 15100

x= ̀ 11250

Þ11250 100

15x ´= = ̀ 75000

23. (d) Let principal amount = x

Then, 57200 =11 8

100x ´ ´

Þ x = 57200 100

11 8´

´= ̀ 65000

24. (b) Let the number be x.4 2

105 3x

x\ = +

4 2– 105 3x x

Þ =

12 –10 1015

x xÞ =

10 1575

2x

´Þ = =

25. (d) Total cost price = 200 × 10 = ̀ 2000Total selling price = 12 × 195 = ̀ 2340

\ Profit per cent 2340 – 2000

100 17%2000

= ´ =

26. (c) Þ Total income of the four-membered family= 4 × 15130 = ̀ 60520Þ Total income of three family members= 3 × 14660 = ̀ 43980Þ Monthly income of the married daughter = 60520 – 43980 = ̀ 16540

27. (b) Total correct questions for getting 60% grade

= 60250 150

100´ =

40% of 125 = 50 questions\ x% of 125 = 150 – 50 = 100 questions

Þ 100 100x 80

125´

= =

Required percentage = 80%Note: This can be solved by alligation method quickly.Try it.

28. (c) Let the ages of A and B are 2x and 5x years.According to the question,

2 85 8

xx

++

= 12

Þ 4x + 16 = 5x + 8Þ x = 8\ Difference between their present ages

= 5x – 2x = 3x = 3 × 8 = 24 years29. (b) Stoppage time per hour

= 64 48 1 60

64 4- = ´ =

1 hr4

= 15 minutes

30. (c) Soldiers Days 100

160 8x ¯

160 8100 x

Þ =

Practice Set -11 109

8 100 5days160

x ´\ = =

31. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow10000 2000 400 80 16 3.2 0.64

¸5 ¸5 ¸5 ¸5 ¸5 ¸532. (d) The pattern of number series is as follow

2 10 42 170 682 2730 10922

×4+2 ×4+2 ×4+2 ×4+2 ×4+2 ×4+233. (b) The pattern of number series is as follow

600 519 455 406 370 345 329

–81(9 )2

–64(8 )2

–49(7 )2

–36(6 )2

–25(5 )2

–16(4 )2

34. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow5 5 15 75 525 4725 51975

×1 ×3 ×5 ×7 ×9 ×1135. (a) The pattern of number series is as follows

3 6 12 24 48 96 192

×2 ×2 ×2 ×2 ×2 ×236. (c) Percentage increase

= 80 50 100

50-

´

= 30 10050

´ = 60%

37. (b) Required ratio = 80 : 90 = 8 : 938. (a) Total number of students from School Q who qualified

over the years= (60 + 50 + 80 + 90 + 75 + 85) × 100 = 44000\ Required difference= 44000 – (80 + 60) × 100= 44000 – 14000 = 30000

39. (e) Total number of students from School P, who qualifiedover the years= (80 + 80 + 95 + 65 + 40 + 90) × 100 = 45000Total number of students who qualified from bothschools in 2006 and 2007= (80 + 50 + 95 + 80) × 100 = 30500\ Required percent

= 45000 10030500

´ » 147%

40. (c) Total number of meles who qualified over the yearsfrom both the schools together= 60% of (45000 + 44000)

= 89000 60 53400

100´

=

41. (e)

RainsBoys

Cars

Clouds

RainsBoys

Cars

CloudsRainsBoys

Cars

Clouds

OR OR

Conclusion - I. üII. ü

III. üIV. ü (Conversion of I Statement)

42. (a)

Bricks Pen

FlowersHouses

Conclusion - I. ´II. ´

III. üIV. ´

Either

43. (c)

Horse

Fruits

Lions

Ducks

Conclusion - I. üII. ü

III. üIV. ü

Either

44. (d) Statements : Some stones are bricks.Conclusions : Some bricks are stone. (conversion)Statements : All plants are stones.Conclusions : Some plants are stones. (Implication)

Some stones are plants. (conversion)Statements : No flower is plant.Conclusions : Some flowers are not plant.

(Implication)No plant is flower. (Conversion)

Statements : No flower is plant.All plants are stones.

Conclusions : Some stones are not flower.(E + A = O* type)

Since, II and III form a complementary I-E pair, eitherof two must follow.

45. (c) Statements : All tigers are jungles.Conclusions : Some tigers are jungles. (Implication)

Some jungles are tigers. (conversion)Statements : No jungle is bird.Conclusions : Some jungle are not bird.

(Implication)No bird is jungle. (conversion)

Statements : Some birds are rains.Conclusions : Some rains are birds. (conversion)Statements : All tigers are jungles.

No jungle is bird.

Practice Set - 11110Conclusions : No tiger is bird. (A + E = E-type)

No bird is tiger. (conversion)Hence III follows.Statements : No jungle is bird.

Some birds are rains.Conclusions : Some rains are not jungle.

(E + I = O* type)Since I and II form a complementary E-I pair, either oftwo must follow.

Sol. (46–50) T Z P Y Q X V R W S U

51. (c)Letter E H N D J VCode # 4 2 3 9 8

Condition is applied.

52. (e)Letter K Q D J N HCode 7 6 3 9 2 4

53. (a) Letter A J N V Q ECode # 9 2 8 6 #


54. (b)Letter Q H J V N DCode 6 4 9 8 2 3

55. (d)Letter J K E D H ACode 9 7 1 3 4 #

Condition is applied.56. (a) T = G, K > P, M < T, P ³ M

K > P ³ M < T = GConclusions: I. K > M (P)

II. G = P (×)Hence, only conclusion I is true.

57. (b) R ³ N, S £ B, A > N, B = AS £ B = A > N £ RConclusions : I. S = N (×)

II. A > N (P)Hence, only conclusion II is true.

58. (c) G = K, F > J, K ³ Q, Q £ FG = K ³ Q ³ F > JConclusions : I. K = K (P)

EitherII. F < K (P)Hence, either I or II is true.

59. (e) W > S, K £ Z, U ³ W, S = KU ³ W > S = K £ ZConclusions : I. U > K (P)

II. Z > S (P)60. (e) G = E ....(i), D < K ...(ii), E < S .....(iii), K £ G = E < S.

Clearly, both conclusions I and II follow.61. (b) 195 768 345 678 213 756

195 = 95162. (a) 768 = second highest number

7+8 = 1563. (c) 519 876 534 867 321 67564. (d) 815 778 335 868 023 676

3 + 3 + 5 = 1165. (b) 159 678 345 678 123 567

66. (b) From II, III and IV statement67. (b) From II and IV68. (c) din , sa is coded for either he or is

69. (b)

P

Q R

S70. (c) P

Q

SR(71-75)

V, SmithQ, ROOT

T, Rohit

S, WarnerP, Gayle

U, Kohli

W, Nehra

R, Dhawan

76. (d) Since it is not known that who is facing outside orinside circle, cannot be determined by any statementor both.If the data given in both I and II together are notsufficient to answer the question. So,

77. (d) Since it is not known that Bhuvan and Madhu havehow many children, it cannot be said that Preeti andRavi are children of Anuradha and Manish.If the data given in both I and II together are notsufficient to answer the question. So,

78. (a) From I: Shipra is facing east and in left of Shilpi, soShilpi is facing south, and then Anu north.From II: Since it is not known that Bhavna turns towhich direction, direction of Anu cant be find.If the data in statement I alone is sufficient to answerthe question. So,

Sol. (Qs. 79-80)

GB

10 m15 m

C

E

A

D

13 m5 m

79. (b) G will be nearest point of X.80. (e) G is in North with respect to A.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15): What will come in place of the questionmark (?) in the following questions?

1.5 4 11of of of 848=?

11 5 16(a) 216 (b) 222(c) 208 (d) 212(e) None of these


3.3 2of 116 of 87=?4 3


4. 6.96 ÷ 1.2 – 18.24 ÷ 7.6 = ?(a) 3.4 (b) 3.14(c) 3.04 (d) 3.24(e) None of these

5. 136% of 250 + ? % of 550 = 670(a) 64 (b) 55(c) 56 (d) 65(e) None of these

6.314 × 25 – 5 ?

24 5 8 9

(a)9164

(b)6475

(c)11

164

(d)11

175

(e) None of these

7.2 5 7

17 4 ? 465 8 8

(a)3

325

(b)3

335

(c)2

335

(d)2

325

(e) None of these8. 5616 ÷ 18 ÷ 8 = ?


9. 222 ? 516(a) 1029 (b) 1024(c) 1124 (d) 1128(e) None of these

10. 45% of 660 + 28% of 450 = ?(a) 413 (b) 428(c) 423 (d) 418(e) None of these

11. 4.5 + 23.50 + 14.58 – 17.68 × 0.5 = ?(a) 33.74 (b) 21.29(c) 35.06 (d) 24.48(e) None of these

Time : 45 Min. Max. Marks : 80




answer.


PRACTICE SET 12

Practice Set - 1211212. (3675 ÷ 75) × (7480 ÷ 80) = ?

(a) 4394.5 (b) 4301(c) 4581.5 (d) 4114(e) None of these

13.7744 66

?203 149

(a) 15 (b) 18.5(c) 20 (d) 16.5(e) None of these

14. 87146 – 66425 – 15693 = ?(a) 5038 (b) 5028(c) 5040 (d) 5015(e) None of these

15. (786 × 74) ÷ ? = 1211.75(a) 42 (b) 36(c) 56 (d) 54(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20): In the following number series, awrong number is given, Find out that wrong number.

16. 2, 11, 38, 197, 1172, 8227, 65806(a) 11 (b) 1172(c) 8227 (d) 38(e) 197

17. 16, 19, 21, 30, 46, 71, 107(a) 19 (b) 21(c) 71 (d) 46(e) 30

18. 8, 27, 125, 342, 1331, 2197(a) 27 (b) 125(c) 1331 (d) 2197(e) 342

19. 4, 2, 3.5, 7.5, 26.25, 118.125(a) 118.125 (b) 26.25(c) 7.5 (d) 2(e) 3.5

20. 16, 4, 2, 1.5, 1.75, 1.875(a) 1.875 (b) 2(c) 4 (d) 1.75(e) 1.5

21. If the length of a rectangle is increased by 20% and thebreadth is decreased by 10%, what will be the effect on itsarea?(a) 8% increase (b) 8% decrease(c) 2% increase (d) 2% decrease(e) None of these

22. Srikant and Vividh started a business investing amounts of` 1, 85,000 and ̀ 2, 25,000 respectively, If Vividh’s share inthe profit earned by them is ̀ 9,000, what is the total profitearned by them together?(a) ` 17,400 (b) ` 16,400(c) ` 16,800 (d) ` 17,800(e) None of these

23. Present ages of father and son are in the ratio of 6 : 1respectively. After four years the ratio of their ages willbecome 4 : 1 respectively. What is the son’s present age?(a) 10 years (b) 6 years(c) 4 years (d) 8 years(e) None of these

24. The equivalent discount of successive discounts of 20%,10% and 5% respectively is(a) 36.6% (b) 31.6%(c) 46.6% (d) 35.5%(e) None of these

25. The total number of students in a school is 1224. If thenumber of girls in the school is 600, then what is therespective ratio of the total number of boys to the totalnumber of girls in the school?(a) 26 : 25 (b) 21 : 17(c) 18 : 13 (d) 5 : 4(e) None of these

26. A, B and C divide an amount of ̀ 9861 amongst themselvesin the ratio of 3 : 11 : 5 respectively. What is the B’s share inthe amount?(a) ̀ 4671 (b) ̀ 5709(c) ̀ 6228 (d) ̀ 7266(e) None of these

27. A motorist travels a distance of 10 km at & speed of50 km/h in the onward journey and 60 km/h while returning.His average speed is

(a)654 km / h

11 (b) 55 km/h

(c)655 km / h

11(d) 54 km/h

(e) None of these28. Number of ways of arranging 5 persons in a row is

(a) 6! (b) 5!(c) 5 (d) 25(e) None of these

29. In an examination there are 30 questions. I mark is given foreach correct answer and 0.25 is deducted for every incorrectanswer. Ankur attempted all the questions and scored 13.75.How many incorrect answers did he have?(a) 10 (b) 11(c) 12 (d) 15(e) None of these

30. Out of the fractions

9 3 6 4, , ,

31 17 23 11 and

725

, which is the largest fraction?

(a)931

(b)3

17

(c)623

(d)4

11(e) None of these

Practice Set - 12 11331. What will come in place of both the question marks (?) in

the following question?

23 ?? 92


32. The salary of a man increases by 20% every year in themonth of January. His salary was ` 5,000 in the month ofFebruary in year 2009. What will be his salary in the monthof February in the year 2011?(a) ` 7,200 (b) ` 6,200(c) ` 7,800 (d) ` 6,800(e) None of these

33. The simple interest on a certain principal in 5 years at the Jdte of 12 p.c. p.a. is ` 1,536. What amount of the simpleinterest would one get if one invests ` 1,000 more than theprevious principal for 2 years and at the same rate p.c.p.a.?(a) ` 845.40 (b) ` 614.40(c) ` 2,136 (d) ` 1,536(e) None of these

34. If 3 men or 9 boys can finish a piece of work in 21 days. Inhow many days can 5 men and 6 boys together do the samepiece of work?(a) 12 days (b) 8 days(c) 14 days (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

35. In a test, Rajesh got 112 marks which is 32 more than thepassing marks. Sonal got 75% marks which is 70 more thanthe passing marks. What is the minimum passing percentageof the test?(a) 35 (b) 45(c) 40 (d) 30(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40): Study the following table carefullyto answer these questions.

Percentage Marks Obtained bySix Students in Six Different Subjects.

Student/Subject

Psy (150)

Socio (120)

Econ (80)

Philosophy (75)

Statistics (125)

Geology (60)

A 72 65 85 65 88 72B 68 58 74 70 78 54C 63 73 69 57 68 65D 56 65 77 61 75 67E 78 55 82 76 59 74F 84 70 64 78 82 80

Note : Figures written in bracket under each subject indicate themaximum marks allotted for that subject.36. What is the difference between the total marks obtained by

A in Psychology and Statistics together and the total marksobtained by F in these two subjects together?(a) 12.5 (b) 6(c) 10.5 (d) 11.6(e) None of these

37. What is the average percentage of marks obtained by sixstudents in Sociology?

(a)1773 (b)

1645

(c)1775 (d)

1643

(e) None of these38. What is the total marks obtained by the six students in

Philosophy out of 75?(a) 58.75 (b) 50.875(c) 67.83 (d) 65.73(e) None of these

39. What is the total marks obtained by A in Psychology,Economics and Geology together?(a) 219.2 (b) 229(c) 209.8 (d) 229.6(e) None of these

40. Approximately what is the overall percentage of marksobtained by C in all the subjects together?(a) 60 (b) 56(c) 72 (d) 76(e) 66

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the questions, which follow.P & Q – P is neither smaller than nor equal to QP@Q – P is neither greater than nor equal to QP*Q – P is not smaller than QP$Q – P is not greater than QP%Q – P is neither greater than nor smaller than QGive answer:(a) Only conclusion (a) follows(b) Only conclusion (b) follows(c) Either (a) or (b) follow(d) Both follow(e) Neither conclusion (a) nor (b) follow41. Statements: - A*B, B$C, C%D, D&E

Conclusions: - a) A&C b) D&B42. Statements: - A@B, B$C, C*D, D%E

Conclusions: - a) A&D b) C&A43. Statements: - A%B, B*C, C@D, D&E

Conclusions: - a) C*A b) B@E44. Statements:- M*N, N%O, O%A, A&B

Conclusions:- a) M&B b) N$A45. Statements:- A@B, B%C, C*D, D%E

Conclusions:- a) A&E b) B*DDIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.There are 7 persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are sitting in a rowfacing north. Each of them has a different profession - Executive,Clerk, Professor, Officer, Director, Editor and CA but notnecessarily in the same order.

Practice Set - 12114T is not an Editor but sits after the person who immediately

follows U. Q is a professor. The one who is an Executive sitssecond from the right end. The Clerk sits on the immediate left ofthe Editor. P sits on the immediate right of V and on the immediateleft of R. U is fifth from the left end of the row and he is CA. TheDirector is third from the left end.46. Who among the following sits on the extreme right end of

the row ?(a) Clerk (b) Officer(c) CA (d) Editor(e) None of these

47. Who among the following is an Executive ?(a) Q (b) T(c) S (d) P(e) None of these

48. The person sitting on the second left of Q is(a) Editor (b) Clerk(c) CA (d) Director(e) None of these

49. Which of the following is true ?(a) S - Officer (b) V - Director(c) P - CA (d) P - Editor(e) None of these

50. Who sits on the centre of the row ?(a) Q - Professor (b) Q - Editor(c) R- CA (d) P - Director(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : In each of the questions below aregiven three statements followed by two conclusions numbered Iand II. You have to take the given statements to be true even ifthey seem to be at variance from commonly known facts. Readboth of the conclusions and then decide which of the givenconclusions logically follows from the given statementsdisregarding commonly known facts.Read the statements and the conclusions which follow it andgive answer(a) If only conclusion I is true.(b) If only conclusion II is true.(c) If either conclusion I or conclusion II is true.(d) If neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.(e) If both conclusions I and II are true.51. Statements :

All stars are suns.Some suns are planets.All planets are satellites.Conclusions :I. Some satellites are stars.II. No star is a satellite.

52. Statements :All curtains are rods.Some rods are sheets.Some sheets are pillows.

Conclusions:I. Some pillows are rods.II. Some rods are curtains.

53. Statements :All switches are plugs.Some plugs are bulbs.All bulbs are sockets.Conclusions:I. Some sockets are plugs.II. Some plugs are switches.

54. Statements :All fishes are birds.All birds are rats.All rats are cows.Conclusions :I. All birds are cows.II. All rats are fishes.

55. Statements :Some walls are windows.Some windows are doors.All doors are roofs.Conclusions :I. Some doors are walls.II. No roof is a window.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-57) : Read the following informationcarefully and answer the questions, which follow :‘A - B’ means ‘A is father of B’.‘A + B’ means ‘A is daughter of B’.‘A ÷ B’ means ‘A is son of B’.‘A × B’ means ‘A is wife of B’.56. How is P related to T in the expression ‘P + S – T’ ?

(a) Sister (b) Wife(c) Son (d) Daughter(e) None of these

57. In the expression ‘P × Q – T’ how is T related to P ?(a) Daughter (b) Sister(c) Mother (d) Can’t be determined(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 58-60) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions.I’n a certain code, ‘make security in them lists’ is written as ‘jo titis su nic’, India make old regime’ is written as ‘die min tip ti,’ ‘oldlists with correction’ is written as ‘za tis die kee’, and ‘themecurbs regime’ is written as ‘tip ba nic’.58. What is the code for 'security' ?

(a) jo (b) ti(c) tis (d) su(e) Can't be determined

59. What does 'za' stand for?(a) old (b) lists(c) correction (d) with(e) Either with or correction

Practice Set - 12 11560. Which is the code for 'India curbs lists'?

(a) tis tic ba (b) min tip tis(c) ba min tis (d) tis min nic(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : Study the following informationand answer the questions given below it.

Seven people – A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting in a circle. Fiveof them are facing the centre while two of them are facingopposite to the centre. C sits third to the left of D and both arefacing the centre. E is neither an immediate neighbour of D norC. The one sitting exactly between D and F is facing oppositeto centre. G sits third to the right of A and G is facing thecentre. One of B's neighbour is facing opposite to the centre.

61. Which of the following pairs represents persons facingopposite to the centre?

(a) A and F

(b) E and F

(c) A and E

(d) Can't be determined

(e) None of the above

62. Who is sitting second to the left of A?

(a) C (b) G

(c) E (d) B

(e) None of the

63. Who is sitting to the immediate left of E?(a) C (b) G(c) B (d) A(e) None of these

64. What is the position of F with respect to B?(a) Fourth to the left (b) Second to the right(c) Third to the right (d) Second to the left(e) None of the above

65. If all the persons are asked to sit in a clockwise directionin an alphabetical order starting from A, the position ofhow many will remain unchanged, excluding A?(a) Three (b) One(c) Two (d) None(e) Four

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70) : In each question a group of lettersis given followed by four combinations of number/symbolnumbered (a), (b), (c) and (d). Letters are to be coded as per thescheme and conditions given below. You have to find out theserial number of the combination, which represents the lettergroup. Serial number of that combination is your answer. Ifnone of the combinations is correct, your answer is (e) i.e. Noneof these.

Letters Q M S I N G D K A L P R B J ENumber/ 7 @ 4 # % $ 6 1 2 £ 5 * 9 8 3Symbol

Conditions :(i) If the first letter is a consonant and the last a vowel, both

are to be coded as the code of the vowel.(ii) If the first letter is vowel and the last a consonant, the

codes for the first and the last are to be interchanged.(iii) If no vowel is present in the group of letters, the second

and the fifth letters are to be coded as ©.66. BARNIS

(a) 9 2 * % # 4 (b) 9 2 4 # * %(c) 9 2 * # % 9 (d) 4 2 * # % 4(e) None of these

67. DMBNIA(a) 6 @ 9 % # 2 (b) 2 @ 9 % # 6(c) 2 @ 9 % # 6 (d) 2 @ 9 % # 2(e) None of these

68. IJBRLG(a) # 8 9 * £ $ (b) # 8 9 * £ #(c) $ 8 9 * £ # (d) $ 8 9 * £ $(e) None of these

69. BKGQJN(a) 9 © $ 7© % (b) © 9 $ 7 % ©(c) 9 1 $ 7 8 % (d) % 1 $ 7 8 9(e) None of these

70. EGAKRL(a) # £ $ 2 1 * (b) £ $ 2 1 * 3(c) £ $ 2 1 * # (d) # £ $ 2 1 #(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : Study the following arrangement toanswer the given questions.456 789 145 392 140 653 80671. Which of the following is the sum of the first and third digit

of the third largest number ?(a) 14 (b) 9(c) 11 (d) 10(e) None

72. If the above arrangement are arranged in the ascendingorder then what will be the middle number ?(a) 456 (b) 654(c) 653 (d) 789(e) None

73. If the position of the first and second digit is interchangedthen what will be the second lowest number ?(a) 410 (b) 415(c) 140 (d) 240(e) 415

74. If the position of the first and third is interchanged thenwhat will be the sum of the fourth highest number(a) 13 (b) 11(c) 6 (d) 9(e) 10

Practice Set - 1211675. If an odd number of the first letter is increased by 1 and

even number of the first letter is decreased by 1 then whatwill be the second digit of the second highest number ?(a) 0 (b) 9(c) 5 (d) 7(e) 6

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions.One of the seven subjects viz. Maths, Zoology, Botany,Chemistry, Physics, English and Statistics is taught on one dayin a week starting from Monday and ending on Sunday. Chemistryis taught on Thursday. English is taught the day immediatelynext to the day when Zoology is taught. English is neither taughton Tuesday nor on Saturday. Only one lecture is held betweenChemistry and Botany. Two lectures are scheduled betweenMaths and Zoology. Statistics is neither taught on Monday norSunday.76. On which of the following days is Physics taught?

(a) Monday (b) Tuesday(c) Wednesday (d) Thursday(e) Friday

77. How many subjects are taught between Botany andZoology?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

78. Which of the following subject is taught on Saturday?(a) Botany (b) Statistics(c) Zoology (d) Maths(e) Physics

79. On which of the following days is Statistics taught?(a) Tuesday (b) Wednesday(c) Thursday (d) Friday(e) Can’t be determined

80. If Statistics is related to Zoology and Physics is related toBotany in a certain way, then to which of the followingwould Chemistry be related to, following the same pattern?(a) Maths (b) Statistics(c) Physics (d) English(e) Can’t be determined


1. (d) 11 4 5? 848 21216 5 11

2. (a) 750 1.4 480 2.2?100 100

= 10.50 + 10.56 = 21.06

3. (c) 116 3 87 2?

4 3 = 87 – 58 = 29

4. (a) 6.96 18.24?

1.2 7.6 = 5.8 – 2.4 = 3.4

5. (e) 250 136 550 ?670

100 100340 + 5.5 × ? = 6705.5 × ? = 670 – 340 = 330

330? 60

5.5

6. (c) 14 25 125 225?

120 72 192

= 75 11

164 64

7. (b) 87 37 375?

5 8 8

3219 375

?40 8

3219 1875 134440 40

168 333

5 5

8. (d) 5616? 39

18 8

9. (b) 484 ? 516

? 516 484 32

? 32 32 1024

10. (c) 660 45 450 28?

100 100 = 297 + 126 = 423

11. (a) ? = (4.5 + 23.50 + 14.58) – 8.84 = 42.58 – 8.84 = 33.74

12. (c) ? = 49 × 93.5 = 4581.5

13. (d) ? = 88 66

352 = 16.5

14. (b) ? = 87146 – 66425 – 15693 = 5028

15. (e) ? = 786 741211.75

= 48

16. (b) The series is× 3 + 5, × 4 – 6, × 5 + 7, × 6 – 8,......

17. (a) The series is + 12, + 22, + 32, + 42, ....18. (e) The series is consists of terms which are cubes of

consecutive prime numbers starting from 2.19. (e) The series is

×0.5, ×1.5 × 2.5, × 3.5,.....20. (d) The series is ×0.25,×0.5, ×0.75, ×1, ...21. (a) Area of rectangle earlier = lb

Area of rectangle after increasing length and decreasingbreadth = ( + 0.2 )(b – 0.1b) = 1.08 b

%Effect on area = 1.08 1 b

100b

= 8% increase

22. (b) Ratio of the profits of Srikant and Vividh= 185000 : 225000 = 37 : 45Sum of the ratios = 37 + 45 = 82Total profit earned

= 82 900045

= ̀ 16400

1 (d) 11 (a) 21 (a) 31 (d) 41 (e) 51 (c) 61 (c) 71 (b)2 (a) 12 (c) 22 (b) 32 (a) 42 (b) 52 (b) 62 (d) 72 (a)3 (c) 13 (d) 23 (b) 33 (e) 43 (e) 53 (e) 63 (b) 73 (c)4 (a) 14 (b) 24 (b) 34 (e) 44 (a) 54 (a) 64 (e) 74 (e)5 (e) 15 (e) 25 (a) 35 (c) 45 (b) 55 (d) 65 (c) 75 (a)6 (c) 16 (b) 26 (b) 36 (c) 46 (b) 56 (a) 66 (a) 76 (a)7 (b) 17 (a) 27 (a) 37 (d) 47 (c) 57 (d) 67 (d) 77 (d)8 (d) 18 (e) 28 (b) 38 (b) 48 (a) 58 (e 68 (c) 78 (c)9 (b) 19 (e) 29 (e) 39 (a) 49 (d) 59 (e 69 (a) 79 (d)10 (c) 20 (d) 30 (d) 40 (e) 50 (a) 60 (c) 70 (b) 80 (b)

Answer Key


Practice Set - 1211823. (b) Father’s present age = 6x years

Son's present age = x yearsAfter four years

6 4 44 1

xx 6x + 4 = 4x + 16

2x = 12 12

62

x

Son’s present age = 6 years24. (b) Equivalent discount

1 2 3(100 r )(100 r )(100 r )100

10000

(100 20)(100 10)(100 5)10010000

80 90 9510010000

= 100 – 68.40 = 31. 6%25. (a) Required ratio = (1224 – 600): 600 = 624 : 600 = 26 : 25

26. (b) B’s share in the amount 9861 11

19 = ̀ 5709

27. (a) When the motorist is in the onward journey, then thetime

1Distance

tSpeed

110t 0.2h50

When the motorist returns, then the time

2Distancet

Speed10 01667h60

So, the average speed = Totaldistance

Total time

(10 10)km 654 km / h

(0.2 0.1667)h 1128. (b) No. of ways of arranging 5 persons in a row = 5! = 12029. (e) Suppose correct answer = x

Incorrect answer = (30 – x)Then, x × –1 (30 – x) × 0.25 = 13.75

x – 7.5 + 0.25x = 13.75 1.25x – 7.5 = 13.75

21.251.25x 21.25 x 171.25

incorrect answer = 30 – 17 = 13

30. (d) Decimal equivalent of each fraction :931

= 0.29 ; 3

17 = 0.18

623

= 0.26; 4

11 = 0.36;

725

= 0.28

The largest fraction = 4

11

31. (d)23 ?? 92 ? = 23 × 92

23 23 4= 2 × 23 = 46

32. (a) Tricky Approach

Man's salary in the month of February, 2011

= 2205000 1+

100 = 6 6

50005 5

= ` 720033. (e) Case I

Principal = S.I.

Time Rate

= 1536 100

5 12 = ` 2560

Case II

S.I. = Principal Time Rate

100

= 3560 2 12

100 =` 854.40

34. (e) 3 men 9 boys 1 man 3boys

5 men + 6 boys(5 × 3 + 6) boys = 21 boysM1D1 = M2 D2

D2 = 9 21 9days

2135. (c) Let the total marks of the exam be x.

Passing marks = 112 – 32 = 80x 75 80 70 150100

150 100x 20075

If the minimum Pass percentage is y, then y% of 200 = 80 y = 40

36. (c) Total marks obtained by A in Psychology and Statisticstogether

72 150 88 125100 100 = 108 + 110 = 218

Total marks obtained by F in these two subjects

84 150 82 125100 100 = 126 + 102.5 = 228.5

Difference = 228.5 – 218 = 10.5

Practice Set - 12 11937. (d) Average percentage of marks obtained by six students

in Sociology

65 58 73 65 55 706

386 1646 3

38. (b) Average marks obtained by 6 students in Philosophyout of 75

65 70 57 61 76 786

407 75 50.8756 100

39. (a) Required answer

72 150 85 80 72 60100 100 100

= 108 + 68 + 43.2 = 219.240. (e) Percentage of marks obtained by C in all the subjects

together

63% of 150 + 73% of 120 + 69 % of 80 + 57% of 75 + 68% of 125+65% of 60150 120 80 75 125 60

94.5 87.6 55.2 42.75 85 39 100 66%610

41. (e) A = B = C =D > E (we can't say relate A and C andD is greater than and equal to B)

42. (b) A A directly follows)43. (e) A = B C < D > E (Directly C A and no relation

between B and E)44. (a) M N = O = A > B (M > N and N = A so second

conclusion doesn't follow)45. (b) A = D

directly follows)

46. (b)V

Clerk Editor Director Professor CA Executive Officer

P R Q U S T

47. (c) S48. (a) Editor49. (d) P - Editor50. (a) Q - Professor51. (c) Some suns are planets.

All planets are satellites.(I + A I-type)“Some suns are satellites”.Conclusions I and II form Complementary Pair.Therefore, either I or II follows.

52. (b) All curtains are rods.

Some rods are sheets.(A + I No Conclusion)Some rods are sheets.

Some sheets are pillows(I + I No conclusion)II is the conversion of I statement, so only I follows

53. (e) Some plugs are bulbs

All bulbs are sockets.(I + A I-type)“Some plugs are sockets”.Conclusion I is Converse of second Conclusion.Conclusion II is Converse of the first Premise.

54. (a) All fishes are birds. (conversion)

All birds are rats.(A + A A-type)“All fishes are rats”.All birds are rats. (conversion)

All rats are cows.(A + A A-type)“All birds are cows”.This is Conclusion I.

55. (d) Some windows are doors.

All doors are roofs.(I + A I-type)“Some windows are roots”.

56. (a) P + S P is daughter of S.S – T S is father of T.Therefore, P is sister of T.

57. (d) P × Q P is wife of Q.Q – T Q is father of T.T is child of P and Q.The gender of T is not known.T is either son or daughter of P.

58. (e) Only 1 code contains security, and also 'in' not presentin any codes, so for 'security in' - jo su

Practice Set - 1212059. (e) 'za' present in only one, and then 'old' and 'lists' present

in one one more.60. (c) India present in one - 'India make old regime', from that

find the code of other three. India is minSimilarly,with curbs - 'theme curbs regime', curbs - balists - tis

(61-65)

BD

AF

C

G

E

Note A and E are not facing centres rest of all facingcentre.

61. (c) A and E persons facing opposite to centre.62. (d) B, is second to the left of A.63. (b) G, is to the immediate left of E.64. (e) F is either third to left or fourth to right of B.65. (c) Two person (C and E) will remain unchanged.66. (a) B 9; A 2; R *;N %; I #; S 467. (d) D 2; M @; B 9; N %; I #; A 6

Condition (i) is applied.68. (c) I $; J 8; B 9; R *; L £; G #

Condition (ii) is applied.69. (a) B 9; K ©; G $; Q 7; J ©; N %

Condition (iii) is applied.

70. (b) E £; G $; A 2; K 1; R *; L 3Condition (ii) is applied.

71. (b) 806 789 653 456 392 145 140653 = 6 + 3 = 9

72. (a) 140 145 392 456 653 789 806456 will be in the middle

73. (c) 546 879 415 932 410 563 086410 140

74. (e) 654 987 541 293 041 356 608541 = 5 + 4 + 1 = 10

75. (a) 356 889 245 492 240 553 706706 0

(76 - 80) :

Monday PhysicsTuesday Botany

Wednesday MathsThursday Chemistry

Friday StatisticsSaturday ZoologySunday English

76. (a) Physics is taught on Monday.77. (d) Three subjects (Maths, Chemistry and Statistics.) are

taught between Botany and Zoology.78. (c) Zoology is taught on Saturday.79. (d) Statistics is taught on Friday.80. (b) Chemistry will be related to Statistics.

NUMERICAL ABILITY


1.35 of

47 of

512

of 1015 = ?


2. 1.5 × 0.025 + (?)2 = 0.1(a) 0.28 (b) 0.27(c) 0.25 (d) 0.235(e) None of these

3. 21.5 0.0225 ?(a) 0.3375 (b) 3.275(c) 32.75 (d) 0.0375(e) None of these

4. 0.0289 12 1.5 ?(a) 1.36 (b) 2.06(c) 13.90 (d) 14.80(e) None of these


6. 45% of 750 – 25% of 480 = ?(a) 216 (b) 217.50(c) 245 (d) 236.50(e) None of these

7.8.5 3.8 ?75 75 75

(a) 4.9 (b) 3.6(c) 3.3 (d) 4.7

(e) None of these

8. 5431 + 10500 – 4371 – 1357 = ?

(a) 9203 (b) 10003(c) 10203 (d) 11203

(e) None of these

9.7 3 13 7 1 ?11 11 2

(a)101311

(b)614

11

(c)91411

(d)171022

(e) None of these

10. 1080 12 10 = ?

(a) 900 (b) 90(c) 120 (d) 12

(e) None of these

11. 7855 – 4236 + 388 = ? + 3974

(a) 133 (b) 73

(c) 33 (d) 43

(e) None of these

PRACTICE SET 13





answer.


Practice Set - 1312212. 48% of 525 + ? % of 350 = 399


13. 12.28 × 2.5 – 6.5 × 2.4 = ?(a) 16.4 (b) 16.2(c) 15.6 (d) 15.1(e) None of these

14.37 of

45 of

58 of 490 = ?


15.529 ×

435 + ? =

1125

(a)13245 (b)

425

(c)22345 (d)

539

(e) None of these16. The number zero (0) is surrounded by the same 2-digit

number on both (left and right) the sides; for example, 25025,67067, etc. The largest number that always divides such anumber is(a) 7 (b) 11(c) 13 (d) 1001(e) None of these

17. If a certain sum of money becomes double at simple interestin 12 years, what would be the rate of interest per annum?

(a) 183

(b) 10


18. The ratio of the prices of two houses A and B was 4 : 5 lastyear. This year, the price of A is increased by 25% and thatof B by ̀ 50000. If their prices are now in the ratio 9 : 10, theprice of A last year was(a) ` 3,60,000 (b) ` 4,50,000(c) ` 4,80,000 (d) ` 5,00,000(e) None of these

19. In a mixture of 80 l, the ratio of milk and water is 3 : 1.If the ratio of milk and water is to be 2 : 3 the how muchamount of water is to be further added?(a) 70 l (b) 80 l(c) 100 l (d) 140 l(e) None of these

20. The age of a mother, two years ago, was eight times theage of her daughter. After 1 year, mother’s age will be fivetimes the daughter’s age. After how many years from nowthe mother’s age will become three times the daughter’sage?

(a) 6 years (b) 8 years(c) 10 years (d) 12 years(e) None of these

21. The speed of a boat in still water is 11 km/h. It can go12 km upstream and return downstream to the initial pointin 2 h 45 min. What is the speed of stream?(a) 5 km/h (b) 4 km/h(c) 3 km/h (d) 2 km/h(e) None of these

22. Three numbers are in the ratio 3 : 2 : 5 and the sum oftheir squares is 1862. What are the three numbers?(a) 18, 12, 30 (b) 24, 16, 40(c) 15, 10, 25 (d) 21, 14, 35(e) None of these

23. A is thrice as efficient as B and hence completes a workin 40 days less than the number of days taken by B. Whatwill be the number of days taken by both of them whenworking together?(a) 22.5 days (b) 15 days(c) 20 days (d) 18 days(e) None of these

24. A garrison of 'n' men had enough food to last for 30 days.After 10 days, 50 more men joined them. If the food nowlasted for 16 days, what is the value of n?(a) 200 (b) 240(c) 280 (d) 320(e) None of these

25. The marked price of a machine is ` 18000. By selling it ata discount of 20%, the loss is 4%. What is the cost priceof the machine?(a) ` 10000 (b) ` 12000(c) ` 14000 (d) ` 15000(e) None of these

26. The average weight of a class of 15 boys and 10 girls is38.4 kg. If the average weight of the boys is 40 kg, thenwhat is the average weight of the girls?(a) 36.5 kg (b) 35 kg(c) 36 kg (d) 34.6 kg(e) None of these

27. The perimeter of a square is 164 m. What is the area ofthe square?(a) 1089 sq m (b) 1764 sq m(c) 1661 sq m (d) 1681 sq m(e) None of these

28. The product of two successive numbers is 1980. Whichis the smaller number?(a) 34 (b) 44(c) 35 (d) 45(e) None of these

29. The difference between 55% of a number and 25% of thesame number is 11.10. What is 75% of that number?(a) 27.75 (b) 37(c) 21.25 (d) 45(e) None of these

Practice Set - 13 12330. A basket contains 3 blue, 2 green and 5 red balls.

If four balls are picked at random, what is the probabilitythat two are green and two are blue?

(a)1

18(b)

170

(c)35 (d)

12

(e) None of theseDIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : Find the next term in the givenseries in each of the questions below.31. 198, 194, 185, 169, (?)


32. 6, 9, 7, 10, 8, 11, (?)(a) 12 (b) 13(c) 9 (d) 14(e) None of these

33. 7 , 11, 19, 35, 67, (?)(a) 121 (b) 153(c) 141 (d) 133(e) None of these

34. 5, 6, 10, 19, 35, (?)(a) 55 (b) 65(c) 60 (d) 70(e) None of these

35. 1, 3, 8, 18, 35, (?)(a) 61 (b) 72(c) 67 (d) 52(e) 71

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36 - 40) : Study the following graph carefullyand answer the questions given below.India’s Exports and Imports Over the Years (in million US $)

160001400012000100008000600040002000

01997 1998 1999 2000 2001

7625 82

50 9700

7275

1105

012

000

1200

013

500

1400

014

500

Export Imports

36. What was the difference between the average imports andaverage exports over the given years ?(a) US $ 200 million (b) US $ 230 million(c) US $ 250 million (d) US $ 275 million(e) None of these

37. What was the difference between the exports in 1997 andthe average exports over the given years ?(a) US $ 2750 million (b) US $ 3050 million(c) US $ 3250 million (d) US $ 3500 million(e) None of these

38. Approximately what was the percentage increase in theimports from 1997 to 2001?(a) 62 (b) 66(c) 72 (d) 76(e) 82

39. In which year differences (absolute) between imports andexports was the maximum?(a) 1997 (b) 1998(c) 1999 (d) 2000(e) 2001

40. In which year percentage of exports over imports of thesame year was the minimum?(a) 1997 (b) 1998(c) 1999 (d) 2000(e) 2001

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In the following questions, thesymbols #, %, @, © and are used with the following meaningsillustrated.‘P % Q’ means ‘P is not greater than Q’.‘P Q’ means ‘P is not smaller than Q’.‘P # Q’ means ‘P is neither equal to nor smaller than Q’.‘P © Q’ means ‘P is neither equal to nor greater than Q’.‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor greater than Q’.In each question, three statements showing relationships havebeen given, which are followed by three conclusions I, II and III.Assuming that the given statements are true, find out whichconclusion(s) is/are definitely true.41. Statements : M © K, K T, T © J

Conclusions :I. J # K II. T # MIII. M # J(a) None is true (b) Only I is true(c) Only II is true (d) Only III is true(e) II and III are true

42. Statements : F @ T, T % M, M # RConclusions :I. R © T II. F @MIII. F©M(a) Only I is true (b) Only II is true(c) Only III is true (d) either II or III is true(e) II and III are true

43. Statements : J H, H @ B, B % NConclusions :I. N H II. N @ JIII. J B(a) I and II are true (b) II and III are true(c) I and III are true (d) All I, II and III are true(e) None of the above

44. Statements : B # T, T © K, K % MConclusions :I. K # BII. M # TIII. B # M

Practice Set - 13124(a) Only I is true(b) Only II is true(c) Only III is true(d) II and III are true(e) None of the above

45. Statements : D % F, F K, K @ RConclusions :I. R % FII. R % DIII. R@ D(a) Only I is true (b) Only II is true(c) Only III is true (d) I and II are true(e) None of the above

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions'Prepare and success soon' is written as 'tn dj ly xs''Prepare now for results' is written as 'jt mr dj ps''Soon results are awaited' is written as 'bk rt mr ly''Results for success important' is written as 'ps tn mr zn'46. What is the code for 'soon' in the given language ?

(a) None (b) ly(c) ps (d) dj(e) none of the above

47. What does the code 'rt' stand for in the given code ?(a) results (b) soon(c) success (d) Either are or awaited(e) None of the above

48. 'Success now' is coded in the given coded language ?(a) jt dj (b) zn tn(c) jt tn (d) ps tn(e) None of the above

49. What is the code for 'Prepare' in the given language ?(a) dj (b) ps(c) mr (d) tn(e) None of the above

50. Which of the following code represents 'results and now' inthe given code ?(a) mr xs jt (b) dj ps mr(c) xs mr tn (d) tn xs ps(e) None of the above

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : Study the following arrangementcarefully and answer the questions given below

M, D, K, R, T, H, W and A are sitting around a circle facingat the centre. D is second to the right of M who is fifth to the leftof T. K is third to the right of R who is second to the right of D. His second to the right of W.51. Who is second to the right of A ?

(a) M (b) D(c) K (d) Data inadequate(e) None of the above

52. Who is third to the left of M ?(a) A (b) T(c) H (d) D(e) Data inadequate

53. Who is fourth to the right of H ?(a) A (b) T(c) R (d) K(e) None of these

54. In which of the following combinations is the first personsitting between the second and the third person ?(a) KMW (b) MWD(c) RHT (d) TAK(e) None of the above

55. If A and W interchange their positions who will be third tothe left of R ?(a) M (b) D(c) A (d) K(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : In each question below are threestatements followed by three conclusions numbered I, II and III.You have to take the three given statements to be true even ifthey seem to be at variance from commonly known facts andthen decide which of the given conclusions logically followsfrom the three given statements disregarding commonly knownfacts. Then decide which of the answers (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)is the correct answer and indicate it on the answer sheet.56. Statements : Some desks are chairs. All chairs are tables.

Some tables are mats.Conclusions : I. Some mats are desks.

II. Some tables are desks.III. Some mats are chairs.

(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) II and III follow(e) None of the above

57. Statements : All sweets are fruits. No fruit is pencil. Somepencils are glasses.Conclusions : I. Some glasses are sweets.

II. Some pencils are sweets.III.No glass is sweet.

(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) either I or III follows(e) None of the above

58. Statements : Some books are flowers. Some flowers arechains. Some chains are hammers.Conclusions : I. Some hammers are flowers.

II. Some chairs are books.III.Some hammers are books.

(a) None follows (b) Only I follows(c) Only II follows (d) Only III follows(e) II and III follow

59. Statements : All roofs are cameras. Some cameras arephotographs.Some photographs are stores.Conclusions : I. Some stores are cameras.

II. Some stores are roofs.III.Some cameras are roofs.

(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) II and III follow(e) None of the above

Practice Set - 13 12560. Statements : Some nails are horses. All horses are tablets.

All tablets are crows.Conclusions : I. Some crows are nails.

II. Some tablets are nails.III.Some crows are horses.

(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follows(c) I and III follow (d) II and III follow(e) All I, II and III follow

DIRECTIONS (Q. 61-63) : Answer the given questions based onthe following series.386 752 961 573 83961. If 1 is added to the middle digit of each number and then the

first and the third digit are interchanged, which of thefollowing will be the third digit of the smallest number ?(a) 9 (b) 6(c) 1 (d) 3(e) None of these

62. If in each number the first and the third digits areinterchanged,Which of the following will be the secondlargest number ?(a) 683 (b) 386(c) 257 (d) 938(e) None of these

63. If in each number second and third digit areinterchanged,what will be the sum of the smallest number ?(a) 12 (b) 15(c) 15 (d) 17(e) None of these

64. Among P, Q, R, S and T each having a different amount ofamount of money, R has more money than only P, Q and T.Who among them has the lowest amount ?(a) P (b) Q(c) T (d) None of these(e) Cannot be determined

65. In a row there are 35 students M is 15th from the right endand there are 10 students between M and R. What is R'sposition from the right end of the row ?(a) 25 (b) 26(c) 27 (d) 28(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-68) : There is family of 6 members P, Q, R,S, T and U in which two are married couples. S is the grandfatherof P and father of T. Q is the wife of T and mother of R. P is thegranddaughter of S.66. How many males are there in the family?

(a) two (b) three(c) four (d) can't be determined(e) None of these

67. What is the relation between U and T?(a) U is the father of T(b) U is the mother of T(c) U is the mother in law of T(d) There is no relation between U and T(e) None of these

68. Which among the following is one of the couple?(a) TU (b) SQ(c) SU (d) TP(e) None of these

69. In a certain code language the word PHYSICIAN is writtenas KSBHRXRZM. How will the word MENDELSON bewritten in that language ?(a) NVMVWOHLM (b) MVMWVOHLN(c) NVMWVOHLM (d) NVMWVOLKM(e) None of these

70. Alok walked 30 m towards East and took a right turn andwalked 40 m. He again took a right turn and walked 50 m.Towards which direction is he from his starting point?(a) South (b) West(c) South-West (d) South-East(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75): Read the following information andanswer the questions that follow.

Ms. Jones is very fussy in watering her flower-pots. Shewaters pots A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J on everyday of the week.In going from one pot to another, she strictly adheres to thefollowing rules. The first two pots to be watered everyday mustbe selected from C, D, E and F, H can’t be watered before D and Jcan’t be watered after I. G can be watered only after B. F must bewatered before C.71. If D is the fourth pot to be watered on a day, which of the

following pots can’t be fifth on that day ?(a) C (b) F(c) E (d) H(e) J

72. Which of the following is a possible arrangement for thewatering of the first five pots ?(a) E, H, F, D, C (b) F, C, H, B, D(c) C, D, E, B, H (d) C, J, E, D, A(e) D, F, B, C, A

73. If D is to be watered immediately after J, then which of thefollowing must be true ?(a) F is the first pot to be watered(b) Of the first two pots to be watered, one is F(c) H is the sixth pot to be watered(d) H is either the sixth or seventh pot to be watered(e) B is the fourth pot to be watered

74. If the given condition are reversed, that is first becomes last,before becomes after and so on, which of the following is apossible arrangement for watering the last four pots ?(a) G, D, B, H (b) H, F, C, E(c) F, B, C, E (d) C, B, E, F(e) E, F, H, G

75. If D is the fourth pot to be watered and J the fifth, then whichof the following can be the third pot to be watered ?(a) A (b) F(c) H (d) G(e) I

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80): Answer these questions referring tothe symbol-letter-number sequence given below:E G 4 B H 7 5 @ K 8 D N £ Q Z $ W 3 C 1 9 * l B 2 S 6

76. How many such consonants are threre in the abovesequence which are immediately preceded by a symbol andimmediately followed by a digit ?(a) One (b) Two(c) None (d) Three(e) More than three


1. (d)35

of 47 of

512

of 1015 = 3 4 5 10151015 1455 7 12 7

2. (c) 2 21.5 0.025 (?) 0.1 (?) 0.1 1.5 0.025

2(?) 0.1 0.0375 ? .0625 0.25

3. (a) 21.5 0.0225 2.25 0.15 0.33754. (a) 0.0289 12 1.5

0.17 × 8 1.365. (e) 125% of 260 + ?% of 700 = 500

?% of 700 = 500 – 125% of 260?% of 700 = 175

175 100? 25700

6. (b) 45% of 750 – 25% of 480

= 45 750 25 480 337.5 120 217.5

100 100

7. (d) 8.5 3.8 (8.5 3.8) 4.775 75 75 758. (c) 5431 + 10500 – 4371 – 1357 = 10203

9. (b)7 3 13 7 111 11 2

= 40 80 3 160 61411 11 2 11 11

10. (e) 10801080 12 10 912 10

11. (c) ? + 3974 = 7855 – 4236 + 388? + 3974 = 8243 – 4236 ? = 4007 – 3974 ? = 33

12. (a) 48 % of 525 + ? % of 350 = 399

48 ?

525 350 399100 100

25200 + ? × 350 = 399 × 100? × 350 = 39900 – 25200 = 14700

? = 14700

42350

13. (d) ? = 12.28 × 2.5 – 6.5 × 2.4? = 30.7 – 15.6? = 15.1

14. (b)3 4 5

? of of of 4907 5 8

3 4 5? × × ×490

7 5 8? = 35 × 3 = 105

15. (e)5 4 1

2 3 ? 129 5 5

23 19 61?

9 5 5

77. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in thefollowing sequence ?4H@, KDQ, ?, ILS(a) ZW1 (b) NQ$(c) @8N (d) $W9(e) None of these

78. Which of the following is exactly in the midway betweenthe ninth from left end and the seventh from right end ?(a) Q (b) Z(c) $ (d) W(e) None of these

79. If the first fifteen elements are written in the reverse orderthen which of the following will be seventh to the left oftwelfth element from right end ?(a) 7 (b) @(c) 5 (d) K(e) None of these

80. How many such digits are there in the above sequencewhich are immediately preceded as well as followed by dig-its ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) None of these

1 (d) 11 (c) 21 (a) 31 (b) 41 (a) 51 (a) 61 (c) 71 (b)2 (c) 12 (a) 22 (d) 32 (c) 42 (d) 52 (b) 62 (b) 72 (e)3 (a) 13 (d) 23 (b) 33 (e) 43 (c) 53 (d) 63 (d) 73 (b)4 (a) 14 (b) 24 (a) 34 (c) 44 (b) 54 (c) 64 (e) 74 (d)5 (e) 15 (e) 25 (d) 35 (a) 45 (a) 55 (c) 65 (b) 75 (a)6 (b) 16 (d) 26 (c) 36 (b) 46 (b) 56 (b) 66 (d) 76 (b)7 (d) 17 (a) 27 (d) 37 (c) 47 (d) 57 (d) 67 (b) 77 (a)8 (c) 18 (a) 28 (b) 38 (d) 48 (c) 58 (a) 68 (c) 78 (b)9 (b) 19 (a) 29 (a) 39 (b) 49 (a) 59 (c) 69 (c) 79 (c)

10 (e) 20 (b) 30 (b) 40 (d) 50 (a) 60 (e) 70 (c) 80 (a)

Answer Key



61 437?

5 45

549 437?

45

112 22? 2

45 4516. (d) First start with the option (d).

1001× 25 = 250251001× 67 = 67067 etc.Thus 1001 is the largest number which divides thenumbers of the type 25025, 67067 etc.

17. (a) Let the principal be P, then amount after 12 years = 2P P)PP2(SI

Now, 100

P r tSI P = 12100

P r

or 100 25 1r 8 %12 3 3

18. (a) Let the prices of two houses A and B be `4x and`5x, respectively for the last year.Then, the prices of A this year = ̀ (1.25 × 4x) and thatof B = `(5x + 50,000)This year, ratio of their prices = 9 : 10

1.25 4x 95x 50000 10

450000x45x50 5x = 450000x = 90000

Hence, the price of A last year was4x = ̀ 3,60,000

19. (a) Volume of mixture of milk and water = 80 lRatio of milk and water = 3 : 1

Volume of milk = 3 80

3 1

= 3 804 = 60 l

Volume of water = 80 – 60 = 20 lLet amount of water added = x lAccording to given condition,

6020 x =

23

40 + 2x = 1802x = 180 – 402x = 140x = 70 l

20. (b) Let present age of mother and daughter be x and y.2 years ago, x – 2 = 8(y – 2)

x – 8y = – 14 ...(i)1 year after, x + 1 = 5(y + 1)

x – 5y = 4 ...(ii)On solving equations. (i) and (ii), we get

y = 6 years and x = 34 yearsLet after z years mother will be three times of herdaughter.

34 + z = 3 (6 + z) z = 8 years

21. (a) Let speed of stream = D km/hSpeed of boat in still water = B km/h = 11 km/h.According to the question

B + D = 1

12t

t1 = 12

B D ...(i)

B – D = 2

12t

t2 = 12

B D ...(ii)

Now,

1 245 11

260 4

t t

12 12 114B D B D Given 11km / hB

2 22 11

4 12B

B D

2 2

2 11 114 1211 D

D2 = 25 D = 5 km/h.22. (d) Let the numbers be 3x, 2x and 5x.

(3x)2 + (2x)2 + (5x)2 = 18629x2 + 4x2 + 25x2 = 1862

x2 = 1862 49

38x = 7

Hence, the required numbers are 3 × 7, 2 × 7 and 5× 7. i.e., 21, 14 and 35

23. (b) Let efficiency of B is x

A B

x

x

3x

3x Efficiency

Days

Days are inversely proportional to efficiency.According to question,3x – x = 402x = 40x = 20Time taken by A = x days = 20 daysTime taken by B = 3x days = 3 × 20 = 60 days

Time taken by A and B together 20 60

80 = 15 days

24. (a) M1 = n, d1 = 30 –10 = 20, M2 = (50 + n) d2 = 16By formula,M1d1 = M2d2

20 50 16n n20 16 800n n4 800n

200n

Practice Set - 1312825. (d) Given marked price of machine = ` 18000

Discount = 20

100 × 18000 = ` 3600

SP = 18000 – 3600 = ` 14400If loss of 4%, then

CP = 100 SP 100 14400100 100 4r

= 100 14400

96 = ` 15000

26. (c) Let average weight of girls = xTotal weight of the boys = 40 kg × 15 = 600 kg.Average weight

= Total weight of boys + Total weight of girls

No. of boys + No. of girls

38.4 = 600 10

15 10x

38.4 = 600 10

25x

38.4 × 25 = 600 + 10xx = 36 kg

27. (d) Area of the square = 2164

4 = (41)2

= 1681 sq m28. (b) Suppose required small number is x.

x × (x + 1) = 1980x2 + x – 1980 = 0x2 + 45x – 44x – 1980 = 0x(x + 45) – 44(x + 45) = 0(x – 44) (x + 45) = 0x = 44

So, smallest number is 44.29. (a) Let the number be x.

75 25x x 11.10100 100

x=11.10 100

30

75% of x = 75 11.10 100

100 30 = 27.75

30. (b) Required probability = 3 2

2 210

4

C CC =

170

Required probability = 3 1

210 70

31. (b)198

–22

–32

–42

–52

194 185 169 144

32. (c) The first, third, fifth .... and second, fourth .... termsare groups of consecutive natural numbers.

33. (e) The pattern of the number series is:7 × 2 – 3 = 1111 × 2 – 3 = 1919 × 2 – 3 = 35

35 × 2 – 3 = 6767 × 2 – 3 = 134 – 3 = 131

34. (c) The pattern of the number series is:5 + 12 = 66 + 22 = 1010 + 32 = 1919 + 42 = 3535 + 52 = 35 + 25 = 60

35. (a) The pattern of the number series is:1 + 2 = 33 + (2 + 3) = 88 + (2 + 3 + 5) = 1818 + (2 + 3 + 5 + 7) = 3535 + (2 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9) = 61

36. (b) Required difference = [(8250 + 7275 + 12000 + 13500+ 14500) – (7625 + 9700 + 11050 + 12000 + 14000)] 5

= 1150

5 = 230 = US $ 230 million

37. (c) Required difference

= 54375 7625

5 = US $ 3250 million

38. (d) Required percentage = 14500 8250 100

8250 76%

39. (b) Difference in,1997 8250 – 7625 = 6251998 9700 – 7275 = 24251999 12000 – 11050 = 9502000 13500 – 12000 = 15002001 14500 – 14000 = 500

40. (d) Percentage in,

76251997 100 92.5%8250

97001998 100 133%7275

110501999 100 92%12000

120002000 100 89%13500

140002001 100 97%14500

(41-45) :

% #@

41. (a) Modified statement – M © K T © J M < K T < JConclusions :I : J > K (False)II : T > M (False)III : M > J (False)Hence, None is true.

Practice Set - 13 12942. (d) Modified statement – F @ T % M # R

F = T M > RConclusions :I : R < T (False)II : F = M (False)III : F < M (False) EitherHence, either II or III is true.

43. (c) Modified statement – J H @ B % N J H = B NConclusions :I : N H (True)II : N = J (False)III : J B (True)

44. (b) Modified statement – B # T © K % M B > T < K MConclusions :I : K > B (False)II : M > T (True)III : B > M (False)

45. (a) Modified statement – D % F S K @ R D F K = RConclusions :I : R F (True)II : R D (False)III : R = D (False)

(51-55) :

To the right

A

D

R

W

M

K T

H

To the left

56. (b)

DesksChair

Tables

Mats

or DesksChair

TablesMats

I. False II. True III. False

57. (d)

Sweets

Fruits

Pencil

Glasses

orSweets

Fruits

PencilGlasses

II. False. From both figures it is clear that either I or IIIfollows.

58. (a)

Books

Flowers Chair Hammer

or Books

Flowers

ChairHam

mer

I. False II. False III. False

59. (c)

Roofs

Cameras PhotoStores

orRoofs

CamerasPhoto

Store

I. False II. False III. True


60. (e)

Nails Horses

TabletsCrows

I. True II. True III. True61. (c) 693 267 179 385 948

179 smallest number = > 96162. (b) 683 257 169 375 938

683 => 38663. (d) 368 725 916 537 893

3 + 6 + 8 = 1764. (e) S > R > P, Q, T65. (b) ………R…………..(10)…….(15)M……

15 + 10 + 1 = 26(66-68) :

S

T

P

Q

U

R

SU and TQ are couples66. (d) Gender of R is unknown69. (c) Opposite letters in English alphabet As,

P H Y S I C I A N

K S B H R X R Z MSame as,Opposite letters in English alphabetM E N D E L S O N

N V M W V O H L M

70. (c)

Starting Point

30 m

50 m

40 m W E

N

S

71. (b) If D is the fourth pot and F the fifth, then C and E mustbe among the first two pots to be watered. Which meansC will be watered before F. But this violates the lastcondition.

72. (e) (a) and (d) are ruled out because the first two potsmust include two of the following C, D, E and F, (b) isruled out because H can’t be watered before D. (c) isruled out because F must be watered before C.

73. (b) If D is to be watered immediately after J, it can’t beincluded among the first two pots. So we are left withC, E and F to select as the first two pots. Now, since Fmust be watered before C, it must be among the firsttwo pots.

74. (d) The new conditions will read as follows(i) Two of the pots C, D, E and F must be among the

last two(ii) H can’t be watered after D.(iii) J can’t be watered before I.(iv) G can be watered only before B.(v) F must be watered after C.Now, (a) and (e) are ruled out by (i). (b) is ruled out by

(ii). (c) is ruled out by (v).75. (a) Since, D is the fourth pot, F must be among the first

two. So, F is ruled out for the third place. H and I areruled out because H can’t be watered before D and Jafter I. G is ruled out because it can be watered onlyafter B and B, as we known, can’t be among the firsttwo.

76. (b) E G 4 B H 7 5 @ K 8 D N £ Q Z $ W 3 C 1 9 * 1 B 2 S 677. (a) The first, second and third element of each group is

sixth element to the right of the respective element ofprevious group as given in all in the sequence.

78. (b) There are 27 elements in all in the sequence.So, (27 – 9 – 7 = ) 11 elements are between the 9th fromleft and 7th from right.Hence, ( 9 + 6 =) 15th element from the left and will bethe required answer.

79. (c) 7th to the left of 12th from right= (12 + 7 =) 19th from right= (27 – 19 + 1 = ) 9th from leftBut the first 15 elements are reversed.= (15 – 9 + 1 =) 7th from left in the original sequence = 5.

80. (a) For the condition to be fulfilled, three digits should betogether but it is not so in the given sequence.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15) : What should come in place of questionmark (?) in the following question?

1.5.5 6.4 ?

0.4(a) 80 (b) 78(c) 88 (d) 84(e) None of these

2. (? – 968) 79 × 4 = 512(a) 11080 (b) 10180(c) 11070 (d) 10185(e) None of these

3.4 2 ? 10087 3(a) 2688 (b) 2604(c) 2666 (d) 2646(e) None of these

4. (764 × ?) 250 = 382(a) 115 (b) 135(c) 145 (d) 125(e) None of these

5. 3.7 × 0.04 + 5.9 = ?(a) 6.48 (b) 6.032(c) 6.048 (d) 6.084(e) None of these

6.1 (4856 0.5) 12 ?4


7. 853 + ? 17 = 1000(a) 2500 (b) 2482(c) 2499 (d) 19399(e) None of these

8. 9643 – 7750 + ? = 4990(a) 3079 (b) 3097(c) 3197 (d) 3179(e) None of these

9. 13.15 × 7.4 + 76.12 = ?(a) 173.34 (b) 94.58(c) 144.43 (d) 173.43(e) None of these

10. 6156 ? 53 4028(a) 6889 (b) 6241(c) 6341 (d) 6561(e) None of these

11. ? + 172 = 335(a) 46 (b) 42(c) 1764 (d) 2116(e) None of these

12. 125% of 560 + 22% of 450 = ?(a) 799 (b) 700(c) 782 (d) 749(e) None of these

13. 2 228 5 15 6 ?

7 256 (13)

(a)27

115 (b)22

117

(c)25

117 (d)22


PRACTICE SET 14





answer.



14.4 2 113 5 2 ?7 7 2

(a)112514 (b)

3257

(c)3267 (d)

52614

(e) None of these15. 18.76 + 222.24 + 3242.15 = ?


16. Which is the smallest of the following numbers?

(a) 7 (b)7

1

(c)77 (d)

71

(e) None of these17. Two equal sums were borrowed at 8% simple interest per

annum for 2 years and 3 years, respectively. The differencein the interests was ̀ 56. The difference in the interests was` 56. The sum borrowed were(a) ` 690 (b) ` 700(c) ` 740 (d) ` 780(e) None of these

18. A machine is sold at a profit of 10%. Had it been sold for` 80 less, there would have been a loss of 10%. The costprice of the machine is(a) ` 350 (b) ` 400(c) ` 450 (d) ` 520(e) None of these

19. A jar of oil was four fifths full. When six bottles of oil weretaken out and four bottles of oil were poured into, it wasthree fourths full. How many bottles of oil were containedby the jar?(a) 10 (b) 20(c) 30 (d) 40(e) None of these

20. During a journey of 80 km, a train covers first 60 km with aspeed of 40 km/h and completes the remaining distancewith a speed of 20 km/h. What is the average speed of thetrain during the whole journey?(a) 30 km/h (b) 32 km/h(c) 36 km/h (d) 40 km/h(e) None of these

21. An aeroplane takes off 30 minutes later than the scheduledtime and in order to reach its destination 1500 km away intime, it has to increase its speed by 250 km/h from its usualspeed. Find its usual speed.(a) 1000 km/h (b) 750 km/h(c) 850 km/h (d) 650 km/h(e) None of these

22. In an examination, 35% of the candidates failed in onesubject and 42% failed in another subject. While 15% failedin both the subjects. If 2500 candidates appeared at theexamination, how many students passed in either subjectbut not in both?


23. If the length of a certain rectangle is decreased by 4 cm andthe width is increased by 3 cm, a square with the same areaas the original rectangle would result. The perimeter of theoriginal rectangle (in centimetres) is(a) 44 (b) 46(c) 48 (d) 50(e) None of these

24. Raju decided to marry 3 years after he gets a job. He was 17years old when he passed class 12th. After passing class12th', he had completed his graduation course in 3 yearsand PG Course in 2 years. He got the job exactly 1 year aftercompleting his PG Course. At what age will he get married?(a) 27 years (b) 26 years(c) 28 years (d) 23 years(e) None of these

25. The angles of a triangle are in the ratio of 5 : 6 : 7. respectively.What is the sum of the smallest angle and the largest angletogether?(a) 130° (b) 100°(c) 110° (d) 140°(e) None of these

26. A can do a piece of work in 'x' days and B can do thesame work 3x days, To finish the work together they take12 days. What is the value of 'x'?(a) 8 (b) 10(c) 12 (d) 16(e) None of these

27. If the numerator of a fraction is increased by 300% and thedenominator is increased by 100%. The resultant fraction is

111 .19 What was the original fraction?

(a)1519

(b)1319

(c)59 (d)

49

(e) None of these28. In how many different ways can the letters of the word

‘CASUAL’ be arranged?(a) 36 (b) 720(c) 240 (d) 360(e) None of these

29. On a School’s Annual Day sweets were to be equallydistributed amongst 112 children. But on that particular day,32 children were absent. Thus, the remaining children got 6extra sweets. How many sweets was each child originallysupposed to get?(a) 24 (b) 18(c) 15 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

30. The sum of the two digits of a number is 15 and the differencebetween them is 3. What is the product of the two digits ofthe two digit number?(a) 56 (b) 63(c) 42 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : What should come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following number series?

31. 24, ?, 109, 134, 150, 159(a) 71 (b) 65(c) 86 (d) 53(e) None of these

32. 17, 9, 10, ?, 35, 90(a) 21 (b) 27.5’(c) 19 (d) 16.5(e) None of these

33. 3, 20, 78, 332, 1680, ?(a) 8410 (b) 9836(c) 10098 (d) 1150(e) None of these

34. 13, 30, 66, 140, ?, 592(a) 210 (b) 290(c) 428 (d) 430(e) None of these

35. 3, 5, 15, ?, 1125, 84375(a) 75 (b) 20(c) 45 (d) 80(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions.

Cost of three different fruits (in rupees per kg. in fivedifferent cities)

20018016014012010080604020

0

Cos

t of F

ruits

(rup

ees p

er k

g.)

Jalandhar Delhi Chandigarh Hoshiarpur Ropar

GrapesGuavaApple

Cost of three different fruits (in rupees perkg. in five difference cities)

Cities36. In which city is the difference between the cost of one kg of

apple and cost of one kg of guava second lowest?(a) Jalandhar (b) Delhi(c) Chandigarh (d) Hoshiarpur(e) Ropar

37. Cost of one kg of guava in Jalandhar is approximately whatpercent of the cost of two kgs of grapes in Chandigarh?(a) 66 (b) 24(c) 28 (d) 34(e) 58

38. What total amount will Ram pay to the shopkeeper forpurchasing 3 kgs of apples and 2 kgs of guavas in Delhi?(a) ` 530/- (b) ` 450/-(c) ` 570/- (b) ` 620/-(e) ` 490/-

39. Ravinder had to purchase 45 kgs of grapes from Hoshiarpur.Shopkeeper gave him discount of 4% per kg. What amountdid he pay to the shopkeeper after the discount?(a) ` 8,208/- (b) ` 8,104/-(c) ` 8,340/- (b) ` 8,550/-(e) ` 8,410/-

40. What is the respective ratio between the cost of one kg ofapples from Ropar and the cost of one kg of grapes fromChandigarh?(a) 3 : 2 (b) 2 : 3(c) 22 : 32 (d) 42 : 92

(e) 92 : 42

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In these questions, relationshipsbetween different elements is shown in the statements. Thesestatements are followed by two conclusions.Give answer (a) if only conclusion I followsGive answer (b) if only conclusion II followsGive answer (c) if either conclusion I or conlcusion II followsGive answer (d) if neither conclusions I nor conlcusion II followsGive answer (e) if both conclusions I and II follow41. Statement: R S T U X;T V W

Conclusions: I. R > XII. X < W

42. Statement: E = F < G < H; G IConclusions: I. H > I

II. E I43. Statement: A > B > F > C; D > E > C

Conclusions: I. C < AII. B D

44. Statement: K L M = N; P O NConclusions: I. K F

Conclusions: I. K GII. K > D

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the given questions'good clothes are costly' is coded as 'la pa zi ta''new clothes are good' is coded as 'pa zi la sa''designs are very nice' is coded as 'na hi ga pa''good colour and designs' is coded as 'zi mi jo ga'46. How will 'good new designs' be coded in the given language ?

(a) zi la sa (b) zi sa ga(c) sa mi jo (d) pa zi mi(e) None of the these

47. How is 'nice' coded in the given coded language ?(a) pa (b) na(c) jo (d) Either na or hi(e) None of the these

48. What does 'pa' stands for ?(a) new (b) designs(c) are (d) colour(e) None of the these

49. Which of the following will be coded as 'na hi la' in thegiven language ?

Practice Set - 14134(a) clothes are nice (b) very nice clothes(c) new clothes designs (d) very good designs(e) None of the these

50. How is ' very costly' coded in the given language ?(a) na ta (b) hi ta(c) hi la (d) either 'na ta, or 'hi ta'(e) None of the these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-52) : Study the folowing informationcarefully to answer the given questionsIn a certain code 0 is coded as $ and 1 is * similarly 2 is coded as*$ and 3 is coded as ** and so on….51. Which of the following will represent 125

(a) ***$** (b) $*****(c) *$**$* (d) **$***(e) None of these

52. What is the following number will be represented by *$$$$(a) 432 (b) 400(c) 421 (d) 401(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 53-55): Each of the questions below consistsof a question and two statements numbered I and II given belowit. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statementsare sufficient to answer the question.Read both the statements and give answer(a) if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the

question, while the data in statement II alone are notsufficient to answer the question.

(b) if the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer thequestion, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficientto answer the question.

(c) if the data in statement I alone or in statement II alone aresufficient to answer the questions.

(d) if the data in both statements I and II together are notsufficient to answer the question.

(e) if the data in both statements I and II are necessary toanswer the question.

53. Who among Anwar, Bhanu, Chetan, Deepak, Ekta andFarhan read the novel first?I. Farhan, who gave the novel to Bhanu after reading,

was the third to read the same.II. Chetan, who read the novel before Anwar, was the

third to read the novel after Ekta.54. What is Asha's rank in a class of 52 students?

I. Joseph, whose rank is 21st in the class, is ahead ofShyam by 4 ranks. Shyam is 9 ranks ahead of Asha.

II. Sanju is 29 ranks ahead of Asha and Shyam is 9 ranksbehind Asha while Savitri stands exactly in the middle ofShyam and Sanju in ranks, her rank being 23.

55. Who is paternal uncle of A?I. A is brother of B, who is husband of H, who is sister of

K, who is brother of S.II. Z is brother of B, who is husband of M, who is mother

of G, who is sister of A.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : Study the given information carefullyand answer the given questions.Eight people - J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q are sitting around acircular table facing the centre, not necessarily in the same order.O is sitting third to the right of M. There is only one personsitting between M and J. There are only three people between Jand K. P is an immediate neighbour of J. There are only threepeople between P and L. N is second to the right of P.56. Which of the following is true regarding the given

arrangement?(a) M is an immediate neighbour of K(b) N is an immediate neighbour of J(c) P is second to the left of O(d) There are four people between N and O.(e) None is true

57. Who is sitting second to the left of the one who is sittingsecond to the left of Q?(a) M (b) K(c) N (d) L(e) J

58. ‘Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir seating positions in the above arrangement and soform a group. Which one does not belong to the group?(a) PQ (b) KL(c) MN (d) QO(e) KO

59. What is N’s position with respect to K?(a) Second to the left (b) Second to the right(c) Third to the left (d) Third to the right(e) Fourth to the left

60. How many people are sitting between K and P when countedfrom the right side of K?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) None(e) More than three

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65): In each of the questions below, twostatements are given followed by two conclusions numbered Iand II. You have to take the two statements to be true even if theyseem to be at variance from the commonly known facts and thendecide which of the given conclusions logically follows fromthe given statement disregarding the commonly known facts.Give answer (a) if only concluion I followsGive answer (b) if only concluion II followsGive answer (c) if either concluion I or conclusion II followsGive answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II followsGive answer (e) if both conclusions I and II follows61. Statements : Some rings are circles.

No circle is a square.Conclusions : I. No ring is a square.

II. All rings are squares.62. Statements : All rows are lines.

All lines are queues.Conclusions: I. All rows are queues.

II. Atleast some queues are lines.63. Statements : All laptops are computers.

Some laptops are notebooks.Conclusions: I. Some notebooks are computers

II. All notebooks are computers.64. Statements : Some participants are students.

Some students are boys.Conclusions: I. No boy is a participant.

II. All boys are participants.

Practice Set - 14 13565. Statements : All sparrows are birds.

No birds is a reptile.Conclusions: I. No sparrow is a reptile.

II. Some reptiles are sparrows.DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70) : Study the folowing informationcarefully to answer the given questions12 People are sitting in 2 parallel rows containing 6 people eachin such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacentpersons. In row 1 - P, Q, R, S, T and V are seated and all of them arefacing south. In row 2 - A, B, C, D, E and F are seated all of themare facing north.A sits 3rd to right of D. Neither A nor D sits at extreme ends. Tfaces D. V does not face A and V does not sit at any of the extremeends. V is not an immediate neighbour of T. B sits at on of theextreme ends .Only 2 people sit between B and E.E does not faceV. 2 persons sit between R and Q. R is not an immediate neighbourof T. C does not face V. P is not an immediate neighbour of R.66. Who among the following sits at extreme ends of the rows ?

(a) C, A (b) P, R(c) C, B (d) Both B and C(e) None of these

67. How many persons are seated between T and S ?(a) 1 (b) 2(c) 3 (d) More than 3(e) None of these

68. Who among the following faces D ?(a) P (b) Q(c) T (d) S(e) None of these

69. Who among the following sits between Q and S ?(a) V (b) R(c) P (d) T(e) None of these

70. Which of the following statement is not true ?(a) Q sits between T and V(b) E is an immediate neighbour of D and F(c) F is immediate left of A(d) 2 people sit between T and R(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : Following questions are based onfive words given below:

WIT BAR URN ELF TOP(The new words formed after performing the mentioned operationsmay or may not necessarily be meaningful English words)71. If in each of the words, all the alphabets are arranged in

English alphabetical order within the word, how many wordswill NOT begin with a vowel ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

72. How many letters are there in the English alphabetical seriesbetween second letter of the word which is second from theright and the third letter of the word which is third from theleft of the given words?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) Five

73. If in each of the given words, each of the consonants ischanged to previous letter and each vowel is changed tonext letter in the English alphabetical series, in how manywords thus formed will no vowels appear ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

74. If the last alphabet in each of the words is changed to thenext alphabet in the English alphabetical order, how manywords having two vowels (same or different vowels) will beformed ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

75. If the given words are arranged in the order as they wouldappear in a dictionary from left to right, which of thefollowing will be fourth from the left ?(a) WIT (b) BAR(c) URN (d) ELF(e) TOP

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80): In each of the questions given belowa group of digits is given followed by four combinations ofletters/symbols. You have to find out which of the fourcombinations correctly represents the group of digits based onthe letter/symbol codes and the conditions given below. If noneof the four combinations represents the group of digits correctly,give (e) i.e. “None of these” as the answer.

Digit: 3 9 6 2 8 7 5 4 1Symbol : K T $ F H # % D M

Conditions for the coding the group of digits:1. If the first digit is odd and last digit is even, the codes for

the first and the last digits are to be interchanged.2. If the first as well as the last digit is even, both are to be

coded by the code for last digit.3. If the first as well as the last digit is odd, both are to be

coded as ‘X’.76. 564923

(a) %$DTFK (b) K$DTFK(c) X$DTFX (d) K$DTF%(e) None of these

77. 658247(a) $%HFD# (b) #%HFD$(c) %$HFD# (d) %#HFD$(e) None of these

78. 436958(a) DK$T%D (b) DK$T%H(c) HK$T%H (d) #%$HK#(e) None of these

79. 756834(a) #%$HKD (b) D%$HK#(c) D%$HKD (d) #%$HK#(e) None of these

80. 291378(a) FTMK#H (b) XTMK#X(c) HTMK#F (d) FTMK#F(e) None of these


1. (c) ? = 5.5 6.4

0.4 = 5.5 × 16 = 88

2. (a) Let ? = (x 968)x, 4

79 = 512

x = 512 79 968

4 = 11080

3. (d)8 ?21

= 1008 ? = 2110088

= 126 × 21 = 2646

4. (d) ? = 382 250 125

7645. (c) ? = 3.7 × 0.04 + 5.9

? = 0.148 + 5.9 ? = 6.048

6. (a) ? = 1 (4856 0.5) 124

= 1

4856 32

= 2428 × 3 = 7284

7. (c)?

17 = 1000 – 853 = 147 × 17

? = 24998. (b) ? = 4990 – 9643 + 7750

= 30979. (d) ? = 13.15 × 7.4 + 76.12

= 97.31 + 76.12= 173.43

10. (d)6156 53

? = 4028

? 81 = 6561

11. (d) 2? 17 335

? 289 335

? 335 289 46 ? = 46 × 46 = 2116

12. (a) ? = 125% of 560 +22% of 450

125 22? 560 450

100 100

70000 9900?100 100

? = 700 + 99 = 799

13. (c) 2 228 5 15 6?

7 256 (13)

140 90?49 16 169

50 25?234 117

14. (e)4 2 1

? 13 5 27 7 2

95 37 5?7 7 2

95 185?

7 14

190 185?14

375 11? 26

14 14

1 (c) 11 (d) 21 (b) 31 (e) 41 (e) 51 (d) 61 (d) 71 (b)2 (a) 12 (a) 22 (b) 32 (d) 42 (a) 52 (b) 62 (e) 72 (e)3 (d) 13 (c) 23 (d) 33 (c) 43 (a) 53 (d) 63 (a) 73 (c)4 (d) 14 (e) 24 (b) 34 (b) 44 (c) 54 (c) 64 (d) 74 (c)5 (c) 15 (b) 25 (e) 35 (a) 45 (b) 55 (c) 65 (a) 75 (c)6 (a) 16 (d) 26 (d) 36 (b) 46 (b) 56 (b) 66 (d) 76 (c)7 (c) 17 (b) 27 (a) 37 (d) 47 (d) 57 (a) 67 (b) 77 (a)8 (b) 18 (b) 28 (d) 38 (c) 48 (c) 58 (e) 68 (c) 78 (c)9 (d) 19 (d) 29 (c) 39 (a) 49 (b) 59 (c) 69 (a) 79 (b)

10 (d) 20 (b) 30 (e) 40 (c) 50 (d) 60 (b) 70 (d) 80 (e)

Answer Key


Practice Set - 14 13715. (b) ? = 18.76 + 222.24 + 3242.15

? = 3483.15

16. (d) Clearly, 1 1 7 77 77

71 is the smallest number..

17. (b) Let the sum be ` x

Now, 8 (3 2)56100

x x = ` 700

18. (b) Let the cost price of the machine be ` x.

Then, selling price at a profit of 10% = ̀ 11x10

And the selling price at a loss of 10% = ` 9x10

Consequently, we find that

11x 9x10 10

80

805x

x ̀ 400

19. (d) Let the capacity of the jar be of x bottles.Since 6 bottles were taken out from jar and 4 bottles ofoil poured into it

2 bottles were taken outTherefore, we have

4 325 4

x x

2x43x

54 x = 40

20. (b) Average speed = Totaldistance

Total time

=

2020

4060

80 =

8032 km/h

2.5

21. (b) Let the usual speed of the aeroplane be x km/h.

Then,)250x(

150021

x1500

Solving, we get x = 750 km/h22. (b) Using Venn Diagram

1535-15=20

42-15=27

Failed in only thefirst subject

Failedin boththe subjects

Failed in only thesecond subject

Thus, percentage of students who passed in bothsubjects

= 100 – [(35 – 15) + (42 – 15) + 15] = 100 – (35 + 42 – 15)= 100 – (62) = 38%and percentage of students who failed in both subject= 15%Therefore, the percentage of students who passed ineither subject = 100 – (38 + 15) = 100 – 53 = 47%Hence, required no. of students who passed in either

subject but not in both = 2500 × 10047

= 1175

23. (d) Let the length and breadth of the rectangle be x andy cm, respectively.Then, (x – 4) (y + 3) = xy 3x – 4y = 12 ... (i)Also, (x – 4) = (y + 3) [sides of square]

x – y = 7 ... (ii)From (i) and (ii),x = 16 and y = 9Perimeter of the original rectangle = 2(x + y) = 50 cm

24. (b) Raju's age at the time of marriage= 17 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 3 = 26 years

25. (e) 5x + 6x + 7x = 180°18x = 180°

x = 180 1018

Sum of the smallest and the largest angles= 12x = 12 × 10 = 120°

26. (d) 1 day work of A = 1x

1 day work of B = 13x

Both A and B 1 day’s work = 1 1 4

3 3x x x

1 day work of both A and B = 1

12

4 1 3 483 12

xx

16x

27. (a) Suppose the fraction is x .y

x 3x 30y y 19

4x 302y 19

76x = 60y

x 60 15y 76 19

28. (d) There are 6 letters in the word CASUAL and ‘A’ comestwo times.

Required number of permutations = 6!2!


= 6 5 4 3 2!

2!= 6 × 5× 4 × 3 = 360

29. (c) Suppose each child got x sweets.112 × x = (112 – 32) × (x + 6)112x = 80 × (x + 6)112x = 80x + 480112x – 80x = 48032x = 480 x = 15

30. (e) x + y = 15 ...(i)x – y = 3 ...(ii)Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we getx = 9, y = 6Product of two digits of the number= 9 × 6 = 54

31. (e) The pattern of number series is as follows:224 7 73

73 + 62 = 109109 + 52 = 134134 + 42 = 150150 +32 = 159Hence, the question mark (?) should be replaced by73.

32. (d) The pattern of number series is as follow:17 × 0.5 + 0.5 = 99 × 1 + 1 = 10

10 1.5 1.5 16.516.5 × 2 + 2 = 3535 × 2.5 + 2.5 = 90Hence, the question mark (?) should be replaced by16.5.

33. (c) The pattern of number series is as follows:3 × 2 + 14 = 2020 × 3 + 18 = 7878 × 4 + 20 = 332332 × 5 + 20 = 1680

1680 6 18 10098Hence, the question mark should be replaced by 10098.

34. (b) The pattern of number series is as follow13 × 2 + 4 = 3030 × 2 + 6 = 6666 × 2 + 8 = 140

140 2 10 290290 × 2 + 12 = 592Hence, the question mark should be replaced by 290.

35. (a) The pattern of number series is as follows3 × 5 = 15

5 15 7515 × 75 = 112575 × 1125 = 84375

36. (b) Difference between cost of 1 kg apple and cost of 1 kgguava in 5 cities.J 160 – 60 = 100

D 130 – 90 = 40C 180 – 120 = 60H 90 – 30 = 60R 40 – 20 = 20

Cost is second lowest in Delhi.37. (d) Cost of 1 kg guava in Jalandhar = ̀ 60

Cost of 2 kg grapes in chandigarh = ̀ 90 × 2 = ` 180

% = 60 100 33.3 34%

18038. (c) Cost of 3 kgs apples for Ram = 3 × 130 = ̀ 390

Cost of 2 kgs guavas for Ram = 2 × 90 = ̀ 180Total cost that Ram pay = 390 + 180 = ̀ 570

39. (a) Total cost of 45 kgs grapes from Hoshiarpur = 45 × 190= ̀ 8550

After discount 4% Ravinder paid = 8550 – 8550 4

100= ̀ 8208

40. (c) Cost of 1 kg apples from Ropar :Cost of 1kg grapes from chandigarh

40 : 904 : 9 or 22 : 32

41. (e) As (i) U > X (ii) T > UHence T > XAs R T So R > X Ist followsAs (i) W > T (ii) T > XCombining, we get W > X IInd follows.

42. (a) As (i) H > G (ii) G ICombining, we get H > I Ist follows.As (i) G I (ii) G > ECombining, we get E = I but E > I not possible.

43. (a) As (i) A > F (ii) F > CSo A > C Ist follows

44. (c) As (i) P O (ii) O NSo (i) P = N or (ii) P > N(i) P = NAs (a) N = M (b) M L (c) L KCombining, we get(i) N = K (ii) N > KIf N = K then P = K IInd followIf N > K then P > K Ist follow(ii) Similarly if P > Nthen also both conclusion can be establish.

45. (b) As (i) K > F (ii) F > DSo K > D IInd followAs (i) K > F (ii) G > FSo K G can’t be establish.

51. (d) 0--$1--*2--*$3--**4--*$$5--***

Practice Set - 14 13952. (b) 4--*$$

0--$0--$

53. (d) From I: Among them, Farhan was the third person whoread the novel.From II: Among them, Chetan was at least the fourthperson who read the novel. Hence, even statements Iand II together are not sufficient to answer thequestion.

54. (c) From I:Joseph : 21st rankShyam : 25th rankAsha : 34th rankFrom II:Savitri : 23rd rankSanju : (x - 29)th rankAsha : Xth rankShyam : (x + 9)th rankSince, Savitri is exactly in the middle of Sanju andShyam, therefore,2(x – 29) + (x + 9) = 23

x – 29 + x + 9 = 462x = 46 + 20 x = 33

You do not need these calculations because Asha'srank is related with Savitri, whose rank is given. Hence,Asha's rank can be obtained easily.

55. (c) From I:H(–) K(+) SA(+)A(+) B(+) M(–)The above family tree does say anything aboutpaternal uncle.From II:Z(+) B(+) M(–)G(–) AFrom the family tree given above, Z is the paternaluncle of A.

(Qs. 56-60).Formation of fig according to information given

O

J,KJ,K

M

P is immediateneighbour of J

There are only threepeople between P & L

O

J,KJ,K

MP,L

P,L

O

J

M

QP

LN

K

FinalFigure

O

XJ,K

M

XP,L

XJ,K

XP,L

N

N is second tothe right of P

56. (b) N is immediate neighbour of J.57. (a) ‘K’ is second to the left of ‘Q’ and ‘M’ is second to the

left of ‘K’.58. (e) PQ, KL, MN, QO are in clockwise way and KO in

anticlockwise way.59. (c) Third to the left.60. (b) Only two persons are sitting i.e. ‘O’ and ‘Q’.

61. (d)

Circles Rings Square

OR

SquareRings

Circles

Conclusion-I : FalseConclusion-II : False

62. (e)

Queues

Rows

Lines

Conclusion-I : TrueConclusion-II : True

63. (a)

Computers

Laptops

Notebook

OR

Computers

Notebook

Lapt

ops

Conclusion-I : TrueConclusion-II : False


64. (d)

Boys

Students

Participants

OR

Boys

Students

Participants

Conclusion-I FalseConclusion-II False

65. (a)

Birds

SparrowReptile

Conclusion-I TrueConclusion-II False

(Qs. 66–70) :

C D E F A B

P T Q V S R

71. (b) After arranging –

ITW, ABR NRU EFL OPT

72. (e)73. (c)

W

–1

V

I

+1

J

T

–1

S

B

–1

A

A

+1

B

R

–1

Q

U

+1

V

R

–1

Q

N

–1

M

E

F

L

–1

K

F

–1

E

+1T

S

O

+1

P

P

–1

O

–1

74. (c) WIT BAR URN ELF TOP1 1 1

WIU BAS URO ELG TOQ

75. (c) Dictionary order is–

1 2 3 4 5

BAR ELF TOP URN WIT

For (76-80): Simply follow the rules of the codes and do thesesums.76. (c) X$DTFX (Because 1st and last digits are odd.)77. (a) $%HFD# (No condition.)78. (c) HK$T%H (Because 1st and the last digits are even.)79. (b) D%$HK# (Because 1st digit is odd and the last digit is

even.)80. (e) HTMK#H (Because Ist and the last digits are even.)

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10) : What approximate value should comein place of the question mark (?) in the following questions(You are not expected to calculate the exact value).

1. 623898 × 99 = ? × 60000(a) 1000 (b) 1030(c) 1050 (d) 1065(e) 1010

2.4 3 6 5 ?5 7 7 9

´ ¸ ¸ =

(a)9

17 (b)2049

(c)1825 (d)

12

(e)47

3. 399.982 = ?(a) 160000 (b) 15999(c) 1600 (d) 1599(e) 16000

4. 2624.9995 (4.9989) ?+ = 1

4.9900865¸

(a) 6 (b) 50(c) 10 (d) 125(e) 15

5. 989.001 + 1.00982 × 76.792 = ?(a) 1000 (b) 1100(c) 1065 (d) 110(e) 100

6. 3 860000 ?=

(a) 75 (b) 80(c) 110 (d) 125(e) 95

7.5 1 21 5 2 ?8 3 5

+ + =

(a) 15 (b) 4(c) 19 (d) 9(e) 21

8. 8769 82 4 ?¸ ¸ =(a) 27 (b) 44(c) 429 (d) 12(e) 512

9. ? % of 45.999 × 16% of 83.006 = 116.073(a) 6 (b) 24(c) 19 (d) 30(e) 11

10. 12.998 × 27.059 × 17.999 = ?(a) 6020 (b) 6320(c) 6800 (d) 6540(e) 6150

PRACTICE SET 15





answer.



DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11-15) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions ?


12.32 of 455 +

58 of 456 = ?


13. 6425 ÷ 125 × 8 = ?(a) 411.2 (b) 41.12(c) 64.25 (d) 421.25(e) None of these


15. 4900 ÷ 28 × 444 ÷ 12 = ?(a) 6575 (b) 6475(c) 6455 (d) 6745(e) None of these

16. A boy was asked to write 25 92 ´ but he wrote 2592. Thenumerical difference between the two is(a) 0 (b) 3(c) 2 (d) 9(e) None of these

17. If the two numbers are respectively 20% and 50% of a thirdnumber, what is the percentage of the first number to thesecond?(a) 10 (b) 20(c) 30 (d) 40(e) None of these

18. A man gains 10% by selling a certain article for a certainprice. If he sells it at double the price, then the profit made is

(a) 120% (b) 60%(c) 100% (d) 80%(e) None of these

19. A, B and C enter into a partnership with investments of` 3500, ̀ 4500 and ̀ 5500, respectively. In the first six months,profit is ̀ 405. What is A’s share in the profit?(a) ` 200 (b) ` 105(c) ` 250 (d) ` 151(e) None of these

20. Pipes A and B can fill a tank in 5 and 6 hours, respectively.Pipe C can empty it in 12 hours. The tank is half full. All thethree pipes are in operation simultaneously. After how muchtime, the tank will be full?

(a)1793 h (b) 11 h

(c)1182 h (d)

17131 h

(e) None of these21. If the sum of the digits of an even number is divisible by 9,

then that number is always divisible by(a) 24 (b) 12(c) 18 (d) 27(e) None of these

22. A water tank in the form of a cuboid has its base 20 m long,7 m wide and 10 m deep. Initially, the tank is full but laterwhen water is taken out of it, the level of water in the tankreduces by 2 m. The volume of water left in the tank is(a) 1120 m3 (b) 400 m3

(c) 280 m3 (d) 140 m3

(e) None of these23. The total number of students studying in a college is 4220.

If the number of girls studying in the college is 2420, what isthe respective ratio of the number of boys to the number ofgirls studying in the college?(a) 90 : 131 (b) 90 : 121(c) 121 : 70 (d) 121 : 80(e) None of these

24. The cost of 14 kgs. of rice is ` 672, the cost of 12 kgs. ofwheat is ` 432 and the cost of 18 kgs. of sugar is ` 504.What is the total cost of 20 kgs. of rice, 15 kgs. of wheat and16 kgs. of sugar?(a) ` 1,898 (b) ` 1,948(c) ` 2,020 (d) `1,964(e) None of these

25. If the compound interest accrued on an amount of ` 14500in 2yr is ` 4676.25, what is the rate of interest percent perannum?(a) 11 (b) 9(c) 15 (d) 18(e) None of these

26. The average of the ages of 3 friends is 23. Even if the age ofthe 4th friend is added the average remains 23. What is theage of the 4th friend?(a) 32 yr (b) 21 yr(c) 23 yr (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

27. Samir drove at the speed of 45 km from home to a resort.Returning over the same route, he got stuck in traffic andtook an hour longer, also he could drive only at the speedof 40 km. How many kilometres did he drive each way?(a) 250 (b) 300(c) 310 (d) 275(e) None of these

Practice Set - 15 14328. An urn contains 3 red and 4 green marbles. If three marbles

are picked at random, what is the probability that two aregreen and one is red?

(a)37 (b)

1835

(c)5

14 (d)421

29. The difference between the 3 th4

of 4 th5

of a number and

1 th6

of 2 th5

of the same number is 648. What is the number ?


30. Inside a square plot, a circular garden is developed whichexactly fits in the square plot and the diameter of the gardenis equal to the side of the square plot which is 28 metres.What is the area of the space left out in the square plot afterdeveloping the garden?(a) 98 m2 (b) 146 m2

(c) 84 m2 (d) 168 m2

(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : In each of the following questions anumber series is given with one wrong number. Find out thatwrong number.

31. 2, 3, 6, 15, 45, 156.5, 630(a) 3 (b) 45(c) 15 (d) 6(e) 156.5

32. 36, 20, 12, 8, 6, 5, 5, 4.5(a) 5.5 (b) 6(c) 12 (d) 20(e) 8

33. 1, 3, 9, 31, 128, 651, 3313(a) 651 (b) 128(c) 31 (d) 9(e) 3

34. 2, 3, 10, 40, 172, 855, 5346(a) 3 (b) 855(c) 40 (d) 172(e) 10

35. 5, 8, 16, 26, 50, 98, 194(a) 8 (b) 26(c) 50 (d) 16(e) 98

DIRECTIONS (31–40) : Study the pie-charts carefully to answerthe questions that follow :

Percent of employees and women working in differentDepartments of an Organisation.

Percentage of employees working in different departmentsN = 8450 = Total no. of employees

18%

22%

12%14%

34%

IT department HR

department

Marketingdepartment

Administrationdepartment

Financedepartment

Percentage of women working in different departmentsTotal no. of women = 3500

17%

23%

14%25%

21%

IT department

HR department

Marketingdepartment

Administrationdepartment

Financedepartment

36. Which department has the lowest number of Men workingin it?(a) HR (b) Marketing(c) Administration (d) Finance(e) IT

37. What is the average number of Men working in differentdepartments in the organisation?(a) 890 (b) 900(c) 1020 (d) 780(e) None of these

38. What is the respective ratio of number of women workingin Administration department to the total number ofemployees working in that department?(a) 6 : 7 (b) 245 : 507(c) 7 : 6 (d) 243 : 322(e) None of these

39. Number of women working in the Finance & IT departmenttogether form what per cent of total number of employeesin the organisation? (rounded off to two digits after decimal)(a) 19.05 (b) 26.78(c) 95.83 (d) 59.21(e) None of these

40. What is the number of men working in the HR department?(a) 794 (b) 823(c) 926 (d) 683(e) None of these


REASONING ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In each question below are two/three statements followed by two conclusions numbered I andII. You have to take the two/three given statements to be trueeven if they seem to be at variance from commonly known factsand then decide which of the given conclusions logically followsfrom the given statements disregarding commonly known facts.

Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows.Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion II follows.Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows.Give answer (e) if both conclusion I and conclusion II follow.

41. Statements : All kites are birds. All aeroplanes are kites.No bird is a fish.

Conclusions : I. No fish is a kite.II. All aeroplanes are birds.

42. Statements : Some wires are fires. All fires are tyres.Conclusions : I. Atleast some tyres are wires.

II. Some fires are definitely not wires.43. Statements : No clip is a pin. All badges are pins.

Conclusions : I. No badge is a clip.II. All pins are badges.

44. Statements : No colour is a paint. No paint is a brush.Conclusions : I. No colour is a brush.

II. All brushes are colours.45. Statements : All stars are planets. All planets are galaxies.

Conclusions : I. All galaxies are planets.II. All stares are galaxies.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.In a certain code. 'always to beright' is written as ' 4 9 3 2' , 'right is also just' is written as ' 9 76 5 ' ,'come to terms' is written as ' 1 3 8','terms are just' iswritten as ' 0 1 6' and 'always is' written as '7 4'.46. Which of the following is the code for 'come'?

(a) 8 (b) 3(c) 1 (d) 0(e) either 1 or 8

47. Which of the following represents 'always be right terms'?(a) 9 0 4 2 (b) 1 2 5 0(c) 8 4 1 3 (d) 2 4 1 9(e) 4 3 8 9

48. What does '6' represents in this code?(a) Are (b) Just(c) Is (d) Also(e) Terms

49. '8 6 3 1 5' is coded as(a) Be right also is terms(b) Always also to be just(c) Also come to just terms(d) To be are just terms(e) Right to come are terms

50. Which of the following is the code for 'right'?(a) 7 (b) 6(c) 5 (d) 9(e) Either 9 or 5


Eight people are sitting in two parallel rows containing fourpeople each, in such a way that there is an equal distance betweenadjacent persons. In row-1 P, Q, R and S are seated (but notnecessarily in the same order) and all of them are facing south. Inrow-2 A, B, C and D are seated (but not necessarily in the sameorder) and all of them are facing north. Therefore, in the givenseating arrangement each member seated in a row faces anothermember of the other row.

R sits second to the right of P. A is an immediate neighbourof the person who faces R. Q sits second to left of the personwho faces A. Only one person sits between B and C. C does notface P. C does not sit at any of the extreme ends of the line.51. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based on

the given seating arrangement and thus form a group.Which is the one that does not belong to that group ?(a) A (b) P(c) R (d) B(e) S

52. Who amongst the following faces B?(a) P (b) Q(c) R (d) S(e) Cannot be determined

5.3. Which of the following is true regarding S?(a) S sits exactly between R and P(b) S sits second to left of Q(c) P is an immediate neighbour of S(d) D is an immediate neighbour of the person who faces S(e) None is true

54. Who amongst the following faces Q?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) D(e) Cannot be determined

55. Who amongst the following faces the person who sitsexactly between B and C?(a) P (b) Q(c) R (d) S(e) Cannot be determined

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : In each question below is given agroup of letters followed by four combinations of digits/symbolsnumbered (a), (b), (c) and (d). You have to find out which of thecombinations correctly represents the group of letters based onthe coding system and the conditions given below and mark thenumber of that combination as your answer. If none of thecombinations correctly represents the group of letters, mark (e)i.e. ‘None of these’ as your answer.


Letters P M A E J K D R W H I U T F Digits /symbols

Conditions 4 $ 1 2 3 # 5 @ © 6 % 7 9d

(i) If the first letter is a consonant and the last letter is a vowel,the codes of both these are to be interchanged.

(ii) If both the first and the last letters are consonants boththese are to be coded as per the code of the last letter.

(iii) If the first letter is vowel and the last letter is a consonantboth these are to be coded as ‘ ’Note: All the remaining letters are to be coded as per theiroriginal codes.

56. ERWHKA(a) 2@©6#1 (b) 1@©6#2 (c) 1@©6#I(d) 2@©6#2 (e) None of these

57. MPEKDU(a) $42#5d (b) $42#5$ (c) d42#5d(d) d425#$ (e) None of these

58. TMEIUF(a) 7$2%d9 (b) 7$2%d7 (c) 9$2%d7(d) 9$2%d9 (e) None of these

59. JTAERI(a) % 712@ 3 (b) 3712@3 (c) 712@

(d) %712@% (e) None of these60. UKTMIH

(a) #7$%6 (b) 6#7$%d (c) #7$%

(d) 7#$%6 (e) None of theseDIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions:A, B, C ,D , E, F and H live on eight different floors , Ground flooris no 1, 1stfloor is no 2 and so on. There are 2 floors between thefloor on which B and H live. D lives on an odd - numbered floorand he does not live immediate below or above F's floor. F livesbelow H's floor.

D does not live immediately below or above B's floor. Adoes not live on an even numbered floor. C does not live on thetopmost floor. G lives on 6th floor. E does not live below H and Blives on floor no 5.61. How many floors are there between the floors on which D

and H live?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None of the above

62. Who among the following lives on the floor no 3?(a) A (b) B(c) C (d) F(e) None of the above

63. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and soform a group. Which does not belong to that group?(a) ED (b) BC(c) HF (d) BA(e) None of the above

64. E lives on which of the following floor?(a) 4th floor (b) 8th floor(c) 3rd floor (d) 7th floor(e) None of the above

65. Who lives between A and F?(a) C (b) G(c) B (d) H(e) None of the above

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70) : In the following questions, thesymbols d, %, $, # and @ are used with the following meaning asillustrated below:

‘P $ Q’ means ‘P is not smaller than Q’.‘P @ Q’ means ‘P is not greater than Q’.‘P d Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor equal to Q’.‘P # Q’ means ‘P is neither greater than nor equal to Q’.‘P % Q’ means ‘P is neither smaller than nor greater than Q’.

Now in each of the following questions assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the two conclusions I and IIgiven below them is/are definitely true?

Give answer(a) if only Conclusion I is true.(b) if only Conclusion II is true.(c) if either Conclusion I or II is true.(d) if neither Conclusion I nor II is true.(e) if both Conclusions I and II are true.

66. Statements: F @ N, N d R, H @ RConclusions: I. H d N

II. F # R67. Statements: M # T, T@ K, K $ N

Conclusions: I. M # NII. K d M

68. Statements: T % H, H $ WConclusions: I. W # T

II. W % T69. Statements: N d K, K # D, D % M

Conclusions: I. M d KII. D d N

70. Statements: J $ B, B % R, R d FConclusions: I. F # B

II. R @ J

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-72) : A @ B means A is wife of BA $ B means A is father of BA # B means A is mother of BA % B means A is son of BA © B means A is sister of B71. How is P related to M in the given expression: M % N ©

O @ P $ Q?(a) Brother (b) Father(c) Aunt (d) Uncle(e) None of the above

Practice Set - 1514672. Which of the following expression represents D is

brother of G?(a) D @ E $ F $ G(b) D % E @ F $ G(c) G % F @ E $ D(d) G@ E $ F % D(e) None of the above

73. A cat run 20m towards East and Turns to right runs 10mand turns to right runs 9m and again turns to left run 5mand then turns to left runs 12m and finally turns to leftand runs 6m .Now which direction cat facing?(a) South (b) West(c) North (d) East(e) Cannot be determined

74. In a row of boys, Kapil is eighth from the right and Nikunjis twelfth from the left. When Kapil and Nikunjinterchange positions, Nikunj becomes twenty first fromthe left. Which of the following will be Kapil's positionfrom the right?(a) 8th(b) 17th(c) 21st(d) Canont be determined(e) None of these

75. In a certain code ATE is written as 145 and CHAIR is writtenas 09173 then how TEACHER can be written in that code-(a) 4501953 (b) 4510953(c) 4310934 (d) 4530943(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : Study the following arrangementcarefully and answer the questions given below :

P 1 % T R A 5 # D M 7 K E G 2 8 $ H 3 1 4 V U 6 F 9 Z76. How many such symbols are there in the above arrangment,

each of which is immediately preceded by a consonant andalso immediately followed by a consonant ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

77. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir position in the above arrangement. Which is the onethat does not belong to that group ?(a) V1F (b) EK8(c) R % # (d) 6V9(e) $G3

78. How many such vowels are there in the above arrange-ment, each of which is immediately preceded by a digit andimmediately followed by a consonant ?(a) None (b) One(c) Tow (d) Three(e) More than three

79. Which of the following is exactly in the middle between thefifth element from the left end and the seventh element fromthe right end?(a) G (b) 2(c) E (d)(e) None of these

80. If the positions of last twelve elements in the above ar-rangement are reversed, which of the following will be theeigth element to the right of the eleventh element from theleft ?(a) H (b) I(c) (d) 9(e) None of these

1 (b) 11 (d) 21 (c) 31 (e) 41 (b) 51 (c) 61 (d) 71 (d)2 (c) 12 (c) 22 (a) 32 (a) 42 (a) 52 (a) 62 (a) 72 (b)3 (a) 13 (a) 23 (b) 33 (b) 43 (a) 53 (e) 63 (d) 73 (c)4 (c) 14 (b) 24 (b) 34 (c) 44 (c) 54 (d) 64 (b) 74 (b)5 (c) 15 (b) 25 (c) 35 (d) 45 (b) 55 (b) 65 (d) 75 (b)6 (e) 16 (a) 26 (c) 36 (d) 46 (a) 56 (a) 66 (d) 76 (a)7 (d) 17 (d) 27 (e) 37 (e) 47 (d) 57 (e) 64 (b) 77 (e)8 (a) 18 (a) 28 (b) 38 (b) 48 (b) 58 (d) 65 (c) 78 (a)9 (c) 19 (b) 29 (b) 39 (a) 49 (c) 59 (a) 69 (a) 79 (c)

10 (b) 20 (d) 30 (d) 40 (c) 50 (d) 60 (c) 70 (e) 80 (d)

Answer Key


1. (b) We have,623898 × 99 = ? × 60000

\ ? = 623898 99

60000´

= 623898 100 623898 1030

60000´ -

»

2. (c) We have,

= 4 3 6 5 4 3 7 9 185 7 7 9 5 7 6 5 25

´ ¸ ¸ = ´ ´ ´ =

3. (a) (399.98)2 » (400)2 » 160000

4. (c) We have, 2624.9995 (4.9989) ?+ =1

4.9900865¸

2 1625 (5) ?5

» + = ¸

1? (25 25) 105

\ = + =

5. (c) 989.001 + 1.00982 × 76.792» 990 + 1 × 76.8 = 1066.8 ; 1065

6. (e) Let x be there in the place of question mark.

So, 33 860000 860000= Þ =x xTaking log10 on boths the sides 3log10x = 5.9345log x = 1.9782, Taking antilog we get x » 95[log x is nearly 2 so, x will be near to but less than 100]

7. (d)5 1 2 13 16 121 5 28 3 5 8 3 5

+ + = + +

15 13 40 16 12 24120

´ + ´ + ´= =

195 640 288120

+ +

= 1123 9.35120

= » 9

8. (a)8769 87698769 82 44 82 328

¸ ¸ = =´

= 26.73 » 27

9. (c) Let x be there in place of question markso, x% of 45.999 × 16% of 83.006 = 116.073.

We take 1646 83 116100 100

´ ´ ´ =x

x × 0.46 × 13.28 = 116or x × 6.11 = 116Þ x = 18.98 » 19.

10. (b) 12.998 × 27.059 × 17.999» 13 × 27 × 18 = 6318» 6320

11. (d) ? = 784 ¸ 16 ¸ 7

Þ 784? 716

= ¸ Þ ? = 49 ¸ 7 = 7

12. (c)3 5? of 455 of 4567 8

= +

Þ3 5

? ×455 ×4567 8

= +

Þ ? = 195 + 285Þ ? = 480

13. (a) ? = 6425 ¸ 125 × 8Þ ? = 51.4 × 8Þ ? = 411.2

14. (b) ? = 1.05% of 2500 + 2.5% of 440

Þ1.05 2.5? 2500 440100 100

= ´ + ´

Þ2625 1100

?100 100

= +

Þ3725

? 37.25100

= =

15. (b) ? = 4900 ¸ 28 × 444 ¸ 12Þ ? = 175 × 37Þ ? = 6475

16. (a) 5 22 9 32 81 2592´ = ´ =\ Difference = 25 × 92 – 2592= 2592 – 2592 = 0Hence, the numerical difference is 0.

17. (d) Let the third number be 100. Then, the first and secondnumbers will be 20 and 50, respectively.

Required % = 20 100 4050

´ =

18. (a) Let the cost price of an article be ` 100then, S.P. = 100 + 10 = ̀ 110If S.P. = 2 × 110 = ` 220

then, profit % = (220 100) 100

100-

´ = 120%

19. (b) Ratio of investments of A, B and C= 3500 : 4500 : 5500 = 35 : 45 : 55 = 7 : 9 : 11Since, Ratio of investment is same as ratio of profit.

\ Ratio of profit = 7 : 9 : 11Now, profit = ̀ 405

\ A’s share = 7 405 Rs 10527

´ == ` 105

20. (d) Part of the tank filled by the three pipes working

simultaneously in one hour is = 6017

121

61

51

=-+

i.e. it takes 1760 hours to fill up the tank completely..

Now, 21

of the tank is filled with all the pipes open,

simultaneously together in 60 117 2

´ = hours17131

21. (c) Any even number is given by 2n for all n Î Z, where Zis a set of integers. This is divisible by 9 if it form 9 × 2n= 18n, which is divisible by 18.For example, number 36 is even and sum of digits(3 + 6) is 9, which is divisible by 9. Hence, the number36 is divisible by 18.



22. (a) Volume of water left in the tank = l × b × h = 20 × 7 × (10 – 2) = 1120 m3

23. (b) Required ratio= (4220 – 2420) : 2420= 1800 : 2420= 90 : 121

24. (b) C.P. of 20 kg of rice

= ` 672 2014

æ ö´ç ÷è ø

= ̀ 960C.P. of 15 kg of wheat

= ` 432 1512

æ ö´ç ÷è ø

= ̀ 540C.P. of 16 kg of sugar

= ` 504 1618

æ ö´ç ÷è ø

= ̀ 448\ Total cost price

= ̀ (960 + 540 + 448)= ̀ 1948

25. (c) Cl = rrP 1 1

100

é ùæ ö+ -ê úç ÷è øê úë û

467625 = 2r14500 1 1

100

é ùæ ö+ -ê úç ÷è øê úë û

Þ2467625 r1 1

14500 100æ ö= + -ç ÷è ø

Þ2467625 r1 1

14500 100æ ö+ = +ç ÷è ø

Þ2467625 14500 r1

14500 100+ æ ö= +ç ÷

è ø

Þ1917625 r114500 100

= +

Þr1.3225 1

100= +

Þ13225 r110000 100

= +

Þ115 r1100 100

= +

Þr 115 1

100 100= -

Þr 115 100

100 100-

=

Þr 115 r 15%

100 100= Þ =

26. (c) 1 2 3 23 ...(i)3

+ +=

x x x

ATQ, 23

1 3 423

4

+ + +=

x x x x

1 2 3 4 23 4Þ + + + = ´x x x x

1 2 3 4 23 43 3 3

+ + ´Þ + =x x x x

4 23Þ =x27. (e) Suppose required distance was x km.

\x x 140 45

- =

Þ9x 8x x1 1

360 360-

= Þ =

x = 360 km28. (b) n(S) = Number of ways to select 3 marbles out of 7

marbles = 7C3

= 7 6 5 351 2 3

´ ´=

´ ´n(E) = Probability that two are green and one is red

= 4C2 × 3C1 = 4 3 31 2

´´

´ = 18

Required probability = n(E) 18n(S) 35

=

29. (b) Suppose number is x.

\4 3 2 1x x5 4 5 6

´ ´ - ´ ´ = 648

12x 2x20 30

- = 648

Þ36x 4x

60-

= 648

Þ32x60 = 648

Þ x = 648 60

32´

= 81 × 15

Þ x = 121530. (d)

28

We have to calculate the area of the shaded regionwhich is equal to area of square – Area of the circle

Required answer = 2 22(28) 14 147

- ´ ´

= 784 – 616 = 168 m2

31. (e) The series is× 1.5, × 2, × 2.5, × 3and so on.

32. (a) The series is–16, –8, –4, –2, –1, –0.5and so on.

33. (b) The series is× 1 + 2, × 2 + 3, × 3 + 4 and so on.

Practice Set - 15 14934. (c) The series is

× 1 + 12, × 2 + 22, × 3 + 32

and so on.35. (d) The series is ×2 – 2.(36–40) :HR department

Total number of employees = 18 8450

100´ = 1521

Number of women = 17 3500

100´ = 595

Number of men = 1521 – 595 = 926Marketing department


100´ = 1859


100´ = 805

Number of men = 1859 – 805 = 1054Administration department


100´ = 1014


100´ = 490

Number of men = 1014 – 490 = 524Finance department


100´ = 1183


100´ = 875

Number of men = 1183 – 875 = 308IT department :


100´ = 2873


100´ = 735

Number of men = 2873–735 = 213836. (d) Number of men in finance department = 308

37. (e) Required average = 926 1054 524 308 2138

5+ + + +

= 4950

5 = 990

38. (b) Required ratio = 490 : 1014 = 245 : 50739. (a) Number of women working in the Finance and IT

department= 875 + 735 = 1610Total number of employees = 8450

Required percentage = 1610 1008450

´ = 19.05

40. (c) Number of men working in HR department = 926

41. (b)

Kites

Birds

Fish

Aeroplanes

42. (a) Fires

Wire

Tyres

43. (a)

clippin

badges

44. (c)

brush

paintcolour

45. (b) planetsstars

brush

Galaxies

(Qs. 46-50)

always to be right 4 9 3 2®

right is also 9 6 5'come to terms 1 3 8 terms are just' 0 1 6always is' 7 4

just' ®

®

®

®

51-55. S R Q P

A C D B

56. (a) E R W H K A

2 @ 6 # 1

2 @ 6 # 1

©

©

Letter series

Codewithoutcondition

57- (e) M P E K D U

$ 4 2 # 5

4 2 # 5 $

d

d

Letter series

Code

According tocondition (i)

58- (d) T M E I U F

7 $ 2 % 9

9 $ 2 % 9

d

d

Letter series

Code

According tocondition (ii)

59- (a) J T A E R I

3 7 1 2 @ %

% 7 1 2 @ 3

Letter series

Code

According tocondition (i)

60- (c) U K T M I H

# 7 $ % 6

# 7 $

d

« % «

Letter series

Code

According tocondition (iii)

(61-65) :

61. (d) Floor Person8 E7 D6 G5 B4 C3 A2 H1 F

66. (d) Accordingly,F @ N Þ F £ NN d R Þ N > RH @ R Þ H £ R

\ F £ N > R ³ HConclusion : I. H d N Þ H > N [not true]

II. F # R Þ F < R [not true]If neither conclusion I not II is true.

67. (b) Accordingly,M # T Þ M < TT @ K Þ T £ KK $ N Þ K ³ N

\ M < T £ K ³ NConclusion : I. M # N Þ M < N [not true]

II. K d M Þ K > M [not true]Only conclusion II is true.

68. (c) Accordingly,T % H Þ T = HH $ W Þ H ³ W

\ T = H ³ WConclusion : I. W # T Þ W < T [true]

II. W % T Þ W = T orIf either conclusion I or II is true. [true]

69. (a) Accordingly,N d K Þ N > KK # D Þ K < DD % M Þ D = M

\ N > K < D = MConclusion : I. M d K Þ M > K [true]

II. D d N Þ D > N [not true]Only conclusion I is true.

70. (e) Accordingly,J $ B Þ J ³ BB % R Þ B = RR d F Þ R > F

\ J ³ B = R > FConclusion : I. F # B Þ F < B [true]

II. R @ J Þ R £ J [true]Both conclusion I and II are true.

73. (c)endingstarting

20

5 9 10

12

6

74. (b) Since Kapil and Nikunj interchange places, so Nikunj'snew position (21st from left) is the same as Kapil'searlier positon (8th from right).So, number of boys in the row = (20 + 1 + 7) = 28.Now, Kapiil's new position is the same as Nikunj's earlierposition i.e. 12th from left.\ Kapil's position from the right = (28 - 11) = 17th.

75. (b) T = 4, E = 5,A =1,C =0, H = 9,E = 5,R = 3 can be decodeddirectly

76. (a) P 1 % T R A 5 # D M 7 K E G 2 8 $ H 3 1 4 V U 6 F9 Z

In the above series there is no consonant symbol-consonant sequence.

77. (e) Except it in each choice second and third elements aresecond to the left of first elements and third to theright of first element respectively.

78. (a) We have to look for digit- vowel-consonant sequencein the following series.P 1 % T R A 5 # D M 7 K E G 2 8 $ H 3 1 4 V U 6 F 9 ZThere is no such sequence.

79. (c) E is exactly in the middle between the fifth elementfrom the left end and the seventh element from theright end.

80. (d) After changing the series becomes as follows:P 1 % T R A 5 # D M 7 K E G 2 8 Z 9 F 6 U V 4 13 H $Now, eigth element to the right of eleventh from theleft, i.e., 9.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-10): What approximate value should comein place of the question mark (?) in the following question?(You are not expected to calculate the exact value).1. 1223.9975 ?=

(a) 110 (b) 144(c) 34 (d) 12.55(e) 125

2. 503 × 201 = ?(a) 101100 (b) 1000000(c) 110000 (d) 100003(e) 1000103

3. 1205 ¸ 2.5 = ?(a) 3000 (b) 4800(c) 300 (d) 480(e) 500

4. 22020 ¸0.011 = ?(a) 20020 (b) 2002000(c) 200200 (d) 20002(e) 2000020

5. 20800 ?=

(a) 12 (b) 120(c) 140 (d) 102(e) 1020

6. (9615.36 + 1247.18) ̧ (2435.72 + 1937.92) = ?(a) 4 (b) 9(c) 2 (d) 7(e) 8

7. 5646 3982 39+ - = ?(a) 77 (b) 109(c) 66 (d) 99(e) 119

8. (48 × 296) ̧ (19 × 173) = ?(a) 2 (b) 4(c) 146 (d) 9(e) 100

9. 0.5 % of 449 × 8.2% of 674 = ?(a) 124 (b) 139(c) 146 (d) 115(e) 100

10. 3784 ̧ 28 + 538 = ?(a) 600 (b) 623(c) 651 (d) 636(e) 673

DIRECTIONS (Q. 11 - 15) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions?


12. 5 3 18 4 6 ?9 5 3´ - =

(a)113245 (b) 1133

45

(c) 13245

(d)13345

(e) None of these


PRACTICE SET




answer.


16


13.217 4 4 2 ?

90 5 12´ + ´ =¸ ´

(a)2554 (b)

2257

(c)1127 (d)

1327



15. 222 + ? = 529(a) 45 (b) 2045(c) 2025 (d) 48(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20): In each of the following number seriesone of the given number is wrong. Find out the wrong number.16. 439, 778, 1456, 2812, 5624, 10948



18. 5040, 3014, 1814.4, 1088.64, 653.184(a) 1088.64 (b) 391.9104(c) 1814.4 (d) 653.184(e) None of these


20. 36, 54, 135, 472.15, 2126.25, 11694.375(a) 135 (b) 54(c) 472.15 (d) 11694.375(e) None of these

21. Which of the following fractions is the least ?

(a)11912 (b)

101

(c)394 (d)

697

(e) None of these22. A number of points are marked on a plane and are connected

pairwise by a line segment. If the total number of linesegments is 10, how many points are marked on the plane?(a) 4 (b) 10(c) 5 (d) 9(e) None of these

23. A sum of money becomes eight times in 3 years if the rate iscompounded annually. In how much time, the same amountat the same compound interest rate will become sixteentimes?(a) 6 years (b) 4 years(c) 8 years (d) 5 years(e) None of these

24. A machine is sold at a profit of 10%. Had it been sold for` 40 less, there would have been a loss of 10%. What wasthe cost price?(a) ` 320 (b) ` 200(c) ` 225 (d) ` 250(e) None of these

25. Ram spends ` 3620 for buying pants at the rate of ` 480each and shirts at the rate of ` 130 each. What will be theratio of pants to shirts when maximum number of pants areto be bought?(a) 7 : 2 (b) 7 : 3(c) 2 : 7 (d) 4 : 5(e) None of these

26. Two trains each of 120 m in length, run in opposite directionswith a velocity of 40 m/s and 20 m/s respectively. How longwill it take for the tail ends of the two trains to meet eachother during the course of their journey?(a) 20 s (b) 3 s(c) 4 s (d) 5 s(e) None of these

27. Ramesh is twice as good a workman as Sunil and finishes apiece of work in 3 hours less than Sunil. In how many hoursthey together could finish the same piece of work ?

(a)312 (b) 2

(c)321 (d) 8

(e) None of these28. Fifteen years hence, a man will be four times as old as he

was fifteen years ago. His present age is(a) 25 years (b) 20 years(c) 30 years (d) 45 years(e) None of these

29. The floor of a rectangular room is 15 m long and 12 m wide.The room is surrounded by a verandah of width 2 m on allits sides. The area of the verandah is(a) 124 m2 (b) 120 m2

(c) 108 m2 (d) 58 m2

(e) None of these30. How much tea at ` 9 per kg must be mixed with 100 kg

of superior tea at ` 13.50 per kg to give an average priceof ` 11 per kg?(a) 85 kg (b) 120 kg(c) 125 kg (d) 130 kg(e) None of these

Practice Set - 16 15331. Out of 250 observations, the first 100 observations have

mean 5 and the average of the remaining 150 observations

is 253

. What is the average of the whole group of

observations ?(a) 6 (b) 7(c) 8 (d) 9(e) None of these

32. Ram can do a piece of work in 6 days and Shyam canfinish the same work in 12 days. How much work will befinished, if both work together for 2 days?(a) One-fourth of the work(b) One-third of the work(c) Half of the work(d) Whole of the work(e) None of the above

33. The efficiency of P is twice that of Q, whereas theefficiency of P and Q together is three times that of R. IfP, Q and R work together on a job, in what ratio shouldthey share their earnings?(a) 2 : 1 : 1 (b) 4 : 2 : 1(c) 4 : 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 2 : 3(e) None of these

34. What is the greater of two numbers whose product is 640,if the sum of the two numbers, exceeds their difference by32?(a) 45 (b) 50(c) 55 (d) 40(e) None of these

35. The average of 5 consecutive odd numbers A, B, C, Dand E is 45. What is the product of B and D?(a) 2107 (b) 2205(c) 1935 (d) 2021(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs.36-40): Study the pie-chart and tablecarefully to answer the questions that follow.

State - 114%

State - 228%State - 3

32%

State - 426%

Pie-chart showing percentagewise distribution of cars in four different states

Total cars = 700 Distribution of Cars

State - 426%

State - 114%

State - 332%

State - 232%

Table showing ratio between diesel and petrol engine cars whichare distributed among four different states

State Diesel Engine Cars

Petrol Engine Cars

State - 1 3 4

State - 2 5 9

State - 3 5 3

State - 4 1 1

36. What is the difference between the number of diesel enginecars in state-2 and the number of petrol engine cars instate-4?(a) 159 (b) 21(c) 28 (d) 34(e) 161

37. Number of petrol engine cars in state-3 is what percent morethan the number of diesel engine cars in state-1?(a) 100 (b) 200(c) 300 (d) 125(e) 225

38. If 25% of diesel engine cars in state-3 are AC and remainingcars are non-AC, what is the number of diesel engine cars instate-3 which are non-AC?(a) 75 (b) 45(c) 95 (d) 105(e) 35

39. What is the difference between the total number of cars instate-3 and the number of petrol engine cars in state-2?(a) 9 6 (b) 10 6(c) 112 (d) 10 2(e) 9 8

40. What is the average number of petrol engine cars in all thestates together?(a) 86.75 (b) 89.25(c) 89.75 (d) 86.25(e) 88.75

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45): In the following questions, thesymbols d, %, $, # and @ are used with the following meaning asillustrated below:

A $ B’ means A is not smaller than BA @ B means A is not greater than BA d B means A is neither smaller than nor equal to BA # B means A is neither greater than nor equal to BA % B means A is neither smaller than nor greater than BNow in each of the following questions assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the two conclusions Iand II given below them is/are definitely true?Give answer(a) if only Conclusion I is true.(b) if only Conclusion II is true.(c) if either Conclusion I or II is true.(d) if both Conclusions I and II are true.(e) if neither Conclusion I nor II is true.

Practice Set - 1615441. Statements: P @ Q, Q & R, S @ R

Conclusions: I. S @ QII. P # R

42. Statements: M # N, N @ O, O $ PConclusions: I. M # P

II. O d M43. Statements: D % E, E $ F, G @ F

Conclusions: I. E # GII. E @ G

44. Statements: L & J, J # T, T % MConclusions: I. M d J

II. T d L45. Statements: A $ B, B % C, C & F

Conclusions: I. F # BII. C @ A

DIRECTIONS (Qs.46-50) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the questions given below :

A, B, C, D, E, F and G are sitting around a circle facing thecentre, not necessarily in the same order. D is not second to theleft of F but D is second to the right of A. C is third to the right ofA and C is second to the left of G. B is not an immediate neighbourof G.

46. Who is to the immediate right of C?(a) D (b) G(c) E (d) B(e) Data inadequate

47. Who is the only one person sitting between A and G?(a) B (b) D(c) C (d) E(e) F

48. Who is to the immediate left of D ?(a) B (b) C(c) A (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

49. Who is second to the left of C?(a) B (b) G(c) F (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

50. What is E’s position with respect to D?(a) To the immediate right(b) To the immediate left(c) Third to the right(d) Second to the right(e) Third to the left

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : Numerals are coded as given belowand some conditions are given. Accordingly you have t find outwhich coding is correct.

4 6 7 8 1 3 5 0 9 2# B M % E $ Z P & Y

Conditions:-(a) If first digit as well as last digit is odd then both will be

coded as 'A'(b) If first digit as well as last digit is even then both will

be coded as '0'(c) If first digit is even and last digit is odd, then the code

will be interchanged(d) If first digit is odd and last digit is even then both will

be coded as the even number.(e) If the number starts or end with zero, then zero will be

coded as '*'51. 316726

(a) BBEMY4 (b) BEBM$4(c) BEBMYB (d) BMBMY4(e) None of these

52. 276134(a) 0M0BE$ (b) 0MBE$0(c) 0MBE#0 (d) MB0#$B(e) None of these

53. 097321(a) *&M$YE (b) *MYE&B(c) EY$M&* (d) $EYM$*(e) None of these

54. 156587(a) AMB0%A (b) A$B%SA(c) A%BEZA (d) AZBZ%A(e) None of these

55. 825763(a) #ZYNB% (b) YZM%#B(c) $YZMB% (d) #YMZ%B(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60): In each question below are twostatements followed by two conclusions numbered I and II. Youhave to take the two given statements to be true even if theyseem to be at variance from commonly known facts and thendecide which of the given conclusions logically follows from thegiven statements disregarding commonly known facts. Give answer(a) if only conclusion I follows.(b) if only conclusion II follows.(c) if either conclusion I or II follows.(d) if neither conclusion I nor II follows.(e) if both conclusions I and II follow.

56. Statements: No holiday is a vacation.Some vacations are trips.

Conclusions: I. No trip is a holiday.II. Some holidays are definitely not trips.

57. Statements: Some kites are birds.No kite is an aeroplane.

Conclusions: I. All aeroplanes are birds.II. Some birds are definitely not kites

Practice Set - 16 15558. Statements: All metals are plastics.

All plastics are fibres.Conclusions: I. Atleast some fibres are metals.

II. Some metals are not fibres.59. Statements: All roads are streets.

No street is a highway.Conclusions: I. No highway is a road.

II. All streets are roads.60. Statements: Some animals are plants.

All plants are rocks.Conclusions: I. All plants are animals.

II. Atleast some rocks are animals.

DIRECTIONS (Qs . 61-62) : Study the following informationto answer the given questions.

A - B means A is wife of BA ÷ B means A is brother of BA + B means A is daughter of BA × B means A is son of B61. How is A related to D in the given expression ?

A + B - C × D(a) Grandson (b) Granddaughter(c) Daughter (d) Mother(e) None of the above

62. Which of the following symbol will come in place of ? tomake the expression Q is daughter-in-law of T true ?P + Q - R ? S - T(a) × (b) +(c) – (d) ÷(e) None of the above

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 63 - 65) : Answer the following questionsbased on the following series.

E B C % 2 D $ A 4 # 5 K L I 6 U Z 8 M N O 9 P Q $ @ © J * 363. If all the symbols are dropped in the above arrangement

which of the following will be tenth from the right end ?(a) 8 (b) Z(c) M (d) N(e) None of these

64. Which of the following will be the 6th to the left of the 10thelement from the left end ?(a) 2 (b) C(c) % (d) D(e) None of these

65. How many such consonants are there in the abovearrangement each of which is immediately preceded by asymbol and immediately followed by a letter ?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) More than three(e) None

DIRECTIONS (66 - 70) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.

Eight friends P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W live on separatefloor. Ground floor is no 1,next floor is no2 and so on. Vlives on floor no 1.Only 2 people between V and Q. P livesimmediately above U. P lives on an even no floor.

Only one person lives between U and T. U lives aboveT. W lives on an odd no floor above P. S does not live onthe topmost floor.66. Who lives on the floor no 2 ?

(a) W (b) S(c) Q (d) P(e) None of these

67. Who among the following live below P and floor no ?(a) R - 7 (b) Q - 3(c) P - 5 (d) U - 5(e) None of these

68. How many people lives between R and T(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

69. Who lives between R and P ?(a) W (b) Q(c) V (d) U(e) None of these

70. Which is true from the given arrangement ?(a) 8 - W (b) 7 - R(c) 6 - P (d) 5 - S(e) 4 - V

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : Study the following informationand answer the questions that follow.

In a certain code language, 'hope to seeyou' is coded as re so na di, 'please come to seethe party' is coded as fi ge na di ke zo, 'hope tocome' is code as di so ge and 'see you the party'is coded as re fi zo na.71. How is 'please' coded in the given code language?

(a) di (b) ke(c) fi (d) na(e) None of these

72. What does the code 'so' stand for in the given codelanguage?(a) hope (b) come(c) see (d) to(e) None of these

73. How is 'party' coded in the given code language?(a) Either re or fi (b) Either zo or na(c) Either zo or fi (d) Either zo or ge(e) Either ke or fi

74. How will 'please see you' be coded in the given codelanguage?(a) re na ke (b) so re na(c) zo re na (d) na di ke(e) ke re ge

75. Which one of the following will be coded as so di re in thegiven code language?(a) you see hope (b) hope you please(c) hope you come (d) the hope to(e) you hope to


DIRECTIONS (Q. 76-80) : Read the following informationcarefully and answers the questions given below.Six people : C, D, E, F, G and H are standing in a straight line facingNorth not necessarily in the same order. D is standing second tothe right of F. C is standing fourth to the left of H and H is notstanding on the extreme end of the line. E is standing second tothe right of D.

76. What is the position of G with respect to E ?(a) Immediate left (b) Second to the left(c) Third to the left (d) Third to the right(e) None of these

77. Which of the following pairs represents the people standingat the extreme ends of the line ?(a) FH (b) CE(c) DE (d) CH(e) None of these

78. Who is standing second to the right of C ?(a) F (b) (D)(c) G (d) CH

79. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir positions in the above arrangement and so form a group.Which of the following does not belong to the group ?(a) CG (b) GE(c) GH (d) DE(e) FD

80. If all the people are asked to stand in an alphabetical orderfrom left to right, the positions of how many will remainunchanged ?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None of these

1 (c) 11 (b) 21 (b) 31 (b) 41 (e) 51 (c) 61 (b) 71 (b)2 (a) 12 (d) 22 (c) 32 (c) 42 (b) 52 (b) 62 (a) 72 (a)3 (d) 13 (a) 23 (b) 33 (a) 43 (e) 53 (a) 63 (b) 73 (c)4 (b) 14 (e) 24 (b) 34 (d) 44 (a) 54 (d) 64 (c) 74 (a)5 (a) 15 (c) 25 (a) 35 (d) 45 (d) 55 (c) 65 (e) 75 (e)6 (c) 16 (a) 26 (c) 36 (b) 46 (c) 56 (d) 66 (b) 76 (c)7 (d) 17 (b) 27 (b) 37 (a) 47 (e) 57 (d) 67 (d) 77 (b)8 (b) 18 (e) 28 (a) 38 (d) 48 (a) 58 (a) 68 (e) 78 (c)9 (a) 19 (d) 29 (a) 39 (e) 49 (a) 59 (a) 69 (a) 79 (b)

10 (e) 20 (c) 30 (c) 40 (b) 50 (d) 60 (b) 70 (c) 80 (a)

Answer Key


1. (c) ? 1223.9975 34= »2. (a) ? = 503 × 201 = 101103 »1011003. (d) ? = 1205 ¸ 2.5 = 482 » 4804. (b) ? = 22020 ¸ 0.011 = 2001818.182 » 2002000

5. (a) ? 20800 144 12= » =6. (c) ? = 2.4836 ; 27. (d) ? = 5646 3982 39+ -

= 75 + 63 – 39 = 99

8. (b) ? = 48 296 1420819 173 3287´

Þ´

= 4.32 ; 4

9. (a) ? = 0.5 8.2449 674100 100

´ ´ ´

» 2.25 × 55» 123.75 » 124

10. (e) ? = 3784 538 ?

28+ =

; 135 + 538; 673

11. (b) ? = 72.42 + 385.66 +4976.38Þ ? = 5434.46

12. (d) ? = 589 ×

345 –

163

Þ ? = 779 ×

235 –

193

Þ ? = 1771 285

45-

Þ ? = 1486

45 =13345

13. (a) ? = 217 4 4 2

90 5 12´ + ´¸ ´

Þ ? = 68 16 2

18 12+ ´´

Þ ? = 68 32

216+

Þ ? = 100216 =

2554

14. (e) ? = 16% of 250 + 115% of 480

Þ ? = 16 115250 480

100 100´ + ´

Þ ? = 4000 55200100 100

+

Þ ? = 40 + 552 = 592

15. (c) 222 + ? = 529

Þ 484 + ? = 529Þ ? = 529 – 484 = 45Þ ? = 45 × 45 = 2025

16. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow439 × 2 – 100 = 778778 × 2 – 100 = 14561456 × 2 – 100 = 2812

2812 2 100 5624 5524´ - =

5524 × 2 – 100 = 10948Hence, the wrong number in the series is 5624.

17. (b) The pattern of number series is as follows156 + 312 = 468468 + 312 = 780

780 + 312 = 1094 10921092 + 312 = 14041404 + 312 = 1716Hence, the wrong number in the series is 1094.

18. (e) The pattern of number series is as follow

5040 × 3 ̧ 5 = 3014 30243024 × 3 ̧ 5 = 1814.41814.4 × 3 ̧ 5 = 1088.641088.64 × 3 ̧ 5 = 653.184Hence the wrong number in the series is 3014.

19. (d) The pattern of number series is as follow113 + 17 × 1 = 130130 + 17 × 2 = 164164 + 17 × 3 = 215

215 + 17 × 4 = 293 283283 + 17 × 5 = 368Hence the wrong number in the series is 293.

20. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow36 × 1.5 = 5454 × 2.5 = 135

135 × 3.5 = 472.15 472.5472.5 × 4.5 = 2126.252126.25 × 5.5 = 11694.375Hence, the wrong number in series is 472.15

21. (b)12 10.1008, 0.1

119 10= =

102.0394= and 101.0

697

=

Thus, 101 is the least.


Practice Set - 1615822. (c) Let there be n points marked on the plane.

Total number of line segments = 2n C =10

Þ 102

)1n(n=

-

or 020nn2 =--

or 0)4n)(5n( =+-or n = 5 [n = – 4 is rejected]

23. (b) Let the sum of money be ` x.

Now, 3

8 1100

rx x æ ö= +ç ÷è ø

or, 3

31 (2)100

ræ ö+ =ç ÷è ø or 1 2

100r

+ =

Again, let the sum becomes 16 times in n years. Then,

16 1100

nrx x æ ö= +ç ÷è ø

Þ n216 = or n4 22 = or 4n =24. (b) Let the cost price of machine be ` 100

SP of machine at a profit of 10% = ` 110SP of machine at a loss of 10% = ` 90If SP is (110 – 90) = ` 20 less then CP = ` 100Therefore, if SP is ` 40 less, then

CP = 10040

20´ = ` 200

25. (a) Let us work with the options.For (a), total cost = 7 × 480 + 2 × 130 = ̀ 3620For (b), total cost = 7 × 480 + 3 × 130 = ̀ 3750For (c), total cost = 2 × 480 + 7 × 130 = ̀ 1870Hence, option (a) is correct.

26. (c) Relative speed of the trains = (40 + 20) = 60 m/sDistance = (120 + 120) = 240 mTime taken by trains to cross each other completely

= 240 4s60

=

27. (b) Let Sunil finishes the job in x hours.

Then, Ramesh will finish the job in 2x hours.

We have, 6x32xx =Þ=-

Therefore, Sunil finishes the job in 6 hours and Rameshin 3 hours.

Work done by both of them in 1 hour = 21

31

61

=+

They together finish the piece of work in 2 hours.28. (a) Let the present age of the man = x years

Now, (x + 15) = 4 (x – 15)or 3x = 75 or x = 25 years

29. (a) Area of the outer rectangle = 19 × 16 = 304 m2

2m

2m

2m2m

15

12

Verandah

Floor of room

Area of the inner rectangle = 15 × 12 = 180 m2

\Required area = (304 – 180) = 124 m2

30. (c) Let x kg of tea of ` 9 per kg.9 13.5 100

100x

x´ + ´

+= 11

Þ 9x + 1350 = 11x + 1100Þ 2x = 250\ x = 125 kg.

31. (b) Given, n1 = 100, 1 5x = and n2 = 150, 2253

x =

Average of whole group of observations

1 1 2 21

1 2

+=

+n x n x

xn n

=

25100 5 1503

100 150

´ + ´

+ =

1750 7250

=

32. (c) \ One day's work of Ram = 16

\ One day's work of Shyam = 1

12One day's work together, Ram and Shyam

= 1 16 12+

= 2 1 3 112 12 4+

= =

\ Two day's work together = 12

half of the work

33. (a) Earning of man is directly proportinonal to theirincomeP Q P + Q R2 : 1 3 : 1

Q : R1 1

Ratio of efficiency = 2 : 1 : 134. (d) Suppose two numbers are x and y.

\ xy = 640(x + y) – (x – y) = 32

Þ x + y – x + y = 32Þ x + y – x + y = 32Þ 2y = 32

Practice Set - 16 159y = 16x × 16 = 640

x = 640 ;16 x = 40

So, largest number is 40.35. (d) Let the numbers A, B, C, D and E are x – 4, x – 2, x, x +

2 and x + 4 respectivelyAccording to the question,

(x 4) (x 2) x (x 2) (x 4)5

- + - + + + + + = 45

Þ5x5 = 45 Þ x = 45

Therefore, B × D = (x – 2) (x + 2)= x2 – 4 = (45)2 – 4= 2025 – 4 = 2021

(36 – 40)Total Cars = 700

State Total Cars

Diesel Cars

Petrol Cars

1 98 42 56 2 196 70 126 3 224 140 84 4 182 91 91

36. (b) Difference between No. of diesel cars in S-2 and No. ofpertrol cars in S-4= 91 – 70 = 21

37. (a) Petrol cars in S-3 = 84Diesel cars in S-1 = 42

% = 84 42 100 100

42-

´ = %

38. (d) 25% diesel cars in S-3 are AC\ 75% diesel cars in S-3 are non-AC

\ No. of non-AC cars = 140 75 105

100´

=

39. (e) Difference between total cars in S-3 and petrol cars inS-2= 224 – 126 = 98

40. (b) Average of petrol cars in all states together

= 56 126 84 91 357 89.25

4 4+ + +

= =

(41-45) :

$ @ &# %Þ ³ Þ £ Þ >Þ < Þ =

41. (e) Modified statementP @ Q & R, S @ R

Þ P £ Q > R ³ SConclusions:I. S £ Q (False)

II. P < R (False)Hence, neither conclusion I and II follow

42. (b) Modified statement :M # N @ O $ P

Þ M < N £ O ³ PConclusions: I. M M (True)Hence, only conclusions II follows.

43. (e) Modified statements :D % E $ F, G @ F

Þ D = E ³ F ³ GConclusions: I. E < G (False)

II. E £ G (False)Hence, neither conclusions I nor follow.

44. (a) Modified statements :L & J # T % M

Þ L > J < T = MConclusions: I. M > J (True)

II. T > L (False)Hence, only conclusion I is true.

45. (d) Modified statement :A $ B % C & F

Þ A ³ B = C > FConclusion : I. F < B (True)

II. C £ A (True)Hence, both follow

(46 - 50) :Sitting arrangement is given below.

A

E

B

D

CG

F

Right Left

46. (c) E is to the immediate right of C47. (e) F is sitting between A and G48. (a) B is the immediate left of D49. (a) Second to the left of C is B50. (d) E is second to the right of D.51. (c) First number is odd and last number is even, so it will

be coded as even number. condition (d) is applied52. (b) condition b follow, so both will be coded as 053. (a) condition e follow, the number starts with 0, so zero

will be coded as *54. (d) condition a follow, so both the first and last digit will

be coded as A55. (c) condition c follows, so codes will be interchanged56. (d) According to statement

holidays tripholidaysvacation

or,

holidays trip vacations

If neither conclusion I and nor II follow.

Practice Set - 1616057. (d) According to statement

birdkites kites aeroplane

or

kites bird Aeroplane

If neither conclusion I and II follows.58. (a) According to statement

plasticsmetals

fibresplastics

or,fibres

plasticsmetal

Only conclusion I follows.59. (a) According to statement

streetsroads

street highway

or, streets

highwayroads

Hence only conclusion I follow.60. (b) According to statement I

plantsanimals

Rocks

plants

or,

Rocksplants

animals

Hence, only conclusion II follows.62. (a) ×63. (b) EBC2DA45KLI67UZ8MNO9PQJ364. (c) E B C % 2 D $ A 4 # 5 K L I 6 U Z 8 M N O 9 P Q $ @ ©

J * 310th element from the left end : #6th to the left of # : %

65. (e) No such group is formed.(66-70)

8 - R7 - W6 - P

5 - U4 - Q3 - T2 - S1 - V

(71-75) :hope to see you ? re so na di ... (i)please come to see the party ? fige na di ke zo ... (ii)hope to come ? di so ge ... (iii)see you the party ? re fi zo na ... (iv)

71. (b) From (i) and (ii), to see ? na diFrom (i), (ii) and (iii), to ? di ... (v)Hence, the code for 'see' is 'na'From (ii) and (iii), come ? 'ge' ... (vi)From (ii), (iv), (v) and (vi), please ? 'ke'

72. (a) From (i), (ii) and (iii), to ? 'di'hence so stands for 'hope'.

73. (c) From (ii), (iv) and Q.No. 12, code for 'party' is either 'fi'or 'zo'.

74. (a) From (i), (iv) and Q.No. 12, code for 'see' is 'na'; codefor 'you' is 're' and code for 'please' is 'ke'.

75. (e) From Q.No. 13 and 14, so di re ? you hope to

N

EW

S

Q

P

10 k

m

15 km

6 km

15 km

(76-80)D is standing second to the right of F. i.e., F * D. E is standingsecond to the right of D i.e., F * D * E. H is not standing onthe extreme end of line and C is standing fourth to the left ofH.So, H must be standing between D and E.Final position will be as following

C F G D H E Facing North

76. (c) G is standing third to the left of E.77. (b) C and E are standing on the extreme ends of the line.78. (c) G is standing second to the right of C.79. (b) GE does not belong to that group because there are

two people between G and E while in others, there isonly one person.

80. (a)Presend order C F G D H EAlphabetical order C D E F G H

So, position of C will remain unchanged. Hence, correctanswer is (a).

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15): What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the given question?

1.1 8 1

4 1 2 – 3 ?2 9 13

æ ö+ ¸ =ç ÷è ø

(a)9126 (b)

7213

(c)11126 (d)

4213

(e)10113

2.6 136 8 132

?628 16 – 26.25

´ ¸ +=

¸(a) 15 (b) 24(c) 18 (d) 12(e) 28

3. {(441)1/2 × 207 × (343)1/3} ÷ {(14)2 × (529)1/2}

(a)162 (b)

152

(c)354

(d)364

(e)164

4. { }2 3 37744 (11) (2) (?)´ ¸ =

(a) 7 (b) 9

(c) 11 (d) 13(e) 17

5. 1/ 2 11(4356) ? 64

¸ = ´

(a) 2 (b) 4(c) 8 (d) 6(e) 16

6.38

of {4624 ̧ (564 – 428)} = ?

(a)1134 (b)

1142

(c)5116

(d)3124

(e)1128

7. 456 ¸ 24 × 38 – 958 + 364 = ?(a) 112 (b) 154(c) 128 (d) 136(e) 118

8. (43)2 + 841 = (?)2 + 1465(a) 41 (b) 35(c) 38 (d) 33(e) 30

9.3 5 3 13 6 – 2 3 ?8 12 16 2

´ ´ =

(a) 21 (b) 18(c) 14 (d) 15(e) 16


PRACTICE SET




answer.


17

Practice Set - 1716210. (34.5 ́ 14 ́ 42) + 2.8 = ?

(a) 7150 (b) 7365(c) 7245 (d) 7575(e) 7335

11.2 2 18 5 ? 505 3 5

´ + =

(a)235 (b)

225

(c)335 (d)

325

(e) None of these

12.49 of

38 of

27 of 294 = ?



14. 1740 ÷ 12 × 4070 ÷ 110 = ?(a) 5635 (b) 5365(c) 5465 (d) 5445(e) None of these

15. 5760 ÷ 45 × 15 = ?(a) 1890 (b) 1828(c) 1820 (d) 1928(e) None of these

16. 12 yrs ago the ratio between the ages of A and B was 3 :4

respectively. The present age of A is 334

times of C's present

age. If C's present age is 10 yrs, then what is B's presentage? (in years)(a) 48 (b) 46(c) 60 (d) 54(e) 36

17. A certain number of capsules were purchased for ` 216,15more capsules could have been purchased in the sameamount if each capsule was cheaper by ̀ 10. What was thenumber of capsules purchased?(a) 6 (b) 14(c) 8 (d) 12(e) 9

18. M, N, O and P divided ̀ 44352 among themselves. M took

3 th8

of the money, N took 1 th6

of the remaining amount

and rest was divided among O and P in the ratio of 3 : 4respectively. How much did O get as his share?(a) ` 9600 (b) ` 10600(c) ` 10300 (d) ` 8700(e) ` 9900

19. Pure milk costs ̀ 16 per litre. After adding water the milkmansells the mixture ̀ 15 per litre and thereby makes a profit of25%. In what respective ratio does he mix milk with water?(a) 3:1 (b) 4 : 3(c) 3 : 2 (d) 5 : 3(e) 4 : 1

20. l/3rd the diagonal of a square is 3 2 m. What is the measureof the side of the square?(l) 12 m (b) 9 m(c) 18 m (d) 6 m(e) 7 m

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 21-25) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the given number series?21. 37, ?, 103, 169, 257, 367

(a) 61 (b) 59(c) 67 (d) 55(e) 71

22. 4, 6, 34, ?, 504, 1234(a) 194 (b) 160(c) 186 (d) 156(e) 172

23. 3, ?, 14, 55, 274, 1643(a) 11 (b) 5(c) 6 (d) 8(e) 7

24. 960, 839, 758, 709, ?, 675(a) 696 (b) 700(c) 688 (d) 678(e) 684

25. 61, 72, ?, 73, 59, 367, 74, 58(a) 70 (b) 60(c) 71 (d) 62(e) 63

26. Two pipes can full a tank in 10 h and 16 h respectively. Athird pipe can empty the tank in 32 h. If all the three pipesfunction simultaneously, then in how much time the tankwill be full? (in hours)

(a)11721 (b)

13721

(c)4821

(d)56

14

(e)98

1427. A merchant bought some goods worth ` 6000 and sold half

of them at 12% profit. At what profit per cent should he sellthe remaining goods to make and overall profit of 18%?(a) 24 (b) 28(c) 18 (d) 20(e) 26

28. A and B are two numbers. 6 times of square of B is 540 morethan the square of A. If the respective ratio between A andB is 3 : 2, what is the value of B?(a) 10 (b) 12(c) 16 (d) 8(e) 14

29. A train 110 m long is running with a speed of 60 km/h.What is the time in which it will pass a man who startsfrom the engine running at the speed of 6 km/h in thedirection opposite to that of the train ?(a) 5 s (b) 6 s(c) 10 s (d) 15 s(e) None of these

Practice Set - 17 16330. In a division sum, the divisor is ten times the quotient

and five times the remainder. If the remainder is 46, findthe dividend.(a) 5386 (b) 5346(c) 5336 (d) 5396(e) None of these

31. If 16 men or 20 women can do a piece of work in 25 days,in what time will 28 men and 15 women do it?(a)

214 days7

(b) 14 days(c) 12 days (d) 10 days(e) None of these

32. The compound interest on `1000 in 2 yr at 4% per annum,the interest being compounded half-yearly, is(a) `636.80 (b) `824.32(c) `812.36 (d) `828.32(e) `828.32

33. A,B and C are partners of a company. During a particularyear A received one-third of the profit, B received one-fourth of the profit and C received the remaining `5000.How much did A receive?(a) `5000 (b) `4000(c) `3500 (d) `3900(e) None of these

34. A man leaves `8600 to be divided among 5 sons, 4daughters and 2 nephews. If each daughter receives fourtimes as much as each nephew and each son receives fivetimes as much as each nephew, how much does eachdaughter receive?.(a) `1300 (b) `1200(c) `800 (d) `900(e) None of these

35. In how many different ways can the letters of the wordLEADING be arranged so that the vowels always cometogether?(a) 39600 (b) 360(c) 5040 (d) 720(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40) : Study the table carefully and answerthe given questions.

Number of Pages Printed by 6 Printers in 5 Different WeeksPrinter

WeekA B C D E F

1st 664 618 628 552 638 4192nd 569 441 519 438 621 5373rd 440 614 503 527 541 7424th 256 563 347 651 412 3215th 717 429 598 582 519 693

36. What is the respective ratio between the number of pagesprinted by Printer B in 2nd week and the number of pagesprinted by Printer F in 5th week?(a) 4 : 9 (b) 11 : 13(c) 9 : 13 (d) 7 : 11(e) 9 : 11

37. What is the average number of pages printed by all thegiven printers in 4th week?

(a) 375 (b) 425(c) 415 (d) 430(e) 390

39. Which of the following printer printed maximum number ofpages in all the given weeks together?(a) Printer A (b) Printer E(c) Printer D (d) Printer C(e) Printer F

39. Number of pages printed by Printer A in 3rd week is whatper cent of the total number of pages printed by Printed Din all the given weeks?(a) 22 (b) 18(c) 12 (d) 14(e) 16

40. What is the difference between the total number of pagesprinted by Printer E in 1st, 2nd and 4th week together andtotal number of pages printed by Printer C in all the givenweeks together?(a) 952 (b) 878(c) 924 (d) 934(e) 918

REASONING

41. Ashok started walking towards South. Afterwalking 50metres he took a right turn and walked 30 metres. He thentook a right turn and walked 100 metres. He again took aright turn and walked 30 metres and stopped. How farand in which direction was he from the starting point?(a) 50 metres South (b) 150 metres North(c) 180 metres East (d) 50 metres North(e) None of these

42. How many such pairs of letters are there in the word‘VIRTUAL’, each of which has as many letters betweenthem in the word (in both forward and backward direction)as they have between them in the English alphabetical series ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) More than three

43. Town D is towards East of town F. Town B is towardsNorth of town D. Town H is towards South of town B.Towards which direction is town H from town F?(a) East (b) South-East(c) North-East (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

44. In a certain code language 'how many goals scored' iswritten as '5 3 9 7'; 'many more matches' is written as '9 8 2';and 'he scored five' is written as '1 6 3'. How is'goals'written in that code language?(a) 5 (2) 7(c) 5 or 7 (4) Data inadequate(e) None of these

45. Pointing to a girl, Mr. Arun said. “She is the daughter of mymother’s only child”. How is the girl related to Mr. Arun ?(a) Sister (b) Mother(c) Cousin (d) Daughter(e) Cannot be determined

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.

Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around acircle facing the centre, not necessarily in the same order. F sits

Practice Set - 17164fourth to the left of B. A and H are immediate neighbours of F. Csits third to the left of A. G sits third to the right of E.46. What is D’s position with respect to B ?

(a) Immediate left (b) Sixth to the right(c) Second to the left (d) Seventh to the left(e) Fifth to the right

47. What the immediate neighbours of G ?(a) F and H (b) A and F(c) C and H (d) A and B(e) B and C

48. If C is related to E in a certain way and similarly F is relatedB in the same way, to whom is A related to ?(a) H (b) D(c) G (d) C(e) None of these

49. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir seating positions in the above arrangement and soform a group. Which is the one that does not belong to thegroup ?(a) FE (b) HA(c) DG (d) BE(e) CF

50. If all the eight friends are made to sit alphabetically in theclockwise direction starting from A, positions of how manywill remain unchanged (excluding A) ?(a) None (b) One(c) Two (d) Three(e) Four

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : In each question below are twostatements followed by two conclusions numbered I and II. Youhave to take the two given statements to be true even if theyseem to be at variance from commonly known facts and thendecide which of the given conclusions logically follows fromthe given statements disregarding commonly known facts.

Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows.Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion IIfollows.Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion IIfollows.Give answer (e) if both conclusions I and II follow.

51. Statements :Some windows are grills.All glasses are grills.Conclusions :I. All grills are windows.II. At least some grills are glasses.

52. Statements :Some painters are artists. Some dancers are painters.Conclusions :I. All artists are dancers.II. All painters are dancers.

53. Statements :All cabins are rooms.All rooms are buildings.Conclusions:I. All buildings are rooms.II. All cabins are buildings.

54. Statements :All rings are necklaces.No necklace is a bracelet.Conclusions:I. No ring is a bracelet.II. All necklaces are rings.

55. Statements :All hands are arms.Some arms are muscles.Conclusions:I. Some muscles are arms.II. All muscles are arms.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.Seven friends - L, M, N, O, P, Q and R are sitting in a straight linefacing North, not necessarily in the same order. M sits fifth to theright of O. P sits third to the right of L. Both L and P do not sit atthe extreme ends of the line. Q and R are immediate neighbours ofeach other. N sits third to the left of Q.56. What is O’s position with respect of R ?

(a) Second to the right (b) Third to the left(c) Second to the left (d) Third to the right(e) None of these

57. Which of the following represents the friends sitting at theextreme ends of the line?(a) O, M (b) Q, O(c) N, M (d) Q, N(e) None of these

58. If all the seven friends are made to sit in alphabetical orderfrom left to right, the positions of how many will remainunchanged ?(a) Four (b) Three(c) One (d) Two(e) None of these

59. Who sits exactly in the middle of the row ?(a) P (b) L(c) Q (d) R(e) None of these

60. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way based ontheir seating positions in the above arrangement and soform a group. Which is the one that does not belong to thegroup ?(a) MP (b) RQ(c) ON (d) LN(e) QL

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : In these questions, relationshipsbetween different elements is shown in the statements. Thesestatements are followed by two conclusions.

Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows.Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion IIfollows.Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion IIfollows.Give answer (e) if both conclusions I and II follow.

61. Statement :A < L < T < R £ H > KConclusions :I. H > L II. K > T

Practice Set - 17 16562. Statement :

P = N > D ³ G X = UConclusions :I. V N ³ R ³ SConclusions :I. E = S II. S £ N

DIRECTIONS (QS. 65-69) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.

In a certain code 'for profit order now' is written as 'ho ja yega', 'right now for him' is written as 'ga ve ja se', 'place order forprofit' is written as 'ga bi ho ye' and 'only in right order' is writtenas 've du ye zo'.

65. What is the code for 'him'?(a) ga (b) ve(c) ja (d) se(e) Cannot be determined

66. What does 'bi' stand for?(a) profit (b) order(c) place (d) for(e) now

67. 'fo ve du' could be a code for which of the following?(a) in right spirits (b) only in profit(c) order only him (d) place in right(e) order only now

68. What is the code for 'profit'?(a) ye (b) ga(c) bi (d) ja(e) ho

69. Which of the following may represent 'only for now'?(a) ja bi zo (b) du zo ga(c) zo ga ja (d) zo ga ye(e) du bi ja

70. Read the following information carefully and answer thequestion which follows:‘A × B’ means ‘A is the father of B’.‘A + B’ means ‘A is the daughter of B’.‘A ÷ B’ means ‘A is the son of B’.‘A – B’ means ‘A is the sister of B’.What will come in place of question mark to establish that Pis the son-in-law of S in the following expression?P × Q + R – T ? S(a) + (b) ×(c) – (d) ÷(e) Either + or ÷

DIRECTIONS (QS. 71-75) : Following questions are based onthe five three-digit numbers given below.

519 328 746 495 837

71. If half of the second highest number is subtracted fromthe third highest number, what will be the value?(a) 156 (b) 146


72. If the positions of the first and the third digits in eachof the numbers are interchanged, which of the followingwill bethe second digit of the lowest number?(a) 1 (b) 2(c) 7 (d) 9(e) 3

73. If in each number the third digit becomes the first digit, thefirst becomes the second digit and the second digit becomesthe third digit, which of the following will be the first digit ofthe second highest number?(a) 9 (b) 6(c) 3 (d) 7(e) 8

74. Which of the following represents the difference betweenthe first and second digit of the second highest number?(a) 4 (b) 1(c) 3 (d) 5(e) None of these

75. If '1' is subtracted from the third digit of each number and'1' is added to the first digit of each number, which of thefollowing will be the sum of the second and third digit sthesecond lowest number?(a) 13 (b) 9(c) 3 (d) 5(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : In each of these questions a groupof letters is given followed by four combinations of numberscodes lettered (a), (b), (c) and (d). The group of letters is to becoded with the numbers codes and the condition given below.The ‘serial number of the number combination’. Which correctlyrepresents the letter group, is your answer.Letters D J K Q H V N E B ANumbers Codes 3 9 7 6 4 8 2 1 5 0Conditions : If the first or the last letter or both in the letter groupis /are a vowel then the same is/are to be coded by symbol #.76. EHNDJV

(a) #42389 (b) 142398(c) #42398 (d) 14239#(e) None of these

77. KQDJNH(a) 763942 (b) 736924(c) #36924 (d) #63924(e) None of these

78. AJNVQE(a) #9286# (b) 09286#(c) #92861 (d) 092861(e) None of these

79. QHJVND(a) 648923 (b) 649823(c) #49823 (d) 64892#(e) None of these

80. JKEDHA(a) 97#34# (b) 971340(c) 971430 (d) 97134#(e) None of these


1. (e)1 8 14 1 2 32 9 13

æ ö+ ¸ -ç ÷è ø = ?

1 9 14 1 – 32 26 13

æ ö+ + ´ +ç ÷è ø

1 9 14 – 32 26 13

+ + -

1 1 912 13 26

+ - + = 26 13 2 9

26+ - +

= 10113

2. (c)6 136 8 132628 16 – 26.25

´ ¸ +¸

=

16 136 1328

1628 – 26.2516

´ ´ +

´

= 102 132

39.25 26.25+-

=234 1813

=

3. (d) {(441)1/2 ́ 207 ́ (343)1/3} ÷ {(14)2 ́ (529)1/2}{(212)1/2 ́ 207 ´ (73)1/3}÷ {(14)2 ́ (232)1/2}(21 ´ 207 ́ 7) ÷ ((14)2 ́ 23)

21 207 714 14 23

´ ´´ ´

= 364

4. (c) { }2 37744 (11) (2)´ ¸ = (?)3

{ }2 388 (11) (2)´ ¸

2 188 (11)8

´ ´ = (11)3

5. (e) ½ 11(4356)4

¸ = ? 6´

2 ½ 4(66 )11

´ ? 6= ´

6 4 ? 6´ = ´

? 4=? = 16

6. (d) { }3of 4624 (564 – 428)8

¸ = ?

3 14624

8 136ì ü´ ´í ýî þ

3 348

´ = 3124

7. (c) 456 ÷ 24 ́ 38 – 958 + 364 = ?

= 1456 38 958 36424

´ ´ - + = 722 – 958 + 364

= 1288. (b) (43)2 + 841 = (?)2 + 1465

1849 + 841 = (?)2 + 14651225 = (?)2

? = 35

9. (c)3 5 3 13 6 2 38 12 16 2

´ - ´

3 5 3 13 6 2 38 12 16 2

æ ö æ ö æ ö æ ö+ ´ + - + ´ +ç ÷ ç ÷ç ÷ ç ÷è ø è øè ø è ø

27 77 35 7–8 12 16 2

´ ´

2079 245–96 32 =

2079 735 1496

-=

10. (c) (34.5 ́ 14 ́ 42) ÷ 2.8

= 134.5 14 42

2.8´ ´ ´

= 7245

11. (d)2 2 18 5 ? 505 3 5

´ + =

Þ42 17 251?5 3 5

´ + =


1 (e) 11 (d) 21 (d) 31 (d) 41 (d) 51 (d) 61 (a) 71 (e)2 (c) 12 (b) 22 (d) 32 (b) 42 (b) 52 (d) 62 (e) 72 (d)3 (d) 13 (c) 23 (e) 33 (b) 43 (d) 53 (b) 63 (d) 73 (e)4 (c) 14 (b) 24 (a) 34 (c) 44 (c) 54 (a) 64 (b) 74 (c)5 (e) 15 (e) 25 (b) 35 (d) 45 (d) 55 (a) 65 (d) 75 (a)6 (d) 16 (d) 26 (b) 36 (d) 46 (a) 56 (b) 66 (c) 76 (c)7 (c) 17 (c) 27 (a) 37 (b) 47 (e) 57 (c) 67 (a) 77 (e)8 (b) 18 (a) 28 (b) 38 (c) 48 (c) 58 (e) 68 (e) 78 (a)9 (c) 19 (b) 29 (b) 39 (e) 49 (d) 59 (c) 69 (c) 79 (b)

10 (c) 20 (b) 30 (c) 40 (c) 50 (a) 60 (d) 70 (e) 80 (d)

Answer Key


Þ238 251+ ? =5 5

Þ251 238? = –5 5

Þ13 3? 25 5

= =

12. (b)4?9

= of 38 of

27 of 294

Þ ? = 4 3 2 2949 8 7

´ ´ ´

Þ ? = 1413. (c) ? = 2520 ÷ 14 ÷ 9

Þ ? = 180 ÷ 9 = 2014. (b) ? = 1740 ÷ 12 × 4070 ÷ 110

Þ ? = 145 × 37Þ ? = 5365

15. (e) ? = 5760 ÷ 45 × 15Þ ? = 128 × 15 = 1920

16. (d)A 12B 12

++

=34

A =15 C4

A =15 10 37.54

´ =

37.5 12B 12

++

= 34

B = 5417. (d) Let x be the price of one capsule

y be the total number of capsule.xy = 216 ...(1)

(x – 10) (y + 15) = 216 ...(2)From eqs (1) and (2)

216 10 (y 15)y

æ ö- +ç ÷è ø= 216

(216 – 10y) (y + 15) = 216 y216y + 216 ́ 15 – 10y2 – 150y = 216y

216y + 3240 – 10y2 – 150y = 216y–10y2 – 150y + 3240 = 0

y2 + 15y – 324 = 0y = 12

18. (e) M’s share = 344352 166328

´ =

Remaining after M’s share = 27720

N’s share = 127720 46206

´ =

Remaining after M & N’s share = 23100

O 3P 4

= Þ O’s share = 323100 99007

´ =

19. (a) Q SP of the mixture = ` 15

\ CP of the mixture = 10015125

´ = ̀ 12

Now, by the rule of mixture,

12

16 0

12 4

Milk Water

\ Ratio of milk and water in the mixture= 12 : 4 = 3 : 1

20. (b)

x

y

3 2

3 2

3 2

x2 + y2 = ( )29 2

2x2 = 81 × 9x = 9

21. (b)

37 59 103 169 257 367

59–37=22 103–59=44 169–103=66 257–169=88 367–257=110

22. (b) 4 , 6 , 34 , ?160

, 50 4 , 1234

4+(1) +1=6

3 6+3 +1=34

3 34+5 +1=160

3 160+7 +1=504

3 504+9 +1=1234

3

23. (b) ?5

14 55 274 1643

3 2 –1´ 5 3 –1´ 14 4 –1´ 55 5 –1´ 274 6 –1´

24. (e) ?684

9 , 758 , 709 675

121

112

81

92

49

72

25

52

9

32

,

25. (b)

61 , 72 60? , 73 , 59, 74 , 58

61–60 = 1

72+1 = 73 73+1 = 74

60–59 = 1 59–58 = 1

This is mixed series.26. (b) 10 hr A pipe ®1

16 hr B pipe ®132 hr C pipe ®1

1 1 110 16 32

+ - =21

160

16021

= 137 hr21

Practice Set - 1716827. (a) Profit on all the goods = 18% of 6000 = ` 1080

Profit on half of the goods = 12% of 3000 = ` 360\ Profit on remaining half of the objects

= 1080 – 360 = ` 720

Hence, required profit percentage = 720 100%

3000´

= 24 %28. (b) 6B2 = A2 + 540

AB =

32

A =3B2

6B2 =29B 540

4+

3.75 B2 = 540B = 144 12=

29. (b) Train and man running opposite to each other.\ Relative speed = 60 + 6 = 66 km/h

= 66 5

18´

m/s

\ Required time = DistanceSpeed

= 110 110 18

66 5 66 518

´=

´ ´ = 6s

30. (c) Divisor = 5 × 46 = 230Also, 10 × Quotient = 230\ Quotient = 23We know that,Dividend= (Divisor × Quotient) + RemainderDividend = (230 × 23 + 46= 5290 + 46 = 5336

31. (d) 16M = 20WÞ 4M = 5W28M + 15WÞ 35W + 15W = 50W\ Work done by 28 men and

15 women in = 20 25

50´

= 10 days

32. (b) A = P n 4r 21 10000 1

100 100æ ö æ ö+ = +ç ÷ ç ÷è ø è ø

51 51 51 511000050 50 50 50

= ´ ´ ´ ´

= ̀ 10824.32Compound interest= 10824.32 – 1000 = ̀ 824.32

33. (b) Profit earned by

1 1 7 5C 1 1

3 4 12 12æ ö= - + = - =ç ÷è ø

So, 5 5000

12=

\ 1 ® 12000\ Profit received by

1A 12000 40003

= ´ =`

34. (c) 5S + 4D + 2N = 8600And D = 4N, S = 5NCombining these, we get25N + 16N + 2N = 8600\ N = `200\ Share of each daughter = 4 × 200 = `800

35. (d) Here, number of vowels = 3Number of consonants = 4Total number of letters (when all the vowels aretreated as one letter) = 5Hence, these 5 letter can be arranged in 5! ways.Again, the three vowels can be arranged in 3! ways.Hence, total number of words in which vowelsoccur together = 5! × 3! = 720

36. (d) Ratio

= thnumber of pages printed by printer B in 2nd weeknumber of pages printed by printer F in 5 week

37. (b) Average number of pages printed by all the printer =

= 256 563 347 651 412 321

6+ + + + +

= 425

38. (c) PrinterWeek

A B C D E F

1st 664 618 628 552 638 4192nd 569 441 519 438 621 5373rd 440 614 503 527 541 7424th 256 263 347 651 412 3215th 717 429 598 582 519 693Total up to 5th week

2646 2365 2595 2750 2731 2712

Printer D printed maximum pages.39. (e) Required percentage (%) =

=Pages printed by A in 3rd week 100

Total page printed by D from 1st to 5th weeks´

= 440 100 16%2750

´ =

40. (c) Required difference = Total no. of pages printed byprinter C in all given weeks –Total no. of pages by E in 1st,2nd, 4th week

= 2595 – (638 + 621 + 412) = 924


41. (d) 30 m

30 m

50 m

100

m

P

O

N

S

W E

OP = 100 m – 50 m = 50 mBesides, P is north of O.

42. (b) 2 9 18 20 21 I 12V I R T U A L

43. (d)N

S

W EF

D

B

HThe position of town H is not specifically mentioned.

44. (c) How many goals scored = 5 3 9 7 (i)many more matches = 9 8 2 (ii)he scored five = 1 6 3 (iii)From (i) and (ii), many = 9 (iv)From (i) and (iii), scored = 3 (v)Using (iv) and (v) in (i), we getgoals = 5 or 7

45. (d)

Mother

Arun (Himself)

daughter/She

only child

Therefore, the girl is the daughter of Arun.(46-50) :

BG

C

HF

A

E

D

46. (a) D is to the immediate left of B.47. (e) B and C are immediate neighbours of G.48. (c) C is sitting just opposite to E. F is sitting just opposite

to B. Similarly, A is sitting just opposite to G.49. (d) Except in the pair BE, in all other pairs the first person

is second to the left of the second person. B is secondto the right of E.

50. (a) BG

C

HF

A

E

D

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

51. (d)

WindowsGrills

Glasses

or

Windows

Grills

Glasses

Conclusion-I : FalseII: False

52. (d)

Painters Artists

Dancers

or Painters Artists

Dancers

Conclusion-I : FalseII: False

53. (b)

BuildingsRoom

Cabins

Conclusion-I : FalseII: True

54. (a) Necklace

Rings Bracelet

Conclusion-I : TrueII: False

55. (a) Arms

Hands Muscles

Conclusion-I : TrueII: False

(56-60) :

N O L Q R P MLEFT

RIGHT

56. (b) O is third to the left of R.57. (c) N and M are sitting at the extreme ends of the line.

58. (e)

N O L Q R P MLEFT

RIGHTL M N O P Q R

59. (c) Q is sitting exactly in the middle of the row.60. (d) Except LN, in all others the first person is to immediate

right of the second person. L is second to the right of N.61. (a) A < L < T < R £ H > K

Conclusions:I. H > L : TrueII. K > T : Not True

62. (e) P = N > D ³ G X = UConclusions:I. V N ³ R ³ SConclusions :I. E = S : Not TrueII. S £ N : True

(65-69):For profit order ho ja ye ga ... (1) right now for him ga ve ja se ...(2) place order for profit ga bi ho ye ... (3) only in right order vedu ye zo ... (4) Using (3) and (4), order ye Using (2) and (3), for gaUsing the just found codes and equations, profit ho place bi rightve him se order-ye, for-ga, now-ja70. (e) P × Q means P is a father of Q.

Q + P means Q is daughter of RR – T means R is sister of T.It is clear that P is husband of R. If he establish that Tis either son or daughter of S, then P would be son-in-law of S.T + S means T is daughter of S.T ÷ S means T is son of S.

71. (b) 519 – 746 ÷ 2 = 519 – 373 = 14672. (d) After interchange, the lowest number will be 495 as it

has the lowest third digit.73. (e) Since third digit becomes the first, look for the second

highest third digit.74. (c) 746 is the second highest number and 7 – 4 = 375. (a) After the respective subtraction and additions, the

numbers become 618, 427, 845, 594 and 936. Amongthese, 594 is the second lowest. Now, 9 + 4 = 13.

76. (c)Letter E H N D J VCode # 4 2 3 9 8


77. (e)Letter K Q D J N HCode 7 6 3 9 2 4

78. (a) Letter A J N V Q ECode # 9 2 8 6 #


79. (b)Letter Q H J V N DCode 6 4 9 8 2 3

80. (d)Letter J K E D H ACode 9 7 1 3 4 #

NUMERICAL ABILITY

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-15): What will come in place of the questionmark (?) in the following questions?

1. (3325 ̧ 25) × (152 ̧ 16) = ?(a) 1269.4 (b) 1264.9(c) 1265.3 (d) 1263.5(e) None of these

2. 3136 1764 ?- =(a) 14 (b) (196)2

(c) – 14 (d) 144(e) None of these

3. 1 2 25 2 3 ?5 15 3

+ + =

(a) 15 (b) 13

(c)1115

(d) 12

(e) None of these4. – 15 – 27– 88 – 63 + 255 = ?


5. (2525 × 0.25 ¸ 5) × 7 = ?(a) 889.43 (b) 883.75(c) 886.45 (d) 881.75(e) None of these

6.14 57 20 ?19 70 21

´ ´ =

(a)27 (b)

47

(c)29

(d)37



8. 45316 + 52131 – 65229 = ? + 15151(a) 17063 (b) 17073(c) 17076 (d) 17067(e) None of these

9. 25 12 155 1 ?- + + =(a) 13 (b) 14(c) 17 (d) 16(e) None of these

10.184 4 ?

23% of 400´

=


11.5 4 11of of of 848=?

11 5 6(a) 216 (b) 222(c) 208 (d) 212(e) None of these






answer.


PRACTICE SET 18


13.3 2of 116 of 87=?4 3

-


14. 6.96 ÷ 1.2 – 18.24 ÷ 7.6 = ?(a) 3.4 (b) 3.14(c) 3.04 (d) 3.24(e) None of these


DIRECTIONS (Qs. 16-20): What will come in place of thequestion mark (?) in the following questions?

16. 7, 9, 12, 16, ?(a) 22 (b) 19(c) 20 (d) 21(e) None of these

17. 12, 28, 75, 316, 1555, ?(a) 9366 (b) 9294(c) 7811 (d) 9336(e) None of these


19. 1, 15, 16, 31, 47, 78, 128, ?(a) 172 (b) 203(c) 139 (d) 167(e) None of these


21. A plot of 1800 sq. ft. is available at the rate of ̀ 630 per sq.ft. If 45% of the total cost of the plot is to be paid at the timeof booking it, how much is the booking amount?(a) ` 11,34,0007 (b) ` 5,10,300(c) ` 6,03,0007 (d) ` 6,00,300(e) None of these

22. ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ are three consecutive even integers suchthat four times ‘A’ is equal to three times ‘C’. What is thevalue of B ?(a) 12 (b) 10(c) 16 (d) 14(e) None of these

23. The sum of the squares of two odd numbers is 11570. Thesquare of the smaller number is 5329. What is the othernumber?(a) 73 (b) 75(c) 78 (d) 79(e) None of these

24. What is the difference between the simple and compoundinterest earned from a sum of ̀ 13,033 at a rate of 13 percentper annum for a period of 3 years (rounded off to 2 digitsafter decimal) ?(a) ` 5,082.87 (b) ` 689.41(c) ` 5,772.28 (d) ` 680.94(e) None of these

25. If the following fractions are arranged in a descending order(from left to right), which of them will be second from theright end ?4 6 5 13 7, , , ,9 13 11 16 12

(a) 613

(b) 49

(c) 1316

(d)7

12

(e)5

1126. A can do a work in 12 days. If A and B together can do that

work in 6 days, in how many days B alone could do that work?(a) 12 days (b) 16 days(c) 15 days (d) 18 days(e) None of these

27. Salaries of Ramesh and Sushil are in the ratio of 2 : 3. If thesalary of each one is increases by `4000 that new ratiobecomes 40 : 57. What is Sushil’s present salary?(a) `17000 (b) `28000(c) `34000 (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

28. A and B start at the same time with speeds of 40 km/h and 5km/h, respectively. If in covering the journey A takes 15 minlonger than B, the total distance of the journey is(a) 55 km (b) 60 km(c) 50 km (d) 52 km(e) None of these

29. A boat covers a distance of 30 km downstream in 2 h whileit take 6 h upstream. If the speed of the current is half of thespeed of the boat, then what is th speed of the boat (in km/h)?(a) 15 (b) 12(c) 10 (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

30. In how many different ways can the letters of the wordDETAIL be arranged in such a way that the vowels occupyonly that odd positions?(a) 120 (b) 720(c) 36 (d) 32(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : Study the following graph carefullyand answer the questions given below.

Total Number of Students Appearing and Qualifying formVarious Schools at Scholarship Exam

A B C D E

350030002500200015001000500

0

AppearedQualified

Practice Set - 18 17331. The average number of students qualifying at the

examination from Schools C and D is what percent of theaverage number of students appearing for the examinationform the same school? (Rounded off to two digits afterdecimal)(a) 58.62 (b) 73.91(c) 62.58 (d) 58.96(e) None of these

32. What is the ratio of the number of students appearing tothe number of students qualifying at the scholarship examfrom School C?(a) 7 : 12 (b) 6 : 5(c) 9 : 13 (d) 9 : 10(e) None of these

33. What is the ratio of the number of students qualifying atthe scholarship examination from School A to the numberof Students qualifying at the examination from School B?(a) 8 : 3 (b) 5 : 7(c) 7 : 3 (d) 9 : 5(e) None of these

34. The number of students appearing for the scholarship examfrom School D is approximately, what percent of the totalnumber of students appearing for the exam from all theschools together?(a) 12 (b) 24(c) 29 (d) 17.85(e) 8

35. What is the difference between the average number ofstudents appearing at the scholarship exam from all thegiven schools and the average number of studentsqualifying from all the given schools?(a) 950 (b) 1100(c) 990 (d) 1020(e) None of these

36. Rubina could get equal number of ` 55, ` 85 and ` 105tickets for a movie. She spents ` 2940 for all the tickets.How many of each did she buy?(a) 12 (b) 14(c) 16 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

37. Ramola's monthly income is three times Ravina's monthlyincome. Ravina's monthly income is fifteen percent morethan Ruchira's monthly income. Ruchira's monthly incomeis ` 32,000. What is Ramola's annual income ?(a) ` 1,10,400 (b) ` 13,24,800(c) ` 36,800 (d) ` 52,200(e) None of these

38. In an Entrance Examination Ritu scored 56 percent marks,Smita scored 92 percent marks and Rina scored 634 marks.The maximum marks of the examination are 875. What arethe average marks scored by all the three girls together?(a) 1929 (b) 815(c) 690 (d) 643(e) None of these

39. The respective ratio between the present age of Manishaand Deepali is 5 : X. Manisha is 9 years younger thanParineeta. Parineeta's age after 9 years will be 33 years. Thedifference between Deepali's and Manisha's age is same asthe present age of Parineeta. What will come in place of X?(a) 23 (b) 39(c) 15 (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

40. Seema bought 20 pens, 8 packets of wax colours,6 calculators and 7 pencil boxes. The price of one pen is ` 7, one packet of wax colour is ` 22, one calculator is` 175 and one pencil box is ` 14 more than the combinedprice of one pen and one packet of wax colours. How muchamount did Seema pay to the shopkeeper?(a) ` 1,491 (b) ` 1,725(c) ` 1,667 (d) ` 1,527(e) None of these

REASONING

41. A school bus driver starts from the school, drives 2 kmtowards North, takes a left turn and drives for 5 km. He thentakes a left turn and drives for 8 km before taking a left turnagain and driving for 5 km. The driver finally takes a leftturn and drives 1 km before stopping. How far and towardswhich direction should the driver drive to reach the schoolagain?(a) 3 km towards North (b) 7 km towards East(c) 6 km towards South (d) 6 km towards West(e) 5 km towards North

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 42-43) : Read the followinginformationcarefully and answer the questions which follow:If 'A × B' means 'A is son of B'.If 'A + B' means 'A is daughter of B'.If 'A ÷ B' means 'A is wife of B'.If 'A – B' means 'A is father of B'.42. What will come in place of the questionmark, to establish

that Q is mother of N in the following expression? 'N + O –P ? Q'(a) + (b) ×(c) – (d) ÷(e) Either (a) or (b)

43. Which of the following relations are true based upon therelations given in the equation:'S ÷ T × V – W + Y' ?(a) T is brother of Y.(b) S is daughter-in-law of W.(c) S is daughter-in-law of Y.(d) Y is daughter of V.(e) None is true

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 44-45) : Each of the following questions isbased on the following information:A # B means B is at 1 metre to the right of A.A $ B means B is at 1 metre to the North of A.A * B means B is at 1 metre to the left of A.A @ B means B is at 1 metre to the south of A.In each question first person from the left is facing North.44. According to X @ B * P, P is in which direction with respect

to X?(a) North (b) South(c) North-East (d) South-West(e) None is these

45. According to M # N $ T, T is in which direction with respectto M?(a) North-West (b) North-East(c) South-West (d) South-East(e) None of these


DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : In each question below are two/three statements followed by two conclusions numbered I andII. You have to take the two/three given statements to be trueeven if they seem to be at variance from commonly known factsand then decide which of the given conclusions logically followsfrom the given statements disregarding commonly known facts.Give answer (a) if only conclusion I followsGive answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion II follows.Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows.Give answer (e) if both conclusion I and conclusion II follow.

(Qs. 46-47) :Statements : All gliders are parachutes.

No parachute is an airplane.All airplanes are helicopters.

46. Conclusions : I. No glider is an airplane.II. All gliders being helicopters is a possibility.

47. Conclusions : I. No helicopter is a glider.II. All parachutes being helicopters is apossibility.

48. Statements : Some mails are chats.All updates are chats.

Conclusions : I. All mails being updates is a possibility.II. No update is a mail.

(Qs. 49-50) :Statement : No stone is metal.

Some metals are papers.All papers are glass.

49. Conclusions : I. All stones being glass is a possibility.II. No stone is a paper.

50. Conclusions : I. No glass is a metal.II. Atleast some glass is metal.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : Study the following informationand answer the questions that follow:In a certain code language, 'hope to see you' is coded as re sona di, 'please come to see the party' is coded as fi ge na di ke zo,'hope to come' is code as di so ge and 'see you the party' is codedas re fi zo na.51. How is 'please' coded in the given code language?

(a) di (b) ke(c) fi (d) na(e) None of these

52. What does the code 'so' stand for in the given codelanguage?(a) hope (b) come(c) see (d) to(e) None of these

53. How is 'party' coded in the given code language?(a) Either re or fi (b) Either zo or na(c) Either zo or fi (d) Either zo or ge(e) Either ke or fi

54. How will 'please see you' be coded in the given codelanguage?(a) re na ke (b) so re na(c) zo re na (d) na di ke(e) ke re ge

55. Which one of the following will be coded a sso di re inthe given code language?(a) you see hope (b) hope you please(c) hope you come (d) the hope to(e) you hope to

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60): Read the following carefully andanswer the given questions:10 friends (5 boys P, Q, R, S and T and 5 girls A, E, I, O and U) areplaying a game and they are sitting in a circle. The distancebetween every two friends is equal. Two boys and two girls arefacing opposite to the centre of the circle and other 6 friends arefacing towards the centre of the circle.A is the fourth to the leftof O, who is third to the right of P. R is second to the right ofT,who is not near to E. There are three friends between I andR. S is second to the left of U and facing the centre of the circle.P and E are sitting opposite and facing each other. I is secondto the left of Q. A is facing opposite to the centre of the circle.More than three boys or girls are not sitting together. Not morethan two friends who are facing opposite to the centre ofthecircle are sitting together.56. Which two girls are sitting facing opposite to the centre

of the circle?(a) I and U (b) O and A(c) E and I (d) O and E(e) O and I

57. Which of the following boys is not sitting between twogirls?(a) P (b) Q(c) R (d) S(e) Both P and S

58. What is the position of I vis-a-vis A?(a) Immediate left (b) Immediate right(c) Opposite (d) (a) and (b)(e) None of these

59. Which two boys are facing opposite to thecentre of thecircle?(a) R and Q (b) Q and P(c) R and T (b) Can't be determined(e) All of the above are possible

60. How many persons are sitting between S and Q?(a) Four (b) Three(c) Two (d) One(e) Either (a) or (c)

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65) : Study the information below andanswer questions based on it.P, Q, R, S, T, V, Wand Z are travelling to three destinations Delhi,Chennai and hyderabad in three different vehicles-Honda City,Swift D'Zire and Ford Ikon. There are three females among themone in each car. There are at least two persons in each car. R is nottravelling with Q and W. T, a male, is travelling with only Z andthey are not travellingto Chennai. P is travelling in Honda City toHyderabad. S is sister of P and travels by Ford Ikon. V and Rtravel together. W does not travel to Chennai.61. Members travelling to Chennai are in the car:

(a) Honda City(b) Swift D'Zire(c) Ford Ikon(d) Either Swift D'Zire or Ford Ikon(e) None of these

62. In which car are four members travelling?(a) None (b) Honda City(c) Swift D'Zire (d) Ford Ikon(e) Honda City or Ford Ikon

Practice Set - 18 17563. Which of the following combinations represents the three

female members?(a) QSZ (b) WSZ(c) PSZ (d) Cannot be determined(d) None of these

64. Who is travelling with W?(a) Only Q (b) Only P(c) Both P and Q (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

65. Members in which of the following combinations aretravelling in Honda City?(a) PRS (b) PQW(c) PWS (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70) : In the following questions thesymbols @, @— , =, © and —Ó are used with the followingmeaning:

P © Q means P is less than Q.P @ Q means P is greater than Q.P @— Q means P is greater than or equal to Q.P = Q means P is equal to Q.P —Ó Q means P is either smaller than or equal to Q.

Now in each of the following questions, assuming the givenstatements to be true, find which of the two conclusions I and IIgiven below them is/are definitely true ? Give answer.(a) if only conclusion I is true.(b) if only conclusion II is true.(c) if either I or II is true.(d) if neither I nor II is true, and(e) if both I and II are true.66. Statements: B @ V, K © C, C —Ó B

Conclusions : I. V @ CII. B @ K

67. Statements : K @ T, S = K, T —Ó RConclusions : I. S @ R

II. T = R68. Statements : U = M, P @— U, M @— B

Conclusions : I. P = BII. P @ B

69. Statements: L @— N, J —Ó P, P @— LConclusions : I. J = L

II. P = N

70. Statements: H @— G, D @ E, H = EConclusions : I. D @ H

II. G ©DDIRECTIONS (Qs. 71-75) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the questions.

A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circle, facing thecentre. E and G always sit next to each other. D sits third to theright of C. F sits to the left of H. C never sits next to A while Dnever sits next to G. H is not the neighbour of D and C.71. Who sits to immediate right of F?

(a) D (b) C(c) B (d) A(e) None of these

72. Four of the following are alike in a certain way based ontheir positions in the seating arrangement and so form agroup. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?(a) CH (b) BA(c) FE (d) DG(e) AC

73. Which of the following pairs sits between B and F?(a) HB (b) FD(c) BG (d) GC(e) AH

74. Who sits second to the left of B?(a) F (b) G(c) A (d) E(e) None of these

75. Who sits between A and D?(a) B (b) F(c) C (d) E(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-77) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.In a certain code, 'a friend of mine' is written as '4916', 'mine lots ofmetal' is written as '3109' and 'a piece of metal' is written as '7163.76. What is the code for 'piece'?

(a) 3 (b) 6(c) 1 (d) 7(e) Cannot be determined

77. What does '9' stand for?(a) of (b) mine(c) friend (d) lots(e) metal

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 78-80) : Each of the questions below consistsof a question and two statements numbered I and II given below it.You have to decide whether the data provided in the statementsare sufficient to answer the question. Read all the threestatements and give answer:(a) If the data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer the



are sufficient to answer the question.(d) If the data given in both I and II together are not sufficient

to answer the question.(e) If the data in both the statements I and II together are

necessary to answer the question78. Among A, B, C, D and E, who is third from the top when

arranged in descending order of their weights?(I) C is heavier than A and E and is less heavier than B

who is not the heaviest(II) E is heavier than only A

79. Who among P, Q, R, S and T each having a different weightis the lightest?(I) R is heavier than P(II) S is lighter than T and Q

80. Among P, Q, R, S, T and W who is the tallest?(I) T is taller than S but shorter than R(II) S and T are taller than W, P and Q but none of them is

the tallest.


1. (d) Given expression implies 3325 152?25 16

= ´

= 133 × 9.5 = 1263.5

2. (e) 3136 1764 ?- =

Þ 56 – 42 = ?

Þ ? 14=On squaring both the side

\ ? = 14 × 14 = 196

3. (e) 1 2 2? 5 2 35 15 3

= + + + + +

1 2105 15 3

2= + + +

= 3 2 10 1510 10

15 15+ +

+ = +

= 10 + 1 = 114. (c) ? = – 15 – 27 – 88 – 63 + 255

= –193 + 255 = 625. (b) Given expression can be written as

2525 0.25 7?5

´ ´= = 883.75

6. (b) 14 57 20 2 3 20 2 1 2 4?19 70 21 1 10 21 1 1 7 7

= ´ ´ = ´ ´ = ´ ´ =

7. (e) 500 32 50 162?100 100

´ ´= +

= 160 + 81 = 2418. (d) 45316 + 52131 – 65229

= ? + 15151Þ 32218 = ? + 15151\ ? = 32218 – 15151 = 17067

9. (a) ? 25 12 155 1= - + +

= 169 13=

10. (c) 184 4 184 4? 8400 23 4 23

100

´ ´= = =

´ ´

11. (d)11 4 5

? 848 21216 5 11

= ´ ´ ´ =

12. (a)150 1.4 480 2.2?

100 100´ ´

= +

= 10.50 + 10.56 = 21.06

13. (c)116 3 87 2?

4 3´ ´

= -

= 87 – 58 = 29

14. (a)6.96 18.24

?1.2 7.6

= -

= 5.8 – 2.4 = 3.415. (b) ? = 32.25 × 2.4 × 1.6 = 123.8416. (d) The pattern of number series is as follow

7

+2

9

+3

12

+4

16

+5

21

17. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow12 × 2 + 22 = 2828 × 3 – 32 = 7575 × 4 + 42 = 316316 × 5 – 52 = 1555

1555 × 6 + 62 = 9366


1 (d) 11 (d) 21 (b) 31 (b) 41 (e) 51 (b) 61 (c) 71 (d)2 (e) 12 (a) 22 (d) 32 (e) 42 (e) 52 (a) 62 (a) 72 (e)3 (e) 13 (c) 23 (d) 33 (e) 43 (c) 53 (c) 63 (d) 73 (e)4 (c) 14 (a) 24 (b) 34 (d) 44 (d) 54 (a) 64 (c) 74 (c)5 (b) 15 (b) 25 (e) 35 (a) 45 (b) 55 (e) 65 (b) 75 (b)6 (b) 16 (d) 26 (a) 36 (a) 46 (a) 56 (a) 66 (b) 76 (d)7 (e) 17 (a) 27 (c) 37 (b) 47 (b) 57 (e) 67 (d) 77 (b)8 (d) 18 (d) 28 (c) 38 (d) 48 (a) 58 (b) 68 (c) 78 (a)9 (a) 19 (d) 29 (c) 39 (e) 49 (a) 59 (a) 69 (d) 79 (d)

10 (c) 20 (c) 30 (c) 40 (c) 50 (b) 60 (e) 70 (e) 80 (b)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 18 17718. (d) The pattern of number series is as follow

112 – 13 = 111111 + 23 = 119119 – 33 = 9292 + 43 = 156156 – 53 = 31

31 + 63 = 24719. (b) The pattern of number series is as follow

1 + 15 = 1615 + 16 = 3116 + 31 = 4731 + 47 = 7847 + 78 = 125

78 + 125 = 20320. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow

55 + 5 = 6060 + 7 = 6767 + 11 = 7878 + 13 = 9191 + 17 = 108

108 + 19 = 127Note 5, 7, 11, 13, 17 and 19 are consecutive primenumbers.

21. (b) Total cost of plot= ̀ 630 × 1800

\ Booking amount

630 1800 45100

´ ´=

= ̀ 51030022. (d) Let A = x,

B = x + 2,C = x + 4

\ According to the Question4x = 3(x + 4)

Þ 4x – 3x = 12 Þ x = 12\ B = x + 2 = 12 + 2 = 14

23. (d) (Larger number)2

= 11570 – 5329= 6241

\ Larger number

6241 79= =

24. (b) S.I. = 13033 13 3

100´ ´

= ̀ 5082.87

C.I. = 31313033 1 1

100

é ùæ ö+ -ê úç ÷è øë û

= 13033 × 0.44 = ̀ 5772.28Difference = 5772.28 – 5082.87 = ̀ 689.41

25. (e) Given fractions can be written in decimal forms as

4 0.44;9

=6 0.46;

13=

5 0.45;11

=13 0.812516

=

7 0.58312

=

\ Clearly, 13 7 6 5 416 12 13 11 9

> > > >

26. (a)6 12B 12 days12 6´= =-

27. (c) Let the salaries of Ramesh and Sushil be ̀ 2x and ̀ 3x,respectively.

Then, 2x 4000 403x 4000 57

+ =+

Þ 114x + 228000 = 120x + 160000Þ 6 x = 68000Þ 3 x = ̀ 34000

28. (c) Let x be the total distance of the journey.According to the questions,

x x 1540 50 60

- =

Þ x 1

200 4=

\ x = 50 km29. (c) Here, downstream speed = 15 km/h

and upstream speed = 5 km/h\ Speed of the boat

15 5 10km / h2+= =

30. (c) 3 vowels can be arranged in three odd places in 3!ways. Similarly, 3 consonants can be arranged in threeeven places in 3! ways.Hence, the total number of words in which vowelsoccupy odd positions = 3! × 3! = 6 × 6 = 36 ways.

31. (b) Required percent

2250 20002 1003250 25002

+

= ´+

4250 100 73.91%5750

= ´ »

32. (e) Required ratio= 3250 : 2250 = 13 : 9

33. (e) Required ratio= 1750 : 1250 = 7 : 5

34. (d) Required percent2500

100(3000 2250 3250 2500 3000)

´+ + + +

2500 100 17.85%14000

= ´ »

Practice Set - 1817835. (a) Required difference

(3000 2250 3250 2500 3000 1750 12502250 2000 2000)

5

+ + + + + ++ + +=

(14000 9250) 4750 9505 5-= = =

36. (a) Value of one ticket of each kind = 55 + 85 + 105 = ` 245\ Required number of ticket of each kind

= 2940 12245

=

37. (b) Ravina’s monthly income

= 100 15 11532000 32000

100 100+

´ = ´ = ̀ 36800

= Ramola’s annual income = 36800 ́ 3 ́ 12 = ` 1324800

38. (d) Marks scored by Ritu = 56875 490

100´ =

Marks scored by Smita = 92875 805

100´ =

\ Average marks scored by all the three together

= 490 805 634

3∗ ∗

= 1929

3 = 643

39. (e) According to the questionPresent age of Parineeta = 33 – 9 = 24 yearsPresent age of Manisha = 24 – 9 = 15 yearsPresent age of Deepali = 24 + 15 = 39 yearsQ 5 : X = 15 : 39

\ X = 5 39 13

15´

<

40. (c) Cost of one pencil box = 7 + 22 +14 = ` 43\ Required amount

= (20 ´ 7) + (8 ́ 22) + (6 ́ 175) + (7 ́ 43)= 140 + 176 + 1050 + 301= ̀ 1667

41. (e) According to questions.AB = 2 km

C B

D E

2 km

8 km

5 km

5 km

F1 km

AStartingpoint

leftleft

left left

AB = 2 kmBC = 5 kmCD = 8 kmDE = 5 kmEF = 1 kmBC = DE = 5 kmCD = BE = 8 kmBE = EF + AF + AB\ AF = BE – (EF + AB)

= 8 – (1 + 2) = 8 – 3 = 5 km\ Required distance = AF = 5 km and required

direction is North

42. (e)

N ( ) P-

O ( ) Q( )+ Û -

Hence P is either son or daughter of Q.43. (c) V ( ) Y( )+ Û -

( )S T( ) W( )- Û + -44. (d) According to X @ B * P

P

X

B

1 m

1 mHence P is in South-West of X.

45. (b) According to M # N $ T

M

T

N

1 m

1 m

1 m

Hence T is in the North-East of M.

For questions 41 -43 :According to statements:

Gliders

Parachutes Helicopters

Airplane

or

Gliders

ParachutesHelicopters

Airplane

or

Parachutes

Gliders Airplane

Practice Set - 18 17946. (a) Hence, only conclusion I follows.47. (b) Hence, conclusion II follows.48. (a) According to statements.

Mails

Chats

Updates

or

Mails

Chats Chats

orMails

Hence, conclusion I follows.For questions 49-50 : According to statements

Metals

or

Metals

or

Metals

49. (a) Hence, conclusion I follows.50. (b) Hence, only conclusion II follows.Sol 51-55hope to see you Þ re so na di... (i)please come to see the party Þ fige na di ke zo ... (ii)hope to come Þ di so ge... (iii)see you the party Þ re fi zo na... (iv)51. (b) From (i) and (ii), to see Þ na diFrom (i), (ii) and (iii), to

Þ di... (v)Hence, the code for 'see' is 'na'From (ii) and (iii), comeÞ 'ge'... (vi)From (ii), (iv), (v) and (vi), please Þ 'ke'

52. (a) From (i), (ii) and (iii), to Þ 'di'hence so stands for'hope'.

53. (c) From (ii), (iv) and Q.No. 12, code for 'party' is either 'fi'or 'zo'.

54. (a) From (i), (iv) and Q.No. 12, code for 'see' is 'na'; codefor 'you' is're' and code for 'please' is 'ke'.

55. (e) From Q.No. 13 and 14,so di re Þ you hope toSol 56-60

S

I

A

QE

R

O

T

UP

Sol: 61-65The following table can be built to infer the answers:Members Car DestinationTZ Swift DelhiPQW Honda city HyderabadSVR Ford Icon Chennai66. (b) B > V ....(i) K < C ...(ii); C B£ ...(iii)

No relationship can be find out between V and C.Hence I does not follow.From (ii) and (iii), B > K. Hence II follows.

67. (d) K T> ...(i) ; S K= ...(ii); T R£ ...(iii)Neither relationship can be established .

68. (c) U = M ...(i) P U³ ...(iii); M B³ ...(iii)Combining, we get P U M B P B³ = ³ Þ ³Þ P B= or P B>

69. (d) L N³ ...(i) ; J P£ ...(ii); P L³ ...(iii)Neither relationship can be established.

70. (e) H G³ ....(i); D E> ...(ii); H E= ...(iii)Combining, we get D > E = H G³

D HÞ > and G D<Sol. (Qs. 71-75)

G

H

A

FE

CB

LeftRight

D

71. (d) A is to the immediate right of F.72. (e) Except AC, in all other pairs first person is sitting

second to the right of second person. While in pairAC, first person A is third to the left of second person C.

73. (e) A and H sit between B and F.74. (c) A sits second to the left of B.75. (b) F sits between A and D.

Practice Set - 18180(76-77) :a friend of mine = 4916 ...(i)mine lots of metal = 3109 ...(ii)a piece of metal = 7163 ...(iii)From Eqs. (i) and (ii), of mine = 1, 9From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), of metal = 1, 3So, of = 1, metal = 3, mine = 9. Similarly, you can find the code ofall by comparing equations.a = 6, lots = 0piece = 7, friends = 4

78. (a) From 1st statement we got, D>B>C> A,E, so C is thethird from the topso, the data in statement I alone is sufficient to answerthe question

79. (d) R>P and T, Q > S, so we can't find the lightest personso, the data given in both I and II together are notsufficient to answer the question

80. (b) from second statement we gotS, T > , W, P, Q and none of them is tallest, so R is thetallesso, the data in statement II alone is sufficient to answerthe question.

NUMERICAL ABILITY

1. A train is moving at a speed of 132 km/h. If the length of thetrain is 110 metres, how long will it take to cross a railwayplatform, 165 metres long ?(a) 5s (b) 7.5 s(c) 10 s (d) 15 s(e) None of these

2. If the compound interest on a certain sum of money for3 years at 10% p.a. be ` 993, what would be the simpleinterest ?(a) ` 800 (b) ` 950(c) ` 900 (d) ` 1000(e) None of these

3. Average age of 36 children of the class is 15 years. 12 morechildren joined whose average age is 16 years. What is theaverage age of all the 48 children together ?(a) 15.25 years (b) 15.5 years(c) 15.3 years (d) 15.4 years(e) None of these

4. Amit got 44 marks in Hindi. 55 marks in Science. 77 marks inMaths. 79 marks in Social Science and 76 marks in English.The maximum marks of each subject are 100. How muchoverall percentage of marks did he get?(a) 66.2 (b) 64.2(c) 72.2 (d) 74.2(e) None of these

5. Pipe A can fill a tank in 3 h but there is a leakage also, dueto which it takes 3.5 h for the tank to be filled. How muchtime will the leakage take in emptying the tank, if the tankis filled initially?(a) 21 h (b) 20 h(c) 18 h (d) 10.5 h(e) None of these

6. A bag contains 2 red, 3 green and 2 blue balls. 2 balls are tobe drawn randomly. What is the probability that the ballsdrawn contain no blue ball?

(a) 57

(b)1021

(c)27 (d)

1121

(e) None of these7. The difference between a two digit number and the number

obtained by interchanging the positions of its digits is 36.What is the difference between the two digits of that number(a) 4 (b) 14(c) 3 (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

8. If a number is first increase by 10% and then decrease by10%, then final value of the number is whether increased ordecreased and by what percent?(a) 10% increase (b) 1% decrease(c) 1% increase (d) No increase/decrease(e) None of these

9. Age of X is six times that of Y. After 4 years, X is fourtimes elder to Y. What is the present age of Y ?(a) 4 years (b) 5 years(c) 6 years (d) 7 years(e) None of these

10. The sides of a triangle are in the ratio 1 1 1: :2 3 4 . If its

perimeter is 52 cm, then what is the length of the smallestside?(a) 9 cm (b) 10 cm(c) 11 cm (d) 12 cm(e) None of these


PRACTICE SET




answer.

INSTRUCTIONS

19

Practice Set - 1918211. A milkman bought 15 kg of milk and mixed 3 kg of water

in it. If the price per kg of the mixture becomes ̀ 22, whatis cost price of the milk per kg?(a) ` 28.00 (b) ` 26.40(c) ` 24.00 (d) ` 22.00(e) None of these

12. A refrigerator and a camera were sold for ` 12000 each.The refrigerator was sold at a loss of 20% of the cost andthe camera at a gain of 20% of the cost. The entiretransaction results in which one of the following?(a) No loss or gain (b) Loss of ` 1000(c) Gain of ` 1000 (d) Loss of ` 2000(e) None of these

13. Successive discounts of 112 %2

and 17 %2

are given on

the marked price of a cupboard. If the customer pays` 2590, then what is the marked price?(a) ` 3108 (b) ` 3148(c) ` 3200 (d) ` 3600(e) None of these

14. Two trains each 200 m long move towards each other onparallel lines with velocities 20 km/h and 30 km/h,respectively. What is the time that elapses when they firstmeet until they have cleared each other ?(a) 20 s (b) 24.8 s(c) 28.8 s (d) 30 s(e) None of these

15. A sum was put at simple interest at a certain rate for 2 years.Had it been put at 3% higher rate, it would have fetched` 300 more. Find the sum.(a) ` 6000 (b) ` 8230(c) ` 5000 (d) ` 4600(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs.16-25) : What will come in place of questionmark (?) in the following questions?

16.3 4 5of of4 7 12

of 1015 = ?


17. 1.5 × 0.025 + (?)2 = 0.1(a) 0.45 (b) 0.27 (c) 0.25(d) 0.35 (e) None of these

18. 21.5 0.0225 ?´ =(a) 0.3375 (b) 3.275 (c) 32.75(d) 0.0375 (e) None of these

19. 0.0289 12 1.5 ?´ ¸ =(a) 1.36 (b) 1.46 (c) 1.38(d) 1.48 (e) None of these

20. 125% of 260 + ? % of 700 = 500(a) 32 (b) 54 (c) 25(d) 36 (e) None of these

21. 45% of 750 – 25% of 700 = 500(a) 216 (b) 217.50 (c) 227.50(d) 217.05 (e) None of these

22. 758.5 ̧ 753.8 = 75?

(a) 4.9 (b) 3.7 (c) 754.7(d) 4.7 (e) None of these

23. 39798 + 3798 + 378 = ?(a) 49534 (b) 43988 (c) 43974(d) 43574 (e) None of these

24.7 3 13 7 1 ?11 11 2

+ ´ =

(a)101411 (b)

61411 (c)

91411

(d)171422 (e) None of these

25. 1080 ̧ 12 ̧ 10 = ?(a) 900 (b) 90 (c) 9(d) 120 (e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs.26-30) : In the following number series, findout the worng term.

26. 888, 454, 237, 128.5, 75.25, 47.125(a) 76.25 (b) 454 (c) 128.5(d) 237 (e) 888

27. 3, 4, 9, 136, 685, 4116(a) 33 (b) 136 (c) 9(d) 685 (e) 4

28. 146, 74, 40, 23, 19.5, 18.75(a) 74 (b) 23 (c) 19.5(d) 18.75 (e) 40

29. 2, 3, 10, 16, 21, 28(a) 16 (b) 10 (c) 6(d) 28 (e) 21

30. 2, 3, 5, 8, 12, 18, 23(a) 12 (b) 5 (c) 23(d) 18 (e) 3

DIRECTIONS (30 - 35): These questions are based on followingdata. The distribution of appcared and qualified aspirants incompetitive examination from different states.Total appeard aspirants = 45000 Total qualified aspirants = 9000

Practice Set - 19 18331. What is the ratio of the number of appeared aspirants from

States C and E together to that of the appeared aspirantsfrom States A and F together?(a) 17:33 (b) 11:13(c) 13:27 (d) 17:27(e) None of these

32. In which state the percentage of qualified aspirants toappeared aspirants is the least?(a) C (b) F(c) D (d) E(e) G

33. What is the difference in the number of qualified aspirantsin states D and G?(a) 690 (b) 670(c) 780 (d) 720(e) None of these

34. What is the percentage of qualified aspirants with respectto appeared aspirants from states B and C taken together?(Rounded off to two decimal places.)(a) 23.11 (b) 24.21(c) 21.24 (d) 23(e) None of these

35. What is the ratio between number of candidates qualifiedfrom States B and D together and the number of candidatesappeared from States 'C' respectively?(a) 8:37 (b) 11:12(c) 37 : 40 (d) 7 : 37(e) None of the above

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36-40): Find out the approximate value whichshould replace the question mark (?) in the following questions.(You are not expected to find out the exact value).

36. 10609 7938.81 ?´ =(a) 9200 (b) 81973.(c) 8553.3 (d) 8682.7(e) None of these

37.?32(13) 2197é ùé ù =ë ûê úë û

(a) –3 (b)13

(c) 0.5 (d) – 4(e) None of these

38. 18.4% of 656 + 12.7% of 864 = ?(a) 253 (b) 231(c) 211 (d) 241(e) None of these

39. (98.4)2 + (33.6)2 = ?(a) 10812 (b) 18012(c) 10910 (d) 18102(e) None of these

40. 8959 ¸ ? ¸ 4 ¸ 5 = 26.35(a) 15 (b) 25(c) 30 (d) 17(e) None of these

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45): In each of the questions below arethree statements followed by two conclusions numbered I and II.You have to take the three statements to be true even if they seemto be at variance from commonly known facts and then decidewhich of the given conclusions logically follows from the threestatements disregarding commonly known facts.Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows.Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion II follows.Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows.Give answer (e) if both conclusion I and conclusion II follow.41. Statements:

All plants are bottles.All bottles are caps.All caps are crowns.Conclusions:I. Atleast some crowns are bottles.II. All plants are caps.

42. Statements:Some shoes are handkerchiefs.Some handkerchiefs are calculators.All calculators are paper.Conclusions:I. No calculator is a shoe.II. No shoe is a paper.

43. Statements:All zebra are cows.All camels are cows.All tigers are zebra.Conclusions:I. All tigers are cows.II. All camels being tigers is a possibility.

44. Statements:Some pencils are mobiles.All mobiles are grass.All grass is green.Conclusions:I. All grass being pencils is a possibility.II. No Green is mobile.

45. Statements:All watches are cards.Some cards are clips.All clips are chairs.Conclusions:I. All chairs being cards is a possibility.II. All clips being watches is a possibility.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 46-50) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the questions given below:

P, Q, R, S, T, V, W and Z are travelling to three destinationsDelhi, Chennai and Hyderabad in three different vehicles – HondaCity, Swift D'Zire and Ford Ikon. There are three females amongthem one in each car. There are at least two persons in each car.

R is not travelling with Q and W. T, a male, is travelling withonly Z and they are not travelling to Chennai. P is travelling inHonda City to Hyderabad. S is sister of P and travels by FordIkon. V and R travel together. W does not travel to Chennai.

Practice Set - 1918446. Who is travelling with W ?

(a) Only Q (b) Only P(c) Both P and Q (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

47. Members in which of the following combinations aretravelling in Honda City ?(a) PRS (b) PQW(c) PWS (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

48. In which car are four members travelling?(a) None (b) Honda City(c) Swift D'zire (d) Ford Ikon(e) Honda City or Ford Ikon

49. Which of the following combinations represents the threefemale members?(a) QSZ (b) WSZ(c) PSZ (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

50. Members in which car are travelling to Chennai ?(a) Honda City(b) Swift D'Zire(c) Ford Ikon(d) Either Swift D'Zire or Ford Ikon(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 51-55) : In these questions the symbols @. #,$, % and « are used with different meanings as follow.'A @ B ' means 'A is not smaller then B'.'A # B ' means 'A is neither smaller than nor equal to B'.'A $ B' means 'A is neither greater than nor smaller than B'.'A % B' means 'A is not greater than B'.'A « B' means 'A is neither greater than nor equal to B'.In each questions, four statements showing relationships havebeen given, which are followed by three conclusions I, II and III.Assuming that the given statements are true, find out which con-clusion (s) is/are definitely true?51. Statements: V $ Y, Y @ Z, Z % X, X # T

Conclusions:I. T # Z II. X # YIII. Z « Y(a) None follows (b) Only I follows(c) II and III follow (d) I and III follow(e) Only III follows

52. Statements: R @ J, J % F, F « E, E % MConclusions:I. M # J II. F % MIII. M « R(a) Only I follows (b) Only II follows(c) Only III follows (d) I and II follow(e) All follow

53. Statements: H#R, R@L, L « W, W%FConclusions:I. H # J II. F # LIII. H $ F(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follow(c) II and III follow (d) Either I or II follows(e) All follow

54. Statements: M # K, M $ F, F % Q, Q « HConclusions:I. H # KII. Q # KIII. Q @ M

(a) I and II follow (b) Either I or II follows(c) All follow (d) II and III follow(e) None of the above

55. Statements: D « Q, Q $ L, L # T, T % HConclusions:I. D « LII. L @ HIII. H # L(a) Only I follows (b) I and II follow(c) Either II or III follows (d) All follow(e) None follow

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 56-60) : The following questions are basedon the five three-digit numbers given below:365 285 857 584 49656. If 5 is subtracted from the middle digit of each of the

numbers, how many numbers thus formed will be divisibleby 2?(a) 1 (b) 3(c) 2 (d) 4(e) None of these

57. If in each number, all the three digits are arranged indescending order within the number, which of thefollowing will be the second highest number?(a) 365 (b) 285(c) 857 (d) 584(e) 496

58. In each number, 1 is added to the first digit and then thelast 2 digits are interchanged. Which number will be thesecond smallest?(a) 365 (b) 285(c) 857 (d) 584(e) 496

59. If in each number the first and the last digits areinterchanged, which of the following will be the secondhighest number?(a) 365 (b) 285(c) 857 (d) 584(e) 496

60. If two is subtracted from the middle digit of each of thenumbers, in how many numbers thus formed will themiddle digit be a perfect square?(a) 1 (b) 3(c) 4 (d) 2(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 61-65): Study the given information carefullyto answer the given questions:

In a certain code language, 'few organic farming techniques'is written as 'li gs da cr', 'fertilizer products few available'is written as 'fo pz nb gs', 'organic waste into fertilizer' is writtenas 'nb cr pt mk' and 'disposal of farming waste' is written as 'humk li yu'. (All codes are two-letter codes only.)61. What will be the code for 'few waste' in the

given code language?(a) mk gs (b) gs li(c) pt da (d) da mk(e) other than those given as options

62. What is the code for 'organic' in the given code language?(a) is (b) cr(c) da (d) pt(e) other than those given as options

Practice Set - 19 18563. In the given code language, what does the code 'yu' stand

for?(a) farming (b) techniques(c) Either 'of' or 'disposal' (d) waste(e) Either 'into' or 'few'

64. If 'waste management techiques' is coded as 'ax da mk'in the given code language, then how will 'farmingfertilizer management' be coded as?(a) ax nb cr (b) li ax pt(c) nb li ax (d) gs li nb(e) other than those given as options

65. What is the code for 'available' in the given codelangauge?(a) Either 'pz' or 'fo' (b) Either 'nb' or 'mk'(c) li (d) hu(e) other than those given as options

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 66-70) : Study the following information toanswer the given questions.Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing six peopleeach, in such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacentpersons. In row – 1 A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and all of themare facing south. In row – 2 P, Q, R, S, T and V are seated and allof them are facing north. Therefore, in the given seatingarrangement each member seated in a row faces another memberof the other row. V sits third to right of S. S faces F and F does notsit at any of the extreme ends of the line. D sits third to right of C.B faces C. The one facing E sits third to right of P. B and P do notsit at the extreme ends of the line. T is not an immediate neighbourof V and A is not an immediate neighbour of C.66. Who amongst the following faces D?

(a) T (b) P(c) Q (d) R(e) None of these

67. Who amongst the following represent the people sitting atextreme ends of the rows?(a) R, F (b) T, A(c) D, R (d) C, Q(e) S, A

68. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and thusform a group. Which is the one that does not belong to thatgroup?(a) B – T (b) A – Q(c) C – S (d) F – P(e) D – R

69. Four of the following five are alike in a certain way and thusform a group. Which is the one that does not belong to thatgroup?(a) D (b) S(c) V (d) T(e) A

70. How many persons are seated between R and T?(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) Four(e) None of these

71. A man coming out of the backdoor of his house which isfacing East, walked for one kilometre, turned to his right andwalked for another kilometre. Then he turned to his rightand walked a kilometre again. Where was he from his houseat the end?(a) 1 km away in north (b) 1 km away in south(c) 1 km away in east (d) 1 km away in west(e) None of these

72. In a certain code, DISPLAY is written as RHCQZBM. Howis GROUPED written in that code?(a) PSHTEFQ (b) NQFVCDO(c) NQFVEFQ (d) PSHTCDO(e) None of these

73. Among P, Q, R, T and W each having different weight, T isheavier than W and lighter than only P. Q is not the lightest.Who among them is definitely the lightest ?(a) R (b) W(c) R or W (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

74. In a row of thirty children M is sixth to the right of R who istwelfth from the left end. What is M’s position from theright end of the row ?(a) Twelfth (b) Thirteenth(c) Fourteenth (d) Data inadequate(e) None of these

75. Pointing to a girl, Mr. Arun said. “She is the daughter of mymother’s only child”. How is the girl related to Mr. Arun ?(a) Sister (b) Mother(c) Cousin (d) Daughter(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80 ): Study the given information carefullyto answer the given questions:Seven different boxes A, B, C, D, E, F and G of different coloursviz., Green, Red, Blue, Yellow, Purple, Pink and Orange are arrangedone above the other. The box at the bottom of arrangement isnumbered 1, the above box is numbered 2 and so on. B isimmediately above E. More than two boxes are above the Greenbox. The Yellow box is immediately below A. Only one box isbetween the Green box and F. G is immediately above the Pinkbox. Only one box is between B and the Red box. Only two boxesare between the Red and the Orange box. Only two boxes arebetween the Yellow box and the Green box. The blue box is neitherat the top nor at the bottom of the arrangement.B is above Redbox. C is immediately above F. Neither C nor G is a Yellow box. G isnot a Green box.76. As per the given arrangement, G is related to F and A is

related to E in a certain way. To which of the following is Drelated to the same way?(a) D (b) B(c) A (d) C(e) None of these

77. Which of the following pairs of people occupy the top andbotttom positions of the arrangement?(a) G, A (b) D, C(c) B, C (d) B, D(e) A, D

78. Which combination represents the position of C and itscolour?(a) 5 - Purple (b) 4 - Pink(c) 1 - Yellow (d) 4 - Green(e) 7 - Purple

79. Which amongst the following arranged exactly in the middle?(a) A (b) D(c) B (d) E(e) Other than those given as options

80. Which of the following is the colour of Box "A"?(a) Red (b) Purple(c) Pink (d) Green(e) None of these


1. (b) Speed of the train = 132 km/h = s/m18

5132´

Distance = (110 + 165) = 275 mTime required to cross the railway platform

= s5.7513218275 =

´´

2. (c) Let Principal = ̀ P3101 993

100P Pæ ö+ - =ç ÷è ø Þ

11 11 111 993

10 10 10Pæ ö´ ´ - =ç ÷è ø

Þ1331 1000

9931000

P-æ ö =ç ÷è ø or, ,

993 1000 3000331

P ´= =

\ Simple interest = ̀3000 3 10

100´ ´æ ö

ç ÷è ø = ̀ 900

3. (a) Required average age

= 15 36 12 16 years

36 12´ + ´æ ö

ç ÷+è ø =

540 192 years48+æ ö

ç ÷è ø= 15.25 years.

4. (a) Total marks obtained by Amit= 44 + 55 + 77 + 79 + 76 = 331

\ Required percentage = 331500 × 100 = 66.2

5. (a) Let time taken by pipe = p hr

1 1 1p 3 3.5

= = -

1 7 6 1P 21 21

-= =

Hence, 21 hrs.6. (b) Required probability

52

72

CC

=

5 4 107 6 21

´= =´

7. (a) Let the two digit number be 10x + y.Then,(10x + y) – (10y + x) = 36\ x – y = 4

8. (b) First increase then decrease by x%

net effect 2

100x-=

1100-

or 1% decrease

9. (c) Let the age of X and Y are x years and y yearsrespectively.Then, (x + 4) = 4(y + 4)Þ 6y + 4 = 4y + 16Þ 2y = 12\ y = 6\ The present age of y = 6 years

10. (d) Sides of a triangle are in the ratio = 1 1 1: :2 3 4

= 6 : 4 : 3x involves in ratio so that sides of a triangle 6x, 4xand 3x respectively.Perimeter of a triangle = Sum of all sides of a triangle

Þ 52 = 6x + 4x + 3x Þ 52 = 13x

\52 413

x = =

\ Smallest side of a triangle = 3x = 3 × 4 = 12 cm11. (b) Let cost price of milk ` x per kg.

Price of 15kg of milk = ` 15x.Now, mix 3kg of water, therefore quantity of mixture

= (15 + 3) kg = 18 kgSo, price of mixture is `22 per kgAccording to question.

15x = 22 × 1822 18

15x ´= 132 26.40

5= =

1 (b) 11 (b) 21 (b) 31 (a) 41 (e) 51 (a) 61 (a) 71 (b)2 (c) 12 (b) 22 (d) 32 (e) 42 (d) 52 (a) 62 (b) 72 (c)3 (a) 13 (c) 23 (c) 33 (d) 43 (e) 53 (b) 63 (c) 73 (d)4 (a) 14 (c) 24 (b) 34 (b) 44 (a) 54 (c) 64 (c) 74 (a)5 (a) 15 (c) 25 (c) 35 (c) 45 (a) 55 (e) 65 (a) 75 (d)6 (b) 16 (d) 26 (a) 36 (a) 46 (c) 56 (c) 66 (a) 76 (c)7 (a) 17 (c) 27 (c) 37 (c) 47 (b) 57 (d) 67 (b) 77 (b)8 (b) 18 (a) 28 (b) 38 (b) 48 (a) 58 (e) 68 (e) 78 (e)9 (c) 19 (a) 29 (a) 39 (a) 49 (d) 59 (e) 69 (b) 79 (d)

10 (d) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (d) 50 (c) 60 (a) 70 (b) 80 (c)

Answer Key


Practice Set - 19 187Alternate Method :Let CP of milk be ` x per kg.By Alligation method

price of milk price of water

22

22

x

x – 22

0

\ 22 : (x – 22) = 15 : 3

Þ22

22x - =

153

Þ22

22x - = 5

Þ 22 = 5x – 110Þ 22 = 132\ x = ` 26.40

12. (b) x + y + xy

100

= +20 – 20 – 20 20

100´

= –4%

Total selling price of a refrigerator and a camera= 12000 + 12000 = ̀ 24000Now, loss is 4%

CP × 96

100 = 24000

CP = ` 25000Loss amount = (25000 – 24000) = ` 1000

13. (c) Let the marked price of a cupboard = ` xAccording to question,

\ x × ( )100 12.5 100 7.5

100 100- -æ ö´ ç ÷è ø

= ` 2590

Þ x = 2590 100 100

87.5 92.5´ ´

´x = ` 3200

14. (c) Relative speed of trains = (20 + 30) km/h

= 50 km/h = 550

18´ m/s

Total relative distance = 200 + 200 = 400 m

\ Required time = 400 1850 5

´´

= 28.8 s

15. (c) Let the sum = Rs. x and original rate = y % per annumthen, New rate = (y + 3)% per annum

\ ( 3) 2 2 300

100 100x y x y´ + ´ ´ ´- =

3 15000xy x xy+ - =\ 5000x =Thus, the sum = ̀ 5000

16. (d)3 4 5? of of of 10155 7 12

=

3 4 5 10151015 1455 7 12 7

= ´ ´ ´ = =

17. (c) 1.5 × 0.0025 + (?)2 = 0.1Þ (?)2 = 0.1 – 1.5 × 0.025Þ (?)2 = 0.1 – 0. 0375Þ ? = 0.0625 0.25=

18. (a) 21.5 0.0225 2.25 0.15 0.3375´ = ´ =

19. (a) 0.0259 12 1.5´ ¸

0.0289 12 0.17 12 1.361.5 1.5

´ ´= = =

20. (c) 125% of 260 + ?% of 700 = 500Þ ? % of 700 = 500 – 125% of 260Þ ? % of 700 = 175

\175 100? 25

700´= =

21. (b) 45% of 750 – 25% of 48045 750 25 480

100 100´ ´= -

= 337.5 – 120 = 217.522. (d) 758.5 ¸ 753.8 = 75(8.5–3.8) = 754.7

23. (c) 39798 + 3798 + 378 = 43974

24. (b)7 3 1? 3 7 111 11 2

= + ´

40 80 3 160 61411 11 2 11 11

= + ´ = =

25. (c) 1080 ̧ 12 ̧ 10 =1080 9

12 10=

´26. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow

888 454

( 2) + 10¸ ( 2) + 10¸ ( 2) + 10¸ ( 2) + 10¸ ( 2) + 10¸

237 128.574.2576.25 47.125

27. (c) The pattern of number series is as follow

3 4

(×1) + 1 (×2) + 2 (×3) + 3 (×4) + 4 (×5) + 5 (×6) + 6

109 33 136 685 4116

28. (b) The pattern of number series is as follow

146 74

( 2) + 1¸ ( 2) + 3¸ ( 2) + 5¸ ( 2) + 7¸ ( 2) + 9¸

402523 19.5 18.75

29. (a) The pattern of number series is as follow

3 6

+3 +4 +5 +6 +7

101516 21 28

30. (d) The pattern of number series is as follow


2 3

+1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6

5 8 121718 23

31. (a) Required ratio = [45000 × (8 + 9)%] : [45000 × (15 + 18)%]= 17 : 33.

32. (e) Qualified aspirants from C = 9000 7% 10045000 8%

´ ´´ = 17.5%

From D = 9000 21% 10045000 17%

´ ´´ = 24.70%

From E = 9000 14% 10045000 9%

´ ´´ = 31.11%

From F = 9000 11% 10045000 18%

´ ´´ = 12.22%

From G = 9000 13% 100

45000 22%´ ´´ = 11.81%

Per cent is least in G.33. (d) Required difference = 9000 × (21% – 13%)

= 89000 720

100´ =

34. (b) Required percentage = ( )

( )9000 16 7 100

24.21%45000 11 8

´ + ´=

´ +35. (c) Number of candidates qualified from State (B + D)

= 9000 × ( )16 21

100+

= 90 × 37 = 3330

Number of candidates appeared from states

= 45000 × 8

100 = 3600

Required ratio = 3330 37 : 403600

=

36. (a) 10609 7938.81´

10609 103,= by long division method, as below:

10310609100

10

203 6096090

Also, 7938.81 89.1= , by long division method, asbelow:

89.179388.8164

8

169 15381521

1781 17811781

0Hence 103 × 89.1 = 9177.3 » 9200

37. (c) Let x be there in place of question mark.

So, 32 3(13) 2197 (169) 2197é ùé ù é ù= Þ =ë û ë ûë ûx x

4826809x = 2197, taking log10 on both the sidesx log10 (4826809) = log10 2197

Þ x × 6.68366 = 3.34183 Þ1x2

= » 0.5

38. (b) 18.4% of 656 + 12.7% of 864 = 0.184 × 656 + 0.127 × 864= 120.704 + 109.728 = 230.432 » 231

39. (a) (98.4)2 + (33.6)2 = 9682.56 + 1128.96 = 10811.52 » 1081240. (d) Let there be x in place of question mark

So, 8959 8959

26.35 174 5 26.35 20

= Þ = =´ ´ ´

xx

41. (e) All plants are bottles.

All bottles are caps.A + A Þ A-type of Conclusion“All plants are caps.”This is Conclusion II.All bottles are caps.

All caps are crowns.A + A Þ A-types of Conclusion“All bottles are crowns.”Its Converse would be :“Same crowns are bottles”This is Conclusion I.

42. (d) Some handkerchiefs are calculators.

All calculators are papers.I + A Þ I-type of Conclusion.“Some handkerchiefs are papers.”

43. (e) All tigers are zebra.

All zebra are cows.A + A Þ A–type of Conclusion“All tigers are cows.”This is Conclusion I.“All tigers are cows” can be shown as :

Tigers

Cows or Tigers,

Cows

I IINow, “All camels are cows” can be shown as

Camels or Camels,Cows

III IV

Cow

Practice Set - 19 189Combine the figures II and IV

Tigers,Cows,

Camels

Therefore, “All camels being tigers is a possibility.”44. (a) Some pencils are mobiles.

All mobiles are grass.I + A Þ I–type of Conclusion“Some pencils are grass”.Its Converse would be :“Some grasses are pencils”.If some grasses are pencils, then all grasses beingpencils is a possibility.Some pencils are grass.

All grass is green.I + A Þ I–type of Conclusion“Some pencils are green.”All mobiles are grass.

All grass is green.A + A Þ I–type of Conclusion“All mobiles are green”.

45. (a) Some cards are clips.

All clips are chairs.I + A Þ I–type of Conclusion“Some cards are chairs.”Its Converse would be :“Some chairs are cards.”If some chairs are cards, then allchairs being cards is a possibility.

For questions 46 -50 :Given information can be tabulated as follows :

PHC SD FI D C H Yes No

GenderM/F

Qü

RR

S ü

QWF

T × M

V RW × RZ ×

Cars Destination Travellingwith

ü

V

Tonly

Zonly

From above table we can conclude the following result

Group Car Destination

T Z SD Delhi

S R V FI Chennai

P QW HC Hyderabad

+ –

– + +

+

+ indicates male and – indicates for female46. (c) P and Q are travelling with W.47. (b) P, Q and W are travelling in Honda City.48. (a) None49. (d) Cannot be determined50. (c) Members in Ford Ikon car are travelling to Chennai.Solutions. (Q. No. 51 to 55)

# @% $

Þ< Þ> Þ³Þ£ Þ=

«

51. (a) V$Y V YÞ =Y@ Z Y ZÞ ³Z % X Þ Z < XX #T X TÞ >From all above statements,V Y Z X T= ³ £ >Conclusions I. T # Z Þ T > Z (False)II. X # Y Þ X > Y (False)III. Z « Y Þ Z < Y (False)None follows.

52. (a) R @ J Þ R ³ JJ % F Þ J £ FF « E Þ F < ME % M Þ E < MFrom all above statements, R ³ J £ F < E £ MConclusions I: M # J Þ M > J (True)II. F % M Þ F £ M (False)III. M « R Þ M < R (False)Only (I) follows.

53. (b) H # R Þ H > RR @ L Þ R ³ LL « W Þ L < WW % F Þ W £ FFrom all above statements, H > R > L < W £ FConclusions I. H # L Þ H > L (True)II. F # L Þ F > L (True)III. H $ F Þ H = F (False)

54. (c) M # K Þ M > KM $ F Þ M = KF % Q Þ F £ QQ « H Þ Q < HFrom all above statements,K < M = F £ Q < HConclusions. I. H # K Þ H > K (True)II. Q # K Þ Q > K (True)III. Q @ M Þ Q ³ M (True)So, all follow.

Practice Set - 1919055. (e) D « Q Þ D < Q

Q $ L Þ Q = LL # T Þ L > TT % H Þ T £ HFrom all above statemens,D < Q = L > T £ HConclusions. I. D « L Þ D < L (True) II. L @ H Þ L ³ H (False)

III. H # L Þ H > L - Either (False)Only (I) and either (II) or (III) follow.

56. (c) 534, 44657. (d) 857,584,496,365,28558. (e) 456,358,975,648,56959. (e) 563, 582, 758,485,69460. (a) 345- 4 perfect square

Sol. (61-65)few organic farming techniques ® li gs da cr …(i)fertilizer products few available ® fo pz nb gs …(ii)organic waste into fertilizer ® nbcr pt mk …(iii)disposal of farming waste ® hu mk li yu …(iv)From (i) and (ii),few ® gs …(v)From (i) and (iii),organic ® cr …(vi)From (i) and (iv),farming ® li …(vii)From (i) (v), (vi) and (vii),techniques ® da …(viii)From (ii) and (iii),Fertilizer ® nb … (ix)From (iii), and (iv),waste ® mk …(x)From (iii), (x), (vi) and …(ix),into ® pt …(xi)From (ii), (v) and (ix),Products/available ® fo/pz …(xii)From (iv), (vii) and (x),Disposal/of ® hu/yu …(xiii)

Sol. (66-70)

D

T

B

P

F

S

C

R

E

Q

A

V

Row I

Row II

66. (a) T faces D67. (b) T, A68. (e) D – R (All others are diagonally opposite to each other)69. (b) S (All others are sitting at extreme ends of the rows)70. (b) Two (P, S)

71. (b)

Startingpoint

North

1 km·

·

1 km

1 kmEnding point

W

N

S

E

72. (c) As, I II III

D I S P L A Y¯

Reverse order :® S I D P Y A L¯ ¯ ¯

(–1)® R H C (+1)® Q Z B M ¬(+1) Similarly,

I II III

G R O U P E D¯ ¯ ¯

Reverse order :® O R G U D E P¯ (–1) ¯(+1) ¯(+1)

N Q F V E F Q

73. (d) P > T > WQ is not the lightestBut, we do not know the position of R, the given datadoes not give any information about it.

74. (a)Twelfth R M

SixthM’s position from the right end= 30 – 12 + 6 = 12

75. (d) Mother

Arun (Himself)

daughter/She

only child

Therefore, the girl is the daughter of Arun.

Sol. (76-80)Pos ition Box Colour

7 C Purple6 F Orange5 B Blue4 E Green3 G Red2 A Pink1 D Yellow

NUMERICAL ABILITY

1. 10 is added to a certain number, the sum is multipliedby 7, the product is divided by 5 and 5 is subtracted fromthe quotient. The remainder left is half of 88. What is thenumber ?(a) 21 (b) 20 (c) 25 (d) 30(e) None of these

2. A bag contains 25 paise, 50 paise and `1 coins. There are220 coins in all and the total amount in the bag is ̀ 160. Ifthere are thrice as many ̀ 1 coins as there are 25 paise coins,then what is the number of 50 paise coins ?(a) 60 (b) 40 (c) 120 (d) 80(e) None of these

3. In Arun's opinion his weight is greater than 65 kg but lessthan 72 kg. His brother does not agree with Arun and hethinks that Arun's weight is greater than 60 kg but less than70 kg. His mother's view is that his weight cannot be greaterthan 68 kg. If all of them are correct in their estimation, what isthe average of different probable weights of Arun ?(a) 71 kg (b) 66 kg (c) 66.5 kg (d) 68 kg(e) None of these

4. There were 35 students in a hostel. If the number of stu-dents be increased by 7, the expenditure on food increasesby ` 42 per day while the average expenditure of students isreduced by ` 1. What was the initial expenditure on foodper day ?(a) ` 432 (b) ` 442 (c) ` 420 (d) ` 400(e) None of these

5. In three annual examinations' of which the aggregate marksof each was 500, a student secured average marks 45% and55% in the first and the second yearly examinationsrespectively. To secure 60% average total marks, it is

necessary for him in third yearly examination to secure___ marks.(a) 300 (b) 350 (c) 355 (d) 400(e) None of these

6. Sixty five pupils from a school entered for an examinationand 80% of them passed. Another school entered 10 morepupils than the first school and four more pupils passed.The % of pass in the second school was(a) 75% (b) 84% (c) 72% (d) 74.6%(e) None of these

7. The ratio of ages of A and B is 2 : 5 and the ratio of ages ofB and C is 3 : 4, What is the ratio of ages of A, B and C ?(a) 6 : 15 : 20 (b) 8 : 5 : 3(c) 6 : 5 : 4 (d) 2 : 15 : 4(e) None of these

8. By selling 8 dozen pencils, a shopkeeper gains the sellingprice of 1 dozen pencils. What is the gain?

(a) 1212

% (b) 1317

%

(c) 1427

% (d) 8712

%

(e) None of these9. In how many years will a sum of ` 800 at 10% per annum

compounded semi-annually become ̀ 926.10?

(a)113

(b)112

(c)123

(d)122

(e) None of these10. The salary of A & B together amounts to ̀ 2000. A spends

95% of his salary and B 85% of his salary. If their savingsare same what is the salary of A ?


PRACTICE SET




answer.

INSTRUCTIONS

20

Practice Set - 20192(a) ` 750 (b) ` 1250 (c) ` 1500 (d) ` 1600(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 11 - 15) : In each of these questions anequation is given with a question mark (?) in place of a correctsymbol. Based on the values on the right hand side and the lefthand side of the question mark. you have to decide which of thefollowing symbols will correct in place of the question mark.

Give answer If in place of question mark (?)following will come

(a) > (greater than),(b) = (equal to)(c) < (lesser than)(d) ³ (either greater than or equal to)(e) £ (either lesser than or equal to)

11. [(7 × 3) + 12] ? [ 225 15+ ]

12. [( 324 49)]?( 121)-

13. [(34 – (2)2 × 5]) ? [42 × 8 + (4 x 4)]14. [133 – (88 – 72)] ? [(7)2 × 3]15. 21 ¸ 3 + (54 ¸ 9) ? [(160 – 60) ¸ 4)16. A man rows downstream 32 km and 14 km upstream, and he

takes 6 hours to cover each distance. What is the speed ofthe current?(a) 0.5 km/hr (b) 1 km/hr(c) 1.5 km/hr (d) 2 km/hr(e) None of these

17. 'A' is thrice as good a workman as 'B' and takes 10 days lessto do a piece of work than 'B' takes. How many days will 'B'take to complete if he works alone?(a) 21 days (b) 15 days (c) 18 days (d) 24 days(e) None of these

18. In how many different ways can be letters of the wordSOFTWARE be arranged in such a way that the vowelsalways come together?(a) 13440 (b) 1440 (c) 360 (d) 120(e) None of these

19. Shri and Vividh started a business investing amounts of `185000 and ` 225000 respectively. If Vividh’s share in theprofit earned by them is ` 9000. What is the total profitearned by them together?(a) ` 17400 (b) ` 16400 (c) ` 16800 (d) ` 17800(e) None of these

20. A man has few hens and cows. If the total number of headsare 48 and the total number of feet are 140, then the numberof hens are(a) 22 (b) 23 (c) 24 (d) 26(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Q. 21-30): What approximate value should comein place of the question mark (?) in the following questions?

21. 724.998 ¸ 24.048 ¸ 14.954 = ?(a) 8 (b) 13 (c) 2 (d) 10(e) 16

22. (848.999 + 274.052) ¸ 3.0054 = ?(a) 940 (b) 836 (c) 184 (d) 298(e) 374

23. 3 84900 ?=

(a) 56 (b) 44 (c) 67 (d) 33(e) 21

24. 18.5% of 425 + 16.2% of 388 = ?(a) 141 (b) 224 (c) 116 (d) 183(e) 215

25. 18.345 × 19.068 × ? = 11538.93375(a) 46 (b) 61 (c) 27 (d) 33(e) 55

26. (12.999)3 = ?(a) 24000 (b) 1900(c) 2100 (d) 2300(e) 2200

27. 50550 ̧ 50 ̧ 5 = ?(a) 325 (b) 300(c) 250 (d) 275(e) 200

28. 49.0003 ̧ 74.999 = ?(a) 0.05 (b) 0.2(c) 0.5 (d) 0.7(e) 1

29. 23.003 × 22.998 + 100. 010 = ?(a) 630 (b) 600(c) 650 (d) 700(e) 500

30. 125.009 + 69.999 + 104.989 = ?(a) 350 (b) 300(c) 325 (d) 250(e) 400

DIRECTIONS (Q. 31-35): In each of these questions a numberseries is given. Only one number is wrong in each series. Youhave to find out the wrong number.

31. 10, 15, 24, 35, 54, 75, 100(a) 35 (b) 75 (c) 24 (d) 15(e) 54

32. 1, 3, 4, 7, 11, 18, 27, 47(a) 4 (b) 11 (c) 18 (d) 7(e) 27

33. 2, 3, 6, 12, 37.5, 115.5(a) 37.5 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 2(e) 12

34. 2, 8, 32, 128, 512, 2048, 8292(a) 128 (b) 512 (c) 8 (d) 32(e) 8292

35. 2, 3, 11, 38, 102, 229, 443(a) 11 (b) 229 (c) 120 (d) 38(e) 3


DIRECTIONS (Qs. 36 - 40): Study the graph carefully to answerthe questions that follow :

Percent Rise in Profit of TwoCompanies Over The Years

4035302520151050

Compnay L

Compnay M

Prof

it Pe

rcen

t

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009Years

36. If the profit earned by Company L in the year 2005 was` 1.84 lakhs, what was the profit earned by the company inthe year 2006?(a) ` 2.12 lakhs (b) ` 2.3 lakhs(c) ` 2.04 lakhs (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

37. If the profit earned by Company M in the year 2008 was` 3. 63 lakhs, what was the amount of profit earned by it inthe year 2006?(a) ` 2.16 lakhs (b) ` 1.98 lakhs(c) ` 2.42 lakhs (d) Cannot be determined(e) None of these

38. What is the average percent rise in profit of Company Lover call the years together?

(a)1153 (b)

1253

(c)5186 (d)

5216

(e) None of these39. Which of the following statements is TRUE with respect to

the above graph?(a) Company M made the highest profit in the year 2009(b) Company L made least profit in the year 2008(c) The respective ratio between the profits earned by

Company L and M in the year 2006 was 6 : 5(d) Company L made the highest profit in the year 2005(e) All are true

40. What is the percentage increase in percent rise in profit ofCompany M in the year 2009 from the previous year?(a) 25 (b) 15(c) 50 (d) 75(e) 23

REASONING

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 41-45) : In each group of questions beloware two/three statements followed by two conclusions numberedI and II. You have to take the given statements to be true even ifthey seem to be at variance from commonly known facts andthen decide which of the given conclusions logically followsfrom the two/three statements disregarding commonly knownfacts.Give answer (a) if only conclusion I follows;Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows;Give answer (c) if either conclusion I or conclusion II follows;Give answer (d) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows;Give answer (e) if both conclusion I and conclusion II follow.

41. Statements : Some exams are tests. No exam is aquestion.

Conclusions : I. No question is a test.II. Some tests are definitely not exams.

42. Statements : All forces are energies. All energies arepowers. No power is heat.

Conclusions : I. Some forces are definitely not powers.II. No heat is force.

43. Statements : All forces are energies. All energies arepowers. No power is heat.

Conclusions : I. No energy is heat.II. Some forces being heat is a possibility.

44. Statements : No note is a coin. Some coins are metals.All plastics are notes.

Conclusions : I. No coin is plastic.II. All plastics being metals is a possibility.

45. Statements : No note is a coin. Some coins are metals.All plastics are notes.

Conclusions : I. No metal is plastic.II. All notes are plastics.

46. A person starts from point P in East and moves 12 m to pointQ. Then, he moves right 8 m to point R. Again he movesright for 6 m to point S. Then, he moves 6 m in the North topoint T. Finally from there he goes to left for 6 m to point U.Which of three point he would form a triangle whose all theangles are less than 90°?(a) PTQ (b) QTR(c) UTS (d) TSR(e) SQR

47. C is the mother of A and B. If D is the husband of B, what isC to D ?(a) Mother-in-law (b) Sister(c) Mother (d) Aunt(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 48-52) : Study the information given belowand answer the given questions:

In a certain code 'facing problems with politics' is coded as 'mlphlt ngi snk', ' politics problems on rise' is coded as 'hlt sa rtv mlp','rise with every challenge' is coded as 'snk rtv lne riy' and 'facingchallenge each day' is coded as 'ngi riy nop hus'.48. What could be a code for "lne"?

(a) facing (b) with(c) every (d) rise(e) challenge

Practice Set - 2019449. "riy rtv roi" could be a code for which of the following?

(a) rise above challenge (b) rise politics challenge(c) day rise challenge (d) with rise challenge(e) challenge every rise

50. Which of the following is the code for "facing"?(a) nop (b) rtv(c) ngi (d) snk(e) sa

51. "riy snk mlp" could be a code for which of the following?(a) problem every day(b) challenge with politics(c) with politics day(d) every challenge facing(e) challenge facing with

52. Which of the following is the code for "day"?(a) riy (b) nop(c) ngi (d) hus(e) Can't be determined

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 53-56) : Study the following informationcarefully and answer the given questions:Eight family members, viz A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sittingaround a circular table, facing the centre but not necessarily inthe same order. F, the wife of D, is sitting third to the right of C. Ais the son of H. A is sitting second to the left of D. D is animmediate neighbour of neither F nor C. No male is an immediateneighbour of D. G sits second to the left of D's son. Only twopersons sit between H and A's brother. Neither C nor D is thebrother of A. D's son and the wife of D's son are immediateneighbours of each other. F is the mother of H and is an immediateneighbour of neither B nor G.G is the sister of E.53. Who among the following is the brother of A?

(a) E (b) G(c) A (d) B(e) Can't be determined

54. Based on the given arrangement, how is A related to D?(a) Grandfather (b) Son(c) Grandson (d) Daughter-in-law(e) Can't be determined

55. Four of the following five are alike in a certain waybased on the given arrangement and so form a group.Which is one that does not belong to that group?(a) B (b) C(c) H (d) G(e) F

56. Which of the following statements regarding H is definitelycorrect?(a) H is a male.(b) H is the cousin of C.(c) Both the immediate neighbours of H are males.(d) H is the daughter-in-law of D.(e) H is the father of A.

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 57-61) : Following questions are based onthe five three digit numbers given below

749 559 920 297 32857. If the first and the second digits of each of these numbers

are interchanged within the number, which of the followingwill be the second smallest after interchanging?

(a) 297 (b) 328(c) 749 (d) 559(e) 920

58. If the first and the third digits of each of these numbers areinterchanged within the number, which of the following willbe the difference between the highest and the lowestnumbers after interchanging?(a) 182 (b) 793(c) 947 (d) 926(e) 563

59. If the second and the third digits of each of these numbersare interchanged within the number, which of the followingwill be exactly dividable by 3 after interchanging?(a) 920 (b) 559(c) 328 (d) 297(e) 749

60. In which o the following numbers is the sum of its digits thelowest?(a) 559 (b) 749(c) 297 (d) 328(e) 920

61. In which of the following numbers is the subtraction of firstdigit from third digit within the number is the secondhighest?(a) 297 (b) 328(c) 559 (d) 920(e) 749

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 62-63) : Read the data carefully and answerthe questions.

LAP BUT CAR SON HID(New words to be formed may or may not necessarily be meaningfulEnglish words.)62. If the positions of the 1st and the 3rd alphabets of each of the

word are interchanged, which of the following would formmeaningful words with the new arrangement?(a) HID (b) SON(c) TUB (d) CAR(e) None of these

63. If the given words are arranged in the order as they wouldappear in a dictionary from the left to right, which of thefollowing will be 4th from the left?(a) LAP (b) BUT(c) CAR (d) SON(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 64-67) : Study the following informationcarefully to answer the questions.

A, B, C, D, E, F and G are standing in a straight line facing Northwith equal distances between them, not necessarily in the sameorder. Each one is pursuing a different profession-actor, reporter,doctor, engineer, lawyer, teacher and painter not necessarily inthe same order. G is fifth to the left of C. The reporter is third to theright of G. F is fifth to the right of A. E is second to the left of B.The engineer is second to the left of D. There are only threepeople between the engineer and the painter. The doctor is to theimmediate left of the engineer. The lawyer is to the immediate rightof the teacher.

Practice Set - 20 19564. What is A's profession?

(a) Painter (b) Doctor(c) Teacher (d) Actor(e) None of these

65. Which of the following statements is true according to thegiven arrangement?(a) F is the teacher(b) F is third to the left of E(c) The painter is to the immediate left of B(d) The lawyer is standing in the exact middle of the

arrangement(e) None of these

66. Who among the following is the actor?(a) E (b) F(c) C (d) B(e) None of these

67. What is D's position with respect to the painter?(a) Third to the left (b) Second to the right(c) Fourth to the right (d) Second to the left(e) None of these

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 68-70) : Read the following passage carefullyand answer the questions.P, Q, R, S and T are five teachers. Each teacher teaches only onesubject. T is not Hindi teacher and R, S do not teach English. P, Qand R are not related with History and Hindi. Neither S nor Tteaches Mathematics. Geography is not taught by P, R and T.68. The History teacher is

(a) P (b) Q(c) R (d) T(e) None of these

69. The Hindi teacher is(a) P (b) Q(c) R (d) S(e) None of these

70. The teaching subject of P is(a) Hindi (b) English(c) Mathematics (d) History(e) None of these

Directions (Qs. 71-75) : In these questions, relationship betweendifferent elements is shown in the statements. The statements arefollowed by conclusions.Give answer (a) if only Conclusion I is trueGive answer (b) if only Conclusion II is trueGive answer (c) if either Conclusion I or II is trueGive answer (d) if neither Conclusion I nor II is trueGive answer (e) if both Conclusions I and II are true.71. Statement : F > G = H; G > J > K

Conclusions :I. F > KII. K < H

72. Statement : P < Q = R > S > TConclusions :I. T < QII. R > P

73. Statement : A D; C < FConclusions :I. D < CII. F > D

74. Statement : U > A = I < O < EConclusions :I. I < EII. O > U

75. Statement : L = M > N; M > P; L < KConclusions :I. K > PII. N < K

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 76-80) : In each question a group of letters isgiven followed by four combinations of number/symbol numbered(a), (b), (c) and (d). Letters are to be coded as per the schemeand conditions given below. You have to find out the serialnumber of the combination, which represents the letter group.Serial number of that combination is your answer. If none of thecombinations is correct, your answer is (e) i.e. None of these.

Letters Q M S I N G D K A L P R B J ENumber/ 7 @ 4 # % $ 6 1 2 £ 5 * 9 8 3Symbol

Conditions :

(i) If the first letter is a consonant and the last a vowel, both areto be coded as the code of the vowel.

(ii) If the first letter is vowel and the last a consonant, the codesfor the first and the last are to be interchanged.

(iii) If no vowel is present in the group of letters, the second andthe fifth letters are to be coded as ©.

76. BARNIS

(a) 9 2 * % # 4 (b) 9 2 4 # * %

(c) 9 2 * # % 9 (d) 4 2 * # % 4

(e) None of these

77. DMBNIA(a) 6 @ 9 % # 2 (b) 2 @ 9 % # 6

(c) 2 @ 9 % # 6 (d) 2 @ 9 % # 2

(e) None of these

78. IJBRLG

(a) # 8 9 * £ $ (b) # 8 9 * £ #

(c) $ 8 9 * £ # (d) $ 8 9 * £ $

(e) None of these

79. BKGQJN

(a) 9 © $ 7© % (b) © 9 $ 7 % ©

(c) 9 1 $ 7 8 % (d) % 1 $ 7 8 9

(e) None of these

80. EGAKRL

(a) # £ $ 2 1 * (b) £ $ 2 1 * 3

(c) £ $ 2 1 * # (d) # £ $ 2 1 #

(e) None of these

1. (c) Let the number be = x

\( 10) 7

– 55

x + ´ =

882

7x + 70 – 25 = 2207x = 220 – 45

7x = 175

x = 25

\ Number is 25.2. (a) Let 25 paise coins = x

1 ` : 50 P : 25 P3x : 220 – 4x : x Ratio in number of coins

3x : 220 – 4 :

2 4x x

Ratio in amount

\ 3x + 110 – 2x + 4x

= 160

x + 110 + 4x

= 160

4x + 440 + x = 6405x = 200x = 40

\ 50 paise coins = 220 – 4x = 220 – 160 = 603. (e) Let Arun's weight be x kg

According to Arun, 65 < x < 72According to Arun's brother, 60 < x < 70According to Arun's mothers, x £ 68The value satisfying all the above Conditions are 66and 68

\ Required average =66 67 68

65 kg2

+ +æ ö =ç ÷è ø

4. (c) Let expenditure per day = x

\35x

= 42 1

42x + +

\ x = 420Hence, the initial expenditure on food per day = ̀ 420

5. (d) Let in third yearly examination he Secure x %

Then, 45 55 60

3x+ +=

100 + x = 180x = 80To secure 60% average, he has to get 80%

80% of 500 = 80 500 400marks

100´ =

6. (d) Pupils from first school appeared for an examination

= 80% of 65 = 52

Pupils from second school passed in examination

= 52 + 4 = 56

Total pupils in second school = 65 + 10 = 75

Pass % of second school = 56 10075

´ = 74.6%

7. (a) A : B = 2 : 5 ® × 3B : C = 3 : 4 ® × 5Now, A : B = 6 : 15

B : C = 15 : 20So A : B : C = 6 : 15 : 20

8. (c) Gain = SP of 8 dozen pencils – CP of 8 dozen pencilsÞ SP% 1 dozen pencils = SP of 8 dozen pencils – CP

of 8 dozen pencilsÞ CP% 8 dozen pencils = SP of 7 dozen pencilsLet CP of 1 dozen pencils be ̀ x.

1 (c) 11 (a) 21 (e) 31 (a) 41 (d) 51 (b) 61 (c) 71 (b)2 (a) 12 (b) 22 (e) 32 (e) 42 (b) 52 (e) 62 (c) 72 (e)3 (e) 13 (a) 23 (b) 33 (e) 43 (a) 53 (a) 63 (d) 73 (a)4 (c) 14 (c) 24 (a) 34 (e) 44 (e) 54 (c) 64 (b) 74 (d)5 (d) 15 (c) 25 (d) 35 (b) 45 (d) 55 (a) 65 (d) 75 (b)6 (d) 16 (c) 26 (e) 36 (b) 46 (b) 56 (c) 66 (c) 76 (a)7 (a) 17 (b) 27 (e) 37 (e) 47 (a) 57 (d) 67 (d) 77 (d)8 (c) 18 (e) 28 (e) 38 (e) 48 (c) 58 (d) 68 (d) 78 (c)9 (b) 19 (b) 29 (a) 39 (a) 49 (a) 59 (d) 69 (d) 79 (a)10 (c) 20 (d) 30 (b) 40 (d) 50 (c) 60 (e) 70 (b) 80 (b)

Answer Key

Practice Set - 20 197Then, CP of 8 dozen pencils = ` 8xÞ SP of 7 dozen pencils = ` 8xAlso, CP of 7 dozen pencils ` 7xGain%

= SP of 7 dozen pencils CP of 7 dozen pencils 100

CP of 7 dozen pencils.-

´

8x 7x 1 2100 100 14 %7x 7 7-

= ´ = ´ = .

9. (b)

2t102926.1 800 1

100

æ öç ÷

= +ç ÷ç ÷è ø

2t9261 218000 20

æ ö= ç ÷è ø

3 2t21 21 3 1t years or 1 years.20 20 2 2

æ ö æ ö= Þ =ç ÷ ç ÷è ø è ø

10. (c) Let the salary of A and B are x and (2000 – x) resp.According to questionx – 95% of x = [(2000 – x – 85% of (2000 – x)]

( )95 85x 1 2000 x 1100 100

é ù é ù- = - -ê ú ê úë û ë û

5x = (2000 – x) 1520x = 30000x = 1500Hence, the salary of A is ` 1500.

11. (a) LHS = 21 + 12 = 33RHS = 15 + 15 = 30LHS > RHS

12. (b) LHS = ± (18 – 7) = ± 11RHS = 121 = ± 11

13. (a) LHS = (34 – 4) × 5 = 150RHS = (16 × 8 + 16) = 16 (8 + 1) = 144LHS > RHS

14. (c) LHS = 133 – 16 = 117RHS = 49 × 3 = 147LHS < RHS

15. (c) LHS = 7 + 6 = 13RHS = 100 ÷ 4 = 25LHS < RHS

16. (c) Let speed of boat be B km/h andspeed of stream be D km/h.Downstream

B + D = 326 ...(i)

Upstream

B – D = 146 ...(ii)

Now on solving equations (i) and (ii)

we get 4626

B =

23 km / h6

B =

Put value of B in equation ...(i)

D = 32 23–6 6

9 3 1.5km / h6 2

= = =

17. (b) Let A finish the work in x daysB finish same work in 3 x days3x – x = 10 Þ x = 5 daysB finish the work in 3×5 = 15 days

18. (e) O, A, E, S F T W R

When the vowels, are always together, then treat allthe vowels as a single letter and then all the letters canbe arranged in 6! ways and also all three vowels can bearranged in 3! ways. Hence, required number ofarrangements6! × 3! = 4320.

19. (b) QShri and Vividh obtain profit in the ratio of theirinvesting amounts.Investing amount ratio between Shri and Vividh= 185000: 225000 = 37 : 45Let the profit earned by Shri and respectively.Then, 45x = 9000

9000x 20045

= =`

\ Total profit earned by them together= 37x + 45x= 82 × 200 = ̀ 16400

20. (d) Let hens and cows are x and y respectivelyx + y = 48 ....(1)2x + 4y = 140x + 2y = 70 ....(2)After solving eq. (1) & (2)y = 22\ x = 26

21. (c) ? = 724.998 ¸ 24.048 ¸ 14.954

= 724.998 ×1 1

24.048 14.954´

= 2.0160461589 » 2

Practice Set - 2019822. (e) ? = (848.999 + 274.052) ¸ 3.0054

= 1123.051 ¸ 3.0054

= 373.67 » 374

23. (b) 3? 84900 44= »

24. (a) ? = 18.5% of 425 + 16.2% of 388

= 78.625 + 62.856

= 141.481 » 141

25. (d) ? = 11538.93375 11538.93375

18.345 19.068 349.80246=

´

= 32.98 » 33

26. (e) ? = (12.999)3

= 2196.49 ; 2200

27. (e) ? = 50550 ¸ 50 ¸ 5

= 1 150550 202.2 200

50 5´ ´ = ;

28. (d) ? = 49.0003 ¸ 74.999

? ; 49 ¸ 75 ; 0.6533 ; 0.7

29. (a) ? = 23.003 × 22.998 + 100.010

= 23 × 23 + 100 = 629 ; 630

30. (b) ? = 125.009 + 69.999 + 104.989

; 125 + 70 + 100 ; 300

31. (a) The series is + 5, + 9, + 13, + 17, ....... The difference insuccessive numbers 9 – 5 = 13 – 9 = 17 – 13 = ..... = 4

Hence, 35 is wrong. It should be 37.

32. (e) The sum of the first two numbers is the thrid numbers. Hence, 27 is wrong. It should be 29.

33. (e) The series is 1 + 1, × 1.5 + 1.5..... Hence, 12 is wrong. Itshould be 14.

34. (e) The series is 2 × 4 = 8

8 × 4 = 32 32 × 4 = 128

128 × 4 = 512 512 × 4 = 2048

2048 × 4 = 8192 ¹ 8292

35. (b) The series is + 13, + 23, + 33, + 43,......

Hence, 229 is wrong. It should be 227.

36. (b) Profit of company L in the year 2006

= ` 1251.84 lakh100

æ ö´ç ÷è ø

= ̀ 2.3 lakh

37. (e) Profit of company M in the year 2006.

= 100 1003.63 lakh115 125

æ ö´ ´ç ÷è ø

` =`2.52 l lakhakh

38. (e) Average percentage rise in profit of company L overthe years

= 20 15 25 30 35 30

6+ + + + +

= 155

6 = 525 %6

39. (a) It is clear from the graph.40. (d) Required percentage rise

= 35 20 100 75

20-

´ =

41. (d)Test Exams

Question

OR

Test Exams

Question

Conclusion I : FalseConclusion II : False

42-43.

Force

HeatEnergies

Power

42. (b) Conclusion I : False

Conclusion II : True

43. (a) Conclusion I : True

Conclusion II : False

Practice Set - 20 19944-45.

NoteMetals

Coin

Plastics

OR

Metals

Plastics

Note Coin

OR

Metals

Plastics

Note Win

44. (e) Conclusion I : True

Conclusion II: True

45. (d) Conclusion I : FalseConclusion II : False

46. (b) P Q

RS

TU

12 m

6 m

8 m6 m

6 m

N

EW

S

Therefore, three points Q, T and R, would form a trianglewhose all the angles are less than 90°

47. (a) C(–)

A B(–)

D(+)

Mother-in-law

Mother

(48-52):

facing problems with politics mlp hlt ngi snk ... (i)

politics problems on rise ® hlt sa rtv mlp ... (ii)

rise with every challenge ® snk rtv lne riy ... (iii)

facing challenge each day ® ngi riy nop hus ... (iv)

From (i) and (iv),

facing ® ngi ... (v)

From (i) and (iii),

with ® snk ... (vi)

From (ii) and (iii),

rise ® rtv ... (vii)

From (iii) and (iv),

challenge ® riy ... (viii)

From (iii), (vi), (vii) and (viii),

every ® lne ... (ix)

From (i) and (ii),

politics ® mlp or hlt

problems ® mlp or hlt ... (x)

From (iv), (v) and (viii),

each ® nop or hus

day ® nop or hus ... (xi)

From (ii), (vii) and (x),

on ® sa ... (xii)

facing with rise chall-enge

every on each day health problems

ngi snk rtv riy lne sa nop nop mlp Mlpor or or orhus hus hlt hlt

48. (c)

49. (a) roi: given new code for 'above'

50. (c)

51. (b)

52. (e)

(53 & 56)A (+)(H's son)

F (–)(D's wife and H's mother)

B (+)(D's son)G (–)(E's sister)

H (–)

D (+)

B (—) (wife of D's son)

E (+)(A's brother)

Practice Set - 2020053. (a) E54. (c) A is son of H and H is daughter of D. So A is grandson

of D.55. (a) B is a male while the rest are females.56. (c)

57. (d) Given numbers are:

749 559 920 297 328

on interchanging the 1st and 2nd digits within thenumbers, the numbers becomes:

479 559 290 927 238

Clearly, 290 is the 2nd smallest which is for the number920.

58. (d) After interchanging, we get

947, 955, 029, 792, 823

Required Difference = 955 – 029

= 926

59. (d) After interchanging, we get

794, 595, 902, 279, 382

279 is divisible by 3 which is for the number 297.

60. (e) 749 = 20

559 = 19

920 = 11

297 = 18

328 = 13

61. (c) 749 Þ 9 – 7 = 2

559 Þ 9 – 5 = 4

920 Þ 0 – 9 = –9

297 Þ 7 – 2 = 5

328 Þ 8 – 3 = 5

Hence, 2nd highest is 4 which is for the number 559.

62. (c) TUB when interchanged will term a meaningful wordBUT.

63. (d) The order of words in dictionary will be BUT, CAR,LAP, SON

Solutions (Qs. 64-67)

Facing NorthPerson

ProfessionA

DoctorG

EngineerE

TeacherD

LawyerB

ReporterF

PainterC

Actor

64. (b) 65. (d) 66. (c) 67. (d)

Solutions (Qs. 68-70):

Teacher SubjectsP EnglishQ GeographyR MathsS HindiT History

68. (d) The History teacher is T.

69. (d) The Hindi teacher is S.

70. (b) The teaching subject of P is English.

71. (b) Statement : F > G = H; G > J > KConclusions :I. F > K (False)

II. K < H (True)

72. (e) Statement : P < Q = R > S > TConclusions :I. T < Q (True)II. R > P (True)

73. (a) Statement : A D; C < FConclusions :I. D < C (True)II. F > D (False)

74. (d) Statement : U > A = I < O < EConclusions :I. I < E (False)II. O > U (False)

75. (b) Statement : L = M > N; M > P; L < KConclusions :I. K > P (False)II. N < K (True)

76. (a) B ® 9; A ® 2; R ® *;N ® %; I ® #; S ® 477. (d) D ® 2; M ® @; B ® 9; N ® %; I ® #; A ® 2

Condition (i) is applied.78. (c) I ® $; J ® 8; B ® 9; R ® *; L ® £; G ® #

Condition (ii) is applied.79. (a) B ® 9; K ® ©; G ® $; Q ® 7; J ® ©; N ® %

Condition (iii) is applied.80. (b) E ® £; G ® $; A ® 2; K ® 1; R ® *; L ® 3

Condition (ii) is applied.

qqq

20 Practice Sets Workbook IBPS-CWE - …...2017/08/20 · Practice Set - 1 3 30. A person travels...

Documents

Transcript of 20 Practice Sets Workbook IBPS-CWE - …...2017/08/20 · Practice Set - 1 3 30. A person travels...